PEDAL-UI: Footswitch modes (stomp/preset) + mode selector in status bar + SVG fx icons from pipedal project
This commit is contained in:
+795
-327
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Top Panel and Footswitches
|
||||
|
||||
Please check out the video below for an overview of the Helix Stadium top panel controls and footswitch modes. Then, consult the sections on this page for additional details.
|
||||
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1k9Z_Na3fFs>
|
||||
|
||||
## Top Panel Features
|
||||
|
||||
The Top Panel of your Helix Stadium XL or Helix Stadium includes most of the device's controls, including the touchscreen and multi-function footswitches. These items are described below.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Main Display:** This large, vibrant color touchscreen is your primary access portal to the power of Helix Stadium. Please see the [**Display**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/display.md) page for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Knobs 1-8:** Turn one of the eight knobs below the main display to adjust the parameter's value above.
|
||||
|
||||
* If a rectangular button or selector appears above a knob, press the knob to engage its function.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press the knob to reset the parameter to its default value. Alternatively, tap the parameter and then tap Reset Value.
|
||||
|
||||
* For a Delay or Modulation block's **Time** , **Rate** , or **Speed** parameter, press the knob to toggle between ms/Hz and note division values.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press and hold the knob to open the Quick Controller Assign dialog, which lets you assign the parameter to a controller (stomp switch, trigger, expression pedal, incoming MIDI Note/CC, or X/Y Controller axis) in 2 seconds. Alternatively, tap the parameter and then tap Learn Controller. Please see the [**Bypass and Controller Assignment**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md) page for details.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press *and turn* the knob to quickly assign the parameter to snapshot control. Alternatively, tap the parameter, then tap the Snapshot Ctrl toggle switch on. Please see the [**Snapshots**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/snapshots.md) page for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Output Buttons:** Press the  **Main 1/4"** ,  **XLR** , or  **Phones** output button to select it and turn the  **Volume** knob (4) to adjust its individual volume level. Please see the [**Main Volume and Matrix Mixer**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/matrix-mixer.md) page for details.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press the currently lit button to view its Matrix Mixer screen---The 1/4", XLR, and Phones outputs each have their own dedicated Matrix cue mix layer and Global EQ.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press and hold two (or all three) Output buttons to "link" their Volume knob control and Matrix cue mix. Press and hold all linked Output buttons to unlink them again.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press and hold the currently lit Output button to completely disable Volume knob control. (Say, you don't want anyone messing with it.) Press the button again to re-enable Volume knob control.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Volume:** Turn the  **Volume** knob to control the selected output's volume---as assigned via the **Output Buttons** (  ).
|
||||
**Caution - It might get loud!** Always turn the **Volume** for the respective output(s) counterclockwise to minimum before making connections to external gear and headphones to avoid encountering loud bursts of audio 🤯 . Exposure to high volume levels can cause hearing damage or harm to your equipment.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Transport:** Press  **Play** to start playback of the selected song, press again to pause, or press and hold to return to the beginning of the song. (Note that these buttons control Song View transport functions only.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Press  **Rewind** or  **Fast Forward** to cue the previous or next song---the cued song flashes, indicating it's ready for playback.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press and hold  **Rewind** or  **Fast Forward** to rewind or fast forward the current song.
|
||||
|
||||
* While holding  **Play** , press  **Rewind** or  **Fast Forward** to cue the **previous** or **next** Marker in the current song (if any). The cued marker flashes, indicating it's ready for playback. Also see the[**Song View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/song-view.md) section.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Home:** Press the  **Home** button to display the [**Home \> Edit View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/display.md) for building and editing your presets. If you ever get lost, press this button to exit your current screen and return to the Home \> Edit screen instantly.
|
||||
|
||||
* **For Helix Stadium Devices:** Press the  **Home** button to select between the Home \> Edit and Home \> Play views. Play view displays footswitch labels for the current Footswitch Mode. Please refer to The [**Home \> Play View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/display.md) section for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Upper Knob:** Turn the  **Upper Knob** to perform the following Preset or Song actions, depending on the current View:
|
||||
|
||||
* **When in the Home View:** Turn to cue a preset, then press to load it. Or press to open the **Preset List**.
|
||||
|
||||
* **When in the Preset List:** Turn to select a preset, then press to load it.
|
||||
|
||||
* **When in the Song View:** Turn to cue a song, then press to load and play it. Or press to open the **Song List**.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Song View:** Press the  **Song** button to display the main **Song** window. Also see [**Song View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/song-view.md).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Amp:** Press the  **Amp** button to quickly jump to the **Amp or Preamp** block's tonestack parameters. Press the button repeatedly to cycle through multiple Amp and Preamp blocks within your preset. Note that while in Focus view, pressing the  **Amp** button stays in Focus view---it doesn't exit out to the Home \> Edit screen.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press and hold to quickly jump to the **Cab block** or cycle through multiple Cab blocks within the current preset.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Save:** Press the  **Save** button to perform the following actions, depending on the current view:
|
||||
|
||||
* **When on any Preset screen:** Press to open the Save Preset screen. Press twice to quicksave the current preset.
|
||||
|
||||
* **When on any Song screen:** Press to open the Save Song screen. Press twice to quicksave the current song.
|
||||
|
||||
 **XY** **Controller:** Press the  **XY** button to display the **XY Controller screen** , where you can slide your finger around the screen to adjust a wide variety of parameters (or control external devices via MIDI CC). Please see the [**XY Controller**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md) section for details.
|
||||
|
||||
  **Page Left** /  **Page Right:** If the selected block or item has more than one page of parameters within the Inspector, press  or  to view the **previous** or **next** page of parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Lower Knob:** Turn the  **Lower Knob** to perform the following actions, depending on the current view:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Home \> Edit:** Turn to change the selected block's model. *Press* and turn to quickly skip model subcategories. Press to open the **Model List**. From an empty block location, turn to instantly scroll through any favorites.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Model List:** With the category column highlighted, turn to select a model category, then press to load that category's first model. With the model category highlighted, turn to select and audition models. Press *and turn* to quickly skip subcategories within the selected model category. Press to exit back to the **Home \> Edit** screen.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Song Screen:** Turn to scroll through the song's **Flags** . Press *and turn* to quickly scroll through flags of the same type. Press to open the **Flag List**.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Flag List:** Turn to scroll through the song's **Flags** . Press *and turn* to quickly scroll through Flags of the same type. Press to exit back out to the main **Song** screen.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Scribble Strips:**  The twelve scribble strips show each footswitch's current assignment. Several [**Footswitch Modes**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md#0e1bbb7d-6368-4056-89a7-94f3630b5291) are available, as covered below.^\*^Footswitch labels can also be customized for Stomp A and Stomp B switches.
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:** Helix Stadium includes the same footswitch modes, but instead of utilizing scribble strips as offered on Stadium XL, Helix Stadium shows all footswitch labels on the main display's [**Home \> Play**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/display.md) screen.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Footswitches:** The capacitive, touch-sensitive footswitches have colored LED rings  to inform you of the assigned block or item's current state. See the following [**Capacitive Touch**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md#879c8d0f-9138-405b-8b89-453a288f83fb) section. Six [**Footswitch Modes**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md#0e1bbb7d-6368-4056-89a7-94f3630b5291) provide hands-free access to a wide variety of functions.
|
||||
|
||||
* **FS6** is dedicated to the **Mode** switch. Press FS6 to toggle between the two primary footswitch modes (by default, Stomp A and Preset, but these can be changed). Press and hold FS6 for More Mode, where you can access the other four footswitch modes as well as additional helpful functions.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press the **TAP/Tuner** switch repeatedly to tap in a tempo for time-based effects (such as Delay and Modulation) to follow. Touch FS12 (but don't press) to briefly display Tempo/Click settings. Press and hold FS12 to open the [**Tuner**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/tuner.md).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Expression Pedal:**  Move the onboard  **Expression Pedal** to control volume, pan, wah, pitch wham, or a combination of custom-assigned amp and/or effects parameters. Push the pedal forward firmly to activate the hidden **Toe Switch** to toggle between **EXP 1** and **EXP 2** (the **Expression 1/2** **LEDs** \[  \] indicate which is active.) Note that the Toe Switch can also be custom-assigned for other functions.
|
||||
|
||||
* **For Helix Stadium XL** , up to four additional expression pedals can be connected via the **Control A/B** and **C/D** jacks.
|
||||
|
||||
* **For Helix Stadium** , up to two expression pedals can be connected via the **Control A/B** jack.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** On all Stadium devices, adding a Wah, Pitch Wham, or Poly Wham block automatically assigns its Position parameter to EXP 1. Adding a Volume or Pan block automatically assigns its Position to EXP 2. You can make custom EXP assignments for practically any parameters---see the [**Controller Assignment**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md) page.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Expression 1/2 LEDs:**  These two colored LED bars indicate which EXP controller is currently in use with the onboard pedal; the **violet** (left) LED indicates EXP 1, and the **teal** (right) LED indicates EXP 2. Press the pedal fully forward firmly to toggle the Toe Switch between EXP 1 and EXP 2 pedal control.
|
||||
**Note:** On Helix Stadium, you can connect and configure an external expression pedal and switch (or a [**Line 6 EX2**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/external-pedal-and-switch-controller-configuration.md) combination pedal \& switch unit) to provide switchable EXP 1 and EXP 2 control with a single pedal. Please refer to the [**External Pedal and Switch Configuration**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/external-pedal-and-switch-controller-configuration.md) page.
|
||||
|
||||
## 👆 Capacitive Touch Footswitches
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium's onboard footswitches offer capacitive touch functionality, letting you lightly touch a footswitch with your finger (or, if you're gross, other body parts) to instantly jump to its assigned block, parameter, or command. Capacitive touch is **on** by default, but can be toggled **off** via [++**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**++](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md)**\> Capacitive Touch** .You'll find details on using capacitive touch functions throughout this manual, but here are a few handy tips to try:
|
||||
|
||||
* In Stomp A or Stomp B footswitch mode, briefly touch a switch to jump to its assigned item instantly, whether that's an amp, cab, effect, or split block, parameter min/max toggle, or Command Center command.
|
||||
|
||||
* No menu diving or even traditional page navigation necessary---just touch a stomp to instantly access its parameters, which is barely one step away from treating Helix Stadium like a pedalboard full of stompboxes. (This is especially handy while in Focus View, where you can instantly jump to each effect's Focus view without having to return to the Home \> Edit screen.)
|
||||
|
||||
* If the switch includes multiple assignments, tap it repeatedly to cycle through all assigned items.
|
||||
|
||||
* Touch-hold a Stomp A or Stomp B mode footswitch to open the quick-assign dialog, which lets you assign the currently selected block, modify its switch's latching/momentary operation, relabel the stomp's scribble strip, recolor the stomp's LED ring, or clear the switch entirely.
|
||||
|
||||
* Simultaneously touch-hold two Stomp A or Stomp B footswitches to swap their locations.
|
||||
|
||||
* Simultaneously touch-hold two Snapshot footswitches to swap their locations.
|
||||
|
||||
* Briefly touch the TAP/Tuner switch to display Tempo/Click parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
## Footswitch Modes
|
||||
|
||||
### About Footswitch Modes
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium offers several different footswitch modes, accessible via FS6 (MODE), making it easy to access Stadium's various functions. These include **Stomp A** , **Stomp B** , **Preset** , **Snapshot** , **Combo** , and **Transport** Modes. By default, FS6 (MODE) quickly toggles between **Stomp A** and **Preset** modes, but you can change it to the two modes you use most often. To follow, we cover the available footswitch modes and functions for both Helix Stadium device types.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** When in Stadium's Proxy Clone creation screens, the current Footswitch Mode is suspended, and a few specific Cloning functions are offered on the footswitches. Please see the [**Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/clones.md) section for details.
|
||||
|
||||
### Footswitch Labels
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium XL includes **scribble strips** to display each footswitch's current function, but Helix Stadium shows these labels on the **Home \> Play** screen. Press the  **Home** button to toggle between **Home \> Edit** and **Home \> Play**.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Changing the Footswitch Mode
|
||||
|
||||
By default, pressing **FS6 (MODE)** quickly toggles between **Stomp A** and **Preset** modes, but this can be changed to any two modes you like via [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) **FS6 (Mode) 1** and **FS6 (Mode) 2** . Press and hold **FS6 (MODE)** to enter More Mode, where you can access the additional four footswitch modes not already on FS6 as well as engage additional functions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### More Mode
|
||||
|
||||
Press and hold **FS6** to access **More Mode** . Switches **FS1 through FS5** and **FS7** offer helpful shortcuts, and switches **FS8 through FS11** access the additional four footswitch modes not already assigned to FS6 (MODE).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Click to view More Mode
|
||||
|
||||
| **More Mode Switch** | **Function** |
|
||||
|----------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **FS1 (Preset Info)** | Press FS1 to open and close the [**Preset Info**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-preset-info-panel.md) screen. All factory presets contain tips on how to best use them. Freely type in info for your own presets, like guitar/pickup/playback system used, creative controller assignments, tips/tricks, self-affirming platitudes, taco recipes, etc.  |
|
||||
| **FS2 (Stopwatch)** | Press FS2 (Stopwatch) to change the main display's clock to a stopwatch,which begins counting immediately. * On Helix Stadium XL  , the stopwatch is also displayed on the FS2 scribble strip label. * On Helix Stadium, the stopwatch is also displayed on the Home \> Play screen. * Press FS2 again to pause the stopwatch. * Press and hold FS2 to reset the stopwatch to 0:00:00. To change the stopwatch back to a clock, tap on the main display's stopwatch and then tap "Clock." |
|
||||
| **FS4 (Preset Quicksave)** | If the current preset has unsaved changes, the top panel's  **Save** button appears bright white. Press FS4 (Quicksave) to quicksave changes to the current preset. |
|
||||
| **FS5 (Mute All)** | There can be a *lot* of audio going through Helix Stadium at any given time, and you may not want to track down every signal during an emergency or set break. Instead, press FS5 (Mute All) to instantly mute *all*outputs. Press FS5 again (or tap the green Unmute button on the display) to unmute.  |
|
||||
| **FS7 (Clip)** | Press FS7 (Clip) to open the Preset Clip screen and begin clip playback; press again to close the Preset Clip screen. Please see [**Preset Clips**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-preset-info-panel.md#6b07a4d1-065f-449f-9d63-f646f15858b7) for more info.  |
|
||||
| **FS8\~FS11** | Press to access one of the four footswitch modes not already assigned to FS6 (MODE). **Tip:** To swap out the primary footswitch modes on FS6 (MODE), press and hold the desired mode on FS8\~FS11; it replaces the most recent (highlighted) mode on FS6. You can also set this from [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) **FS6 (Mode) 1** and **FS6 (Mode) 2**. |
|
||||
|
||||
*** ** * ** ***
|
||||
|
||||
### Stomp A and Stomp B Modes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Stomp A and Stomp B footswitch modes are most commonly utilized like a traditional pedalboard---that is, turning individual effects on and off. In fact, adding a new effect block automatically assigns it to the first empty Stomp A/B switch. (You can disable this behavior from [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md)**\> Assign FX to Stomps** .) However, Stomp A and Stomp B are much more powerful and flexible than that, as they can, via the [**Command Center**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md), combine functions from most of the other footswitch modes.
|
||||
**Note:** Each Stomp A and Stomp B mode switch can accommodate multiple assignments (up to 16!), including any combination of block Bypasses, parameter min/max toggles, and/or Command Center commands. When a Stomp switch has more than one assignment, its label reads "MULTIPLE (X)," where X is the number of assignments (as shown on FS8 in Helix Stadium XL above). Stomp switch labels and LED ring colors can be customized as desired. See [**Bypass \& Controller Assignments**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Block Bypass** : Stomp A and Stomp B switches can toggle one or more blocks on (LED bright) and off (LED dim). In fact, when [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) **Assign FX to Stomps** is set to "Automatic," all newly added effects blocks are automatically assigned to the next available empty Stomp A or B switch.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Parameter Control** : Stomp A and Stomp B switches can toggle one or more Home screen parameters between any two values (min and max). For example, a Stomp could toggle an Amp block's Gain between 2.3 and 5.6, toggle a Delay block's Feedback parameter between 35% and 90%, or toggle a Split block's routing from Path A to Path B. See [**Quick Controller Assign**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md) for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Command Center commands** : Via the Command Center menu, Stomp A and Stomp B switches can be assigned to a wide variety of additional functions and commands. These include MIDI CC messages for controlling an external pedal, Ext Amp commands for switching channels in your real amps, or even preset, snapshot, looper, transport, and other functions from different footswitch modes. See [**Command Center**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md) for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
What's nuts is that a single stomp switch can do all of the above things *at the same time* . For example, Stomp A1 could turn on a delay block, turn *off* a reverb block, increase the Compressor block's Output parameter, *decrease* the Amp block's Treble parameter, transmit a middle C note to your synth via MIDI, *and* start a Quicktime^®^ video on your laptop. We have no idea why you'd want to do this, but it's nice to know you could. Couple this with the fact that you have 20 Stomp switches (or more if you connect external momentary switches to the rear panel **Control** jacks), and you can quickly see how powerful Stomp A and Stomp B footswitch modes can be.
|
||||
**Tip:** Quickly select, create, and swap Stomp mode assignments using Stadium's [**Capacitive Touch**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md#879c8d0f-9138-405b-8b89-453a288f83fb) functionality!
|
||||
|
||||
#### Deluxe Looper Footswitch Mode
|
||||
|
||||
Though not selectable via the FS6 MODE switch or More Mode, the Deluxe Looper has its own special footswitch mode. When a Deluxe Looper is added to your preset, just as when adding any other effect model, a Stomp switch assignment is automatically created. Press the Deluxe Looper stomp, and looper-specific functions appear on footswitches 1\~4 and 8\~10. See [**Deluxe Looper**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/looper-block.md) for more info.
|
||||
**Note: 1 Switch** and **Shuffling Looper** blocks do not utilize a special Looper Footswitch mode---they perform all functions from their single Stomp footswitch.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Preset Mode
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
As its name suggests, in this mode, the switches are assigned to the current Factory, User, or Setlist folder's presets, organized by Bank. Press FS1 (Bank Up) to display and cue the next two banks of presets A\~D, and FS7 (Bank Down) to display and cue the previous two banks. Then press the desired preset switch to load it.
|
||||
**Tip:** Press FS1 and FS7 together and *immediately release them* to jump to **Snapshot mode** . You can also select Snapshot mode by holding **FS6 (MODE)** and pressing the SNAPSHOT switch.
|
||||
**Note:** The Snapshot Footswitch mode behavior can be changed via [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md)**\> Snapshot Mode Return** . When set to **Manual** (the default), the switches remain in Snapshot mode unless you press both FS1 and FS7 again to manually return to Preset mode. When set to **Automatic**, pressing a snapshot switch automatically returns to Preset Mode.
|
||||
|
||||
* While in Preset, Snapshot, or Combo mode, press and hold FS1 and FS7 together to change them to **Bank up/down** , **Preset up/down** , **Snapshot up/down** , **Song up/down** , or **Marker up/down** switches. This can also be set from [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) **Up/Down Switches**.
|
||||
|
||||
* When set to **Song** Up/Down, FS1 and FS7 cue the next/previous song in the current playlist.
|
||||
|
||||
* When set to **Marker** Up/Down, FS1 and FS7 cue the next/previous marker in the current song.
|
||||
|
||||
* If the USER PRESETS folder (or any Setlist) contains no presets, the preset switch scribbles appear dim and are named "Empty."
|
||||
|
||||
* Press the currently lit Preset switch to *reload* the last saved version of the preset. (Note that this will clear any edited settings.)
|
||||
|
||||
### Snapshot Mode
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
To enter **Snapshot** mode, press and hold FS6 (MODE) to enter More mode and then press the SNAPSHOT switch. Alternatively, press FS1 and FS7 together from Preset or Combo mode. Please see [**Snapshots**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/snapshots.md) for details about their many useful functions.
|
||||
|
||||
* From Snapshot mode, press any switch, **FS2\~FS5** or **FS8\~FS11**, to load one of the current preset's snapshots.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** The behavior once a preset is loaded while in Snapshot mode can be changed via the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md)**\> Snapshot Mode Return** parameter. When set to **Manual** (the default), the switches remain in Preset mode, unless you press both **FS1** and **FS7** again to manually return to Snapshot Mode. When set to **Automatic** , switches **FS2\~FS5** and **FS8\~FS11** auto-return to Snapshot Mode immediately once a Snapshot footswitch is pressed.
|
||||
**Note:** The behavior when pressing the currently active snapshot switch a second time can be changed via the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md)**\> Snapshot Reselect** parameter. When set to **Reload** (the default), pressing the active snapshot switch reloads it. When set to **Toggle Prev**, pressing the active snapshot switch toggles between it and the previously active snapshot; this can be helpful if you want to quickly jump back and forth between two snapshots from a single switch.
|
||||
**Tip:** To quickly swap the locations of two Snapshots, touch and hold both Snapshot switches together---see Stadium's [**Capacitive Touch**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md#879c8d0f-9138-405b-8b89-453a288f83fb) functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
### Combo Mode
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Combo** Mode lets you combine two different footswitch modes (Stomp A, Stomp B, Preset, or Snapshot) into one, along with Up and Down switches on FS1 and FS7. To enter **Combo** mode, press and hold FS6 (MODE) to enter More mode and then press the COMBO switch. By default, Preset switches appear on the top row, Snapshot switches appear on the bottom row, but this can be changed via [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md)**\> Combo Top Row** and **Combo Bottom Row**.
|
||||
|
||||
### Transport Mode
|
||||
|
||||
**Transport** mode is used to cue and play songs and markers on Helix Stadium's Showcase automation and playback engine. To enter **Transport** mode, press and hold FS6 (MODE) to enter More mode and then press the TRANSPORT switch. Please also see the [**Song View \> Performing Songs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/performing-songs.md) page for additional information.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Click to view the Transport mode switch functions...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Transport Mode Switch** | **Function** |
|
||||
|-----------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **FS2 (Return to Zero)** | If a song is playing, press FS2 (RTZ) to jump back and begin playing the same song from its Start flag. If a song is not currently playing, press FS2 to park playback at the beginning of the song. |
|
||||
| **FS3 (Click)** | Press FS3 (Click) to start and stop the click/metronome. Please see [**Global Settings \> Tempo/Click**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) for more info. |
|
||||
| **FS4 (Cycle)** | Press FS4 (Cycle) to repeat sections of a song. * While a song with no Cycle flags is playing, press FS4 to create a Cycle Start flag. If the song already has Cycle Start and Cycle End flags, pressing FS4 toggles them on and off. * Press FS4 again to create a Cycle End flag---playback now cycles (or repeats) between the Cycle Start and Cycle End flag locations. * Press FS4 a third time to turn the Cycle off, and the song continues as normal. * Press and hold FS4 to clear the Cycle Start and Cycle End flags. |
|
||||
| **FS5 (Mute All)** | There can be a *lot* of audio going through Helix Stadium at any given time, and you may not want to track down every signal during an emergency or set break. Instead, press FS5 (Mute All) to instantly mute *all*outputs. Press FS5 again (or tap the green Unmute button on the display) to unmute.  |
|
||||
| **FS6 (Cancel)** | Normally, FS6 appears as the Mode switch. However, when a song or marker is cued, FS6 displays as CANCEL, allowing you to cancel the cue. |
|
||||
| **FS7 and FS11 (Previous/Next Song)** | Press FS7 to cue the previous song; press FS11 to cue the next song. FS12 displays a flashing play icon, the Play button flashes, and the drop-down cue panel appears. Press FS12 (Play) to instantly play the cued song or press FS6 (Cancel) to cancel the song cue. * Press and hold FS7 to rewind the song. * Press and hold FS11 to fast-forward the song. |
|
||||
| **FS8 and FS10 (Previous/Next Marker)** | Press FS8 to cue the previous marker; press FS10 to cue the next marker. FS12 displays a flashing play icon, the Play button also flashes, and the drop-down cue panel appears. Press FS12 (Play) to instantly jump to the marker's location or press FS6 (Cancel) to cancel the marker cue. |
|
||||
| **FS9 (Play/Pause)** | Press FS9 to start playback of the song. As mentioned above, when a song or marker is cued, playback starts from that item. Press FS9 again to pause playback. |
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Display
|
||||
|
||||
The 8-inch color **touchscreen** is your primary portal to creating presets and songs in Helix Stadium. The **Home View** is the main screen for building and editing your presets, and the **Song View** is for working with your Showcase™ songs. Additional screens, including the Main Menu, Matrix Mixer, and Tuner are covered in the following subpages.
|
||||
|
||||
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mWCMarus3Oo>
|
||||
|
||||
## The Home View
|
||||
|
||||
If you ever get lost, press the  **Home** button to return to the main Home \> Edit screen.
|
||||
^**\***^**Important!** One fundamental difference between Helix Stadium XL and Helix Stadium is how footswitch labels are displayed on the device. On Stadium XL  , footswitch labels are displayed on the device's **Scribble Strips** . On Helix Stadium, footswitch labels are displayed on the **Home \> Play** screen for each footswitch mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Both the Stadium XL and Stadium device types offer the same **Home \> Edit** screen. On Helix Stadium, press the  **Home** button to toggle between **Home \> Edit** and **Home \> Play** views. Please refer to the following [**Home \> Play**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/display.md#performance-screen) section for details.
|
||||
|
||||
### Home \> Edit
|
||||
|
||||
The Home \> Edit screen features the main signal flow display, where you can add and arrange blocks, edit block parameters, and configure routing. Be sure to check out the [**Creating and Editing Tones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md) and other linked pages below for additional details.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** You can adjust the main display's brightness from [**Global Settings \> Displays**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md)**\> Main LCD Brightness**. 😎
|
||||
|
||||
 **Main Menu:** Tap  to open the Main Menu. Here you can choose from several common commands or screens, such as creating a new preset, opening the Bypass/Control, Global Settings, Command Center screens, and more. Please refer to the [**Main Menu**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/main-menu.md) page.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Clock/Stopwatch:** Tap to open the Clock/Stopwatch panel to adjust the clock settings and start/stop/reset the stopwatch.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Undo/Redo:** Tap the left arrow to undo the most recent edit. Tap the right arrow to redo the most recent edit.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Preset Number/Name:** The current preset's bank/preset number, along with its name its is displayed here. Tap to open the [**Preset List**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/presets.md).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Snapshot Panel:** Tap the Snapshot button  to open the Snapshot panel where you can select any of the current preset's snapshots 1\~8, as well as manage them. See [**Snapshots**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/snapshots.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Preset Info:** Tap  to open the Preset Info panel. All factory presets include tips on how to use them best. Freely type in info for your own presets, like guitar/pickup/playback system used, creative controller assignments, tips/tricks, self-affirming platitudes, taco recipes, etc. See [**Preset Info**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-preset-info-panel.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Preset Clip:** For factory presets, tap  to open the Preset Clip panel. Every factory preset includes a unique dry guitar or bass riff so you can hear it in context; also known as the "Ohhh, I've been chugging with 7-string active EMG^®^ pickups through a country preset designed for a single coil Tele^®^. That's why I thought this preset sucked" feature. See [**Preset Clips**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-preset-info-panel.md#6b07a4d1-065f-449f-9d63-f646f15858b7)for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Input Block:** Each signal flow path includes an Input block at the left, which you can tap to select its source input (Instrument, Mic, Return, etc.). The input block turns green when an input signal is received and red when the input is too high, causing clipping.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Split and Merge Blocks:** A Split block can be added within Path 1A or Path 2A to create a parallel "B" split signal path. A Merge block can be added to the right of a Split block to return the parallel B path back to the A path, as shown above. Also see[**Input, Output, and Mix blocks**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/input-output-and-mix-blocks.md).
|
||||
**Tip:** Split and Merge blocks open up a huge range of possibilities for various signal flow configurations. Please see [**Signal Path Routing**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/signal-path-routing.md).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Selected Block:** Tap any Amp, Cab, Effect, Input, Output, Split, or Merge block to select it; its border appears with a thick white outline, and its parameters appear in the Inspector along the bottom of the screen. In the above image, the Amp block is the currently selected block. When you tap the currently selected block, its Action panel appears, offering options such as Copy, Paste, Assign to Switch, and more. Also, see [**The Blocks**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-blocks.md) pages.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Link Indicator:** The gold "link" icon  is displayed below an Amp and Cab block (when selected) to indicate that the Cab's **Amp\>Cab Link** option is enabled, where the Cab block automatically loads a matching speaker cab whenever the Amp block's model changes. Amp\>Cab Link is enabled by default but can be turned off from the Cab's [**Focus View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-focus-view.md).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Effect Block:** An [**Effect Block**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/effect-blocks.md) can be added to any path, and its model can be selected from any effect model category.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Output Block:** Each signal flow path includes an [**Output Block**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/input-output-and-mix-blocks.md) at the right end. The Output block turns green when the path's signal is received and red when the level is too high, causing clipping.
|
||||
|
||||
 **FX Loop Block:** [**FX Loop Blocks**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/input-output-and-mix-blocks.md) let you dynamically insert your favorite external stompboxes (or rack effects) into any location in your tone.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Focus View:** Tap  to open the block's [**Focus View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-focus-view.md). Focus view varies depending on the selected item. For example, when an amp or effect block is selected, its Focus view lets you slide your finger around the screen to morph between five distinct variations of that amp or effect. When a Cab block is selected, its Focus view lets you drag the mic's position relative to the speaker. When an EQ \> Parametric, Tilt, 10 Band Graphic, or Cali Q Graphic block is selected, its Focus view lets you slide EQ bands around the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Inspector:** The **Inspector** displays parameters for the currently selected block that correspond with the knobs below the display. Blocks with more than eight parameters will have multiple pages of parameters. Swipe the Inspector left or right, or press Page Left  or Page Right  for more parameters. The thin line above the parameters indicates the current page.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Model Name:** Tap the model name  to open the [**Model List**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-model-browser.md), where you can browse, audition, and select a model for the block. Alternatively, turn the **lower knob** to scroll through available items for the selected block.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Block Bypass:** Tap  to bypass and enable the selected block, independent of its assigned stomp footswitch.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Parameter:** If the parameter is assigned to a controller or snapshot, small white nodes indicate the controller's minimum and maximum range values. Tap any parameter in the Inspector to open its Parameter panel. This enables touch control of the parameter value, numerical entry, min/max controller adjustment, shortcuts, and even tells you what the parameter does. Also, see [**Creating and Editing Tones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md).
|
||||
**Shortcut:** Tap and hold anywhere within the Inspector to toggle between the main **Home \> Edit** screen and the [**Bypass/Control screen**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Home \> Play View (Helix Stadium Only)
|
||||
|
||||
Because Helix Stadium doesn't have Helix Stadium XL's scribble strip OLEDs above each footswitch, it includes **Home \> Play view** to display footswitch labels on the main display, as shown below. Press the  **Home** button to toggle between **Home \> Edit** and **Home \> Play** views. Please refer to the [**Footswitch Modes**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md) section for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## The Song View
|
||||
|
||||
Song View accesses Helix Stadium's powerful Showcase™ engine for performing and jamming. Using the Song View screens, you can create playlists of one or more multitrack/multi-stem songs containing "flags," which engage various functions during song playback. Collectively, songs and flags represent your band's entire live show, but they can also be used for simply jamming along with your favorite songs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium's [**Song View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/song-view.md) is covered in detail in its own section.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Main Menu
|
||||
|
||||
## The Main Menu
|
||||
|
||||
**Tap**  **to open the Main Menu.** Here you can choose from several common commands or screens, such as creating a new Preset or Clone, opening the Bypass/Control, Global Settings, Command Center screens, and more.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **New Preset:** Tap to create a new preset from the Templates list. If you want an empty preset, choose "Empty Preset." See [**About Presets**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/presets.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **New Clone:** Tap to create a "Clone" of your Amp, Amp+Cab, Preamp, or Distortion using Stadium's Proxy Cloning feature (firmware v1.3.0 and later). The New Clone screen allows you to choose the type of clone and guides you through the capture process. See the**Blocks \>** [**Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/clones.md) page for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Bypass/Control:** Tap this button to enter the Bypass/Control screen to create, learn, and edit block bypass and parameter control assignments for the block's parameters. Bypass/Control is grayed out when no block is selected. See [**Bypass and Control Assignments**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Command Center:** Tap to enter the Command Center, where you can configure Helix Stadium's numerous controllers (Stomp A or Stomp B switches, expression pedals, trigger inputs, the XY Controller, Instant commands, etc.) to transmit various types of commands to control external devices, software, or even Helix Stadium itself. See [**Command Center**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Downloads:** Tap to download and install Stadium device updates.
|
||||
**Note:** When Helix Stadium is connected to the Internet, and you're signed in to your [**Line6.com**](https://Line6.com/account) account, the Main Menu icon appears with a red dot  if an update is available. We highly recommend you keep your device updated for the latest and greatest amps, effects, and features.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Global Settings:** Tap to enter the Global Settings screen, where you can customize Helix Stadium's settings and preferences to suit your preferred workflow. See [**Global Settings**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Global EQ:** **Tap to open the Global EQ screen.** Global EQ is applied independently of your presets, post-processing, and is used to compensate for the wide disparity in acoustic environments on tour or when traveling from studio to studio. See [**Global EQ**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-eq.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Disk Utility/Backup** : This menu item is reserved for potential future use. Currently, you can use the [**Helix Stadium Maintenance**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/helix-stadium-maintenance.md) screen to perform all microSD card tasks, such as formatting a microSD card, creating and restoring backups, and more.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Wi-Fi** ,  **Bluetooth, and**  **Ethernet:** Tap the respective item to open its panel and configure the connectivity settings for these features. Please see [**Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Ethernet Connectivity**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/wifi-bluetooth-and-ethernet-connectivity.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Rename Device:** By default, your device is named "Helix Stadium XL" or "Helix Stadium," but you can customize it, which may be helpful if more than one Helix Stadium or Stadium XL is on the same network. Tap Rename Device and type in your desired pet name.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Account Login:** Tap to sign in to your [**Line 6 account**](https://line6.com/account). You'll need to sign in for various online features, such as update notifications, installing firmware updates, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
**Firmware Version:** The currently installed Stadium firmware version is listed at the bottom of the sidebar for your reference.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Tap/Tuner
|
||||
|
||||
## Tap Tempo
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Press the TAP/TUNER switch repeatedly to set the system tempo in BPM (Beats Per Minute).** While tapping, the tempo appears in FS12's scribble strip (Stadium XL  only) or Home \> Play view. Certain Delay and Modulation parameters, such as Time and Speed, can be represented with fixed numeric values (ms or Hz) or note values (1/4 note, dotted 1/8 note, etc.). When set to note values, the parameter follows Tap Tempo, Song Tempo, or incoming MIDI clock.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press a Time, Speed, or Rate parameter knob to toggle between ms or Hz (below left) and note values (below right).**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** Helix Stadium may not respond to pressing TAP at tempi lower than 40.00 BPM to ensure that multiple fast tap entries are correctly recognized. You may still manually select a tempo as low as 20.00 BPM from the Tempo Panel (see below).
|
||||
**Note:** You can also access Tempo/Click settings from [**Global Settings \> Tempo/Click**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#globals-tempo).
|
||||
|
||||
### Tempo Panel
|
||||
|
||||
**Touch (but don't press) FS12 (TAP/Tuner).** The Tempo/Click panel briefly appears:
|
||||
|
||||
Click here to show Global Settings \> Tempo/Click settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Click** | Turns the click (metronome) on and off. |
|
||||
| **Play Click** | Determines when the click (metronome) is heard. * **Song Playbk:** The click (when on) is only heard during song playback. * **Always:** The click (when on) is always heard. |
|
||||
| **Click Sound** | Selects the type of Click sound. |
|
||||
| **Count In Sound\*** | Selects the type of sound used for the Count In, which is heard before the start of a song and/or marker. ^**\***^**Note:** The Count In function is not currently functional---it is to be implemented in an upcoming firmware update. |
|
||||
| **Follow Song Tempo** | Determines if and when time-based blocks (like Delays and Mods) follow the current song's tempo. * **Never:** Time-based blocks completely ignore song tempo. * **Song Playbk:** Time-based blocks only follow the current song tempo while the song is playing. * **Always:** Time-based blocks always follow the current song tempo, even when the song is not playing. **When Tempo is using the Tap Tempo, FS12 TAP TEMPO LED flashes red:**  **When using Song tempo, it flashes turquoise:**  |
|
||||
| **Tempo Select** | Determines whether the system tempo is stored and recalled with each snapshot, recalled with each preset, or applied globally across all presets and snapshots. |
|
||||
| **BPM \[Whole\]** | Sets the system tempo. Turning Knob 7 (BPM \[Whole\]) resets Knob 8 (BPM \[Hundredths\]) to .00. |
|
||||
| **BPM \[Hundredths\]** | Sets the system tempo. Turning Knob 7 (BPM \[Whole\]) resets Knob 8 (BPM \[Hundredths\]) to .00. |
|
||||
| **Receive MIDI Clock** | Determines whether Stadium responds to the incoming MIDI Clock received at its MIDI IN port, via USB, or whichever it senses first ("Auto"). If you want Stadium to completely ignore MIDI clock, set this to "Off." The TAP switch LED flashes blue when synced to incoming MIDI Clock. |
|
||||
| **Send MIDI Clock** | Determines from which outputs (if any) Helix Stadium transmits MIDI Clock. |
|
||||
|
||||
*** ** * ** ***
|
||||
|
||||
## The Tuner
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium's Tuner accurately tunes notes down to 21.83 Hz (low F) for 5-string basses and offers both Needle and Strobe modes.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Press and hold FS12 (TAP/Tuner) until the tuner screen appears**.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the desired tuner mode:**
|
||||
|
||||
*  **Needle:** A vertical needle moves left (flat) or right (sharp) to indicate the pitch of your instrument. The needle, flat/sharp arrow indicators, and background change colors to show how far the string is from the target pitch. The display offers a range of ±50 cents. When the needle centers and the background lights green, your string is in tune.
|
||||
|
||||
*  **Strobe:** A checkered background moves left (flat) or right (sharp) to indicate the pitch of your source instrument. The strobe background changes colors to indicate how far the string is from the target pitch. When the strobe background stops moving, your string is in tune.
|
||||
|
||||
* The Cents indicator at the top left of the screen provides a real-time, numerical measurement of your string's pitch relative to the target pitch.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Press any switch or the**  **Home button to exit the Tuner.**
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show Tuner settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Notes** |
|
||||
|--------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Tuner Input** | Selects which physical input(s) are routed directly to the tuner's input. |
|
||||
| **Tuner Output** | Determines the routing and behavior of the Tuner's output while the Tuner screen is open. * **Mute** : The input signal is muted completely (although it respects the **Tuner Trails** setting). * **Processed**: No audible change is heard; the signal is routed through the current preset, with all processing applied. * **Matrix Dry**: The signal is still sent to the preset's output(s) with all processing bypassed. * **\[Specific Output\]**: The signal bypasses the preset and is routed directly to the selected output. For example, if you have a favorite stompbox or rack tuner, connect Helix Stadium's Send 1 to the tuner, and if you set Tuner Output to "Send 1," your instrument will automatically be routed to that tuner every time you hold FS12 (TAP/Tuner). |
|
||||
| **Tuner Trails** | Determines whether the natural decay of Delays, Reverbs, FX Loops, and the Aux/Return input continue when the Tuner screen is opened. Does not apply if Tuner Output is set to "Processed." |
|
||||
| **Reference Pitch** | Sets the reference pitch of the Tuner, from 425 to 455 Hz. 440 Hz is the standard reference pitch for most uses, so the text turns red for any other value. |
|
||||
| **Flat/Sharp Indicator** | Determines whether the note indicator displays flats or sharps. |
|
||||
| **String Offsets** | When on, enables any string offsets on knobs 2-7. |
|
||||
| **String 6 Offset** | Some guitarists feel that tuning certain strings slightly sharp or flat relative to concert pitch can improve intonation. String offsets calibrate the tuner so that these slightly out-of-tune pitches appear as in tune. String 6 is low E, and String 1 is high E. Tuning offsets are grayed out unless Knob 1 (String Offsets) is turned on. |
|
||||
| **String 5 Offset** | Some guitarists feel that tuning certain strings slightly sharp or flat relative to concert pitch can improve intonation. String offsets calibrate the tuner so that these slightly out-of-tune pitches appear as in tune. String 6 is low E, and String 1 is high E. Tuning offsets are grayed out unless Knob 1 (String Offsets) is turned on. |
|
||||
| **String 4 Offset** | Some guitarists feel that tuning certain strings slightly sharp or flat relative to concert pitch can improve intonation. String offsets calibrate the tuner so that these slightly out-of-tune pitches appear as in tune. String 6 is low E, and String 1 is high E. Tuning offsets are grayed out unless Knob 1 (String Offsets) is turned on. |
|
||||
| **String 3 Offset** | Some guitarists feel that tuning certain strings slightly sharp or flat relative to concert pitch can improve intonation. String offsets calibrate the tuner so that these slightly out-of-tune pitches appear as in tune. String 6 is low E, and String 1 is high E. Tuning offsets are grayed out unless Knob 1 (String Offsets) is turned on. |
|
||||
| **String 2 Offset** | Some guitarists feel that tuning certain strings slightly sharp or flat relative to concert pitch can improve intonation. String offsets calibrate the tuner so that these slightly out-of-tune pitches appear as in tune. String 6 is low E, and String 1 is high E. Tuning offsets are grayed out unless Knob 1 (String Offsets) is turned on. |
|
||||
| **String 1 Offset** | Some guitarists feel that tuning certain strings slightly sharp or flat relative to concert pitch can improve intonation. String offsets calibrate the tuner so that these slightly out-of-tune pitches appear as in tune. String 6 is low E, and String 1 is high E. Tuning offsets are grayed out unless Knob 1 (String Offsets) is turned on. |
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Main Volume/Matrix Mixer
|
||||
|
||||
Please check out the video below for an overview of the Main Volume control and Matrix Mixer. Then, consult the sections on this page for additional details.
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/PHGz4Zy-UVI>
|
||||
|
||||
## Main Volume
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium's large **Volume knob** controls the level of one output pair at a time (or more than one, if outputs are linked)---1/4", XLR, or Phones.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Press the 1/4"**  **, XLR**  **, or Phones**  **output button to select which output you want to control.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Turn the large Volume knob**  **.** The Volume panel briefly appears (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Worried that someone (or your guitar cable) might bump the Volume knob mid-show? Stop taping it down! Volume knob control can be quickly disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Press and hold the** ***currently lit*** **output button(s) to completely disable Volume knob control.** Turning the Volume knob while it's disabled displays an alert (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press any output button to re-enable the Volume knob.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Matrix Mixer
|
||||
|
||||
The Matrix Mixer lets you quickly mix the numerous signals going through Helix Stadium. What's more, the 1/4", XLR, and Phones outputs get their own Matrix layer so you can send a completely different monitor mix to, say, the 1/4" outputs feeding your on-stage playback system, the XLR outputs feeding the Front of House console, and the Phones output feeding your In Ear Monitors or drummer. Each Matrix layer provides real-time metering, level, pan, mute and solo control over the 4 stereo paths on the Home \> Edit screen, 8 stereo tracks on the Song screen, Click, Count In, USB In 1/2 (for monitoring your DAW), Bluetooth audio (for jamming along with Apple Music^®^, Spotify^®^, or YouTube™), and Aux In. (Aux In is unavailable unless [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e)**Return 1/2 Type** is set to **Aux In**.) Each Matrix output also gets its own Global EQ.
|
||||
**Note:** All metering in the Matrix Mixer is "Pre-Fader" (i.e., each meter displays the signal level *before* its channel fader's level is applied).
|
||||
|
||||
Further, you can "link" the Stadium outputs so that any two---or all three---outputs are controlled from the same Matrix Mixer layer and main Volume knob. See [**Linking Outputs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/matrix-mixer.md#linking-outputs) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Press the** ***lit*** **1/4"**  **, XLR**  **, or Phones**  **output button to open that output's Matrix Mixer.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. To view the Matrix Mixer for a different output, **press that output button.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Matrix Mixer Layer:** The current Matrix layer is indicated at the top of the screen (1/4" Outputs, XLR Outputs, Phones Output, or multiple outputs when two or more are linked).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Global EQ Shortcut:** Tap to open the Global EQ for the selected Matrix layer. Each Matrix output (1/4", XLR, and Phones) gets its own Global EQ, regardless of whether any of them are linked. See [**Global EQ**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-eq.md) for details.
|
||||
**For All Matrix Mixer Channel Strips:**
|
||||
|
||||
Adjusting the Matrix Mixer's controls determines the mix heard from the selected output (1/4", XLR, Phones, or linked outputs).
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap and drag a channel strip's vertical**Fader**  , or turn Knob 1\~8 beneath the respective fader to adjust its level. Press the Knob 1\~8 to reset the fader to 0.0 dB. The fader's current setting value is shown in white at the top of each channel.
|
||||
|
||||
* A multi-color level meter is displayed on each channel for reference.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap a channel's **Pan slider**  to open the Pan panel and drag to adjust its Left/Right stereo balance.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap the **Mute button**  to mute the channel. Tap again to un-mute the channel.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap the **Solo button**  to mute all other non-solo-enabled channels. Tap again to un-solo the channel. (Note that the currently lit Output button flashes when any channels are solo-enabled, serving as an indicator when you're in other screens.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap the Solo buttons of multiple channels to add them to the solo bus.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap-hold any enabled Solo button to clear all solos.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap-hold on the "Matrix" title at the top of the screen to reset all the current Matrix Mixer's controls to their initial defaults (Level to 0.0 dB, Pan to Center, and Mute and Solo to off). The following dialog appears, warning you that things could get loud (since some of your channel levels might currently be set significantly lower than the default 0.0 dB). Tap **Reset**.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Home Channel:** Use this channel's controls to adjust the combined signal of all four Home \> Edit paths.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Home Paths Show/Hide:** Tap the  button to expand the Home channel to show its four individual path channels (1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B). Use these channels to meter and adjust each path independently. Tap the  button to hide the individual path channels.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Song Channel:** Use to adjust the combined signal of all eight Song tracks.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Song Tracks Show/Hide:** Tap the  button to expand the Song channel to show its eight stereo track channels. Use these channels to meter and adjust each track independently. Tap the  button to hide the individual track channels.
|
||||
|
||||
* Swipe the screen left or right to access all channels when the Home Path or Song Track channels are displayed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** Click on a Song Track channel's label to rename it.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Customized track channel names persist for the current mixer output layer---therefore, it is a good idea to arrange your tracks in the same order for all songs as you create them. See [**Song Settings**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-song-screen.md#song-settings).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Click Channel:** Use to adjust the Metronome's Click signal.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Count In Channel:** Reserved for future functionality.^\*^
|
||||
|
||||
 **USB In 1/2 Channel:** Use to adjust the audio USB 1/2 monitor signal (for monitoring your DAW when Helix Stadium is operating as your computer's audio interface).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Bluetooth Audio Channel:** Use to adjust the playback signal from a paired Bluetooth^®^ audio device, for jamming along with Apple Music, Spotify, YouTube, etc. The Bluetooth Audio channel is grayed out unless a Bluetooth audio device is currently paired. See [**Bluetooth Connectivity**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/wifi-bluetooth-and-ethernet-connectivity.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Aux Channel:** Use to adjust the signal from the rear panel Aux L/R input (Helix Stadium's **Return 1/2** or  Helix Stadium XL's **Return 3/4** ) for receiving a monitor feed from the Front of House console or connecting a drum machine, mixer, etc. The Aux channel is grayed unless the [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e)**Return Type** is set to **Return 3/4** ; to enable it, set Return Type to **Aux**.
|
||||
|
||||
### Linking Outputs
|
||||
|
||||
Man, what a pain to constantly switch back and forth between outputs just to change Volume or tweak a Matrix cue mix! If you'd prefer to keep things simple, you can link any two---or all three---outputs so that they share the same Matrix Mixer layer and Volume knob control.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Press and hold two (or all three) output buttons for 2 seconds.** A dialog appears, asking which output's Matrix layer you want as the reference (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Choose the desired output reference and then tap Link Outputs.** To unlink outputs, press and hold the linked output buttons again.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** Global EQ remains independent per output, regardless of whether any outputs are linked.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# The Blocks
|
||||
|
||||
In the world of Helix Stadium, ***blocks*** are objects that represent various elements of a preset, such as amps, preamps, cabs, effects, splits, merges, loopers, inputs, outputs, and more. **Tap an empty position on a path to choose the type of block you wish to add.**
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:**  Helix Stadium XL includes **Instrument 1+2** , **Instrument 1** , and **Instrument 2** options for its Input blocks. Helix Stadium offers a single **Instrument** option. All Amp, Cab, and Effect blocks are identical between Helix Stadium XL and Helix Stadium.
|
||||
|
||||
The following pages include information and tips for using each Block type.
|
||||
**Tip:** For the complete, current lists of all Amp, Cab, and Effect Models included in Helix Stadium family products and the original gear they are based on, please see the **Helix Stadium Model List** below.
|
||||
|
||||
* [**Amps and Preamps**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/amp-blocks.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* [**Cabs and Cab IRs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* [**Effects**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/effect-blocks.md) - Distortion, Delay, Reverb, Modulation, Dynamics, EQ, Pitch/Synth, Wah/Filter, and Volume/Pan
|
||||
|
||||
* [**Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/clones.md) - Capture your own Amp, Amp+Cab, Preamp, and Distortion clones using Stadium's Proxy feature
|
||||
|
||||
* [**Loopers**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/looper-block.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* [**Inputs, Outputs, FX Loops, Splits, and Merge**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/input-output-and-mix-blocks.md)
|
||||
|
||||
* [**Favorite Blocks**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/favorites.md)
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** All product names used in this document are trademarks of their respective owners, and neither Yamaha Guitar Group nor Line 6 are associated or affiliated with them. These trademarks appear solely to identify products whose tones and sounds were studied by Line 6 during sound model development. Please see [**U.S. Registered Trademarks**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/u-s-registered-trademarks.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## Helix Stadium Model List
|
||||
|
||||
To follow is the complete, current list of Amp, Cab, and Effect models included in Helix Stadium. To view this content directly on the Line 6 website, please visit:
|
||||
|
||||
[**Line 6 \| Helix Stadium Models**](https://line6.com/helix-stadium-models/)
|
||||
|
||||
*** ** * ** ***
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Creating and Editing Tones
|
||||
|
||||
Please check out the following video for an overview on creating and editing your own tones on Helix Stadiium. Then consult the details on this page for detailed steps and helpful tips.
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/_zwCpyXUiRc>
|
||||
**Tip:** A great way to start using Helix Stadium is to try out the selection of Factory Presets and get familiar with the tonal possibilities. Soon enough, you'll certainly want to start creating your own tone masterpieces. This page covers the steps for putting together and editing tones to start building your own collection of presets.
|
||||
|
||||
**Be sure to start with your Stadium's Phones and Output volume set to a minimum, and gradually raise the volume as you add blocks to your tone.**
|
||||
|
||||
## Creating a **New Preset**
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap Menu**  **in the upper left corner of the touchscreen and then tap New Preset**  **.** The Select Template window appears (below left).
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the desired template from which you want to start your new preset.** If you're not sure, tap "Empty Preset."
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap New Preset**  **.** A new preset is created based on the template you chose (below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:**Alternatively, from the Preset List, double-tap on an "Empty" preset location to load an empty new preset.
|
||||
|
||||
## Adding Blocks
|
||||
|
||||
###  **Add an Amp and Cab**
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From the Home screen, tap an empty location on Path 1A.** Block categories appear in the inspector:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the Amp or Preamp button and double-tap on an Amp from the** [**Model List**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-model-browser.md)**.** By default, the selected Amp and a matching Cab block are added---see [**Cabs and Cab IRs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md) for details. You'll see your blocks in the Home View - Edit screen.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###  **Add Some Effects**
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Following the procedure from step**  **, use the Model List to add some effects blocks.**There are a few general guidelines for effects placement, but also feel free to totally ignore them and experiment.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add Pitch/Synth, Wah/Filter, Dynamics, and Distortion blocks before the Amp and Cab (in what we call "Pre" position). It's best to use mono models in the Pre position since Amp blocks are mono and will sum any incoming stereo signal.
|
||||
|
||||
* Add Modulation, Delay, and Reverb blocks after the Amp and Cab ("Post" position), especially when using distorted amp settings, for a smoother overall sound. (Quite a few Modulation models sound different, but equally great, in the "Pre" position too.)
|
||||
|
||||
* A Looper is usually preferred as the last block before the Output block, so your loop recordings can capture your full amp + effects signal. Use a stereo Looper type if you want your loop recordings to capture stereo effects.
|
||||
|
||||
* An EQ can be useful in many different positions in the tone; multiple EQ blocks can even be used to shape the sound and level feeding into an amp, before or after specific effects, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
Congratulations! You have now built a robust tone that you can start tweaking as desired... or just dive in and start playing.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Selecting Blocks and Adjusting Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
###  **Select a Block**
|
||||
|
||||
From the Home \> Edit screen, **tap a block to select it.** **Alternatively, touch any assigned Stomp switch to instantly jump to its assigned item, or touch repeatedly to cycle through multiple items assigned to the switch.** Selected blocks have a thicker white outline, and their parameters appear in the inspector below.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** The Inspector shows up to eight parameters at a time for the selected block. Many blocks include more than eight parameters, which are available on additional "pages" in the Inspector, as indicated by the line shown just above the parameters in the Inspector. Swipe the Inspector left/right to access additional parameter pages.
|
||||
|
||||
###  **Adjust a Block's Parameters**
|
||||
|
||||
There are a few ways to adjust parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
#### Use the Focus View
|
||||
|
||||
For any Amp, Preamp, or Effect model, tap the Focus View button  at the top left of the Inspector to open the Focus View screen---see [**The Focus View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-focus-view.md) section for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### Use the Inspector Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
Turn the Knob 1\~8 below the Main Display that corresponds to the Inspector parameter shown directly above it to adjust its value.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#### Use the Parameter Panel
|
||||
|
||||
Tap once directly on a parameter in the Inspector to open the **Parameter Panel** . Here, you can read details about the parameter, and adjust its value by tapping and dragging the slider. Optionally, for numerical values, tap on the value in the panel, enter a precise value, and tap **Done**.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Use the Parameter Panel sidebar options for additional functions:**
|
||||
|
||||
* **Reset Value:** When this option is not dimmed, it means the parameter has been adjusted from its default value. Tap to reset it. (Or, reset a parameter by pressing its respective Knob 1\~8 below the Inspector.)
|
||||
|
||||
* **Learn Controller:** Tap "Learn" to create an assignment to an onboard or externally connected controller device, such as a footswitch, expression pedal, trigger, or MIDI. See the [**Learn Controller**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md#quick-controller-assign) section for details.
|
||||
|
||||
* When the parameter includes a Controller assignment, adjustable **Minimum** and **Maximum** indicators appear on the slider (such as the "Heel" and "Toe" values when assigned to an expression pedal). Tap and drag these to adjust the Min and Max values.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* **Clear Controllers:** Tap to clear all existing Controller assignments from the parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Snapshot Control:** When the switch is disabled (left position, the default setting), the parameter is excluded from Snapshot Control---meaning, its value is not stored and recalled with Snapshot changes. Toggle the switch as enabled (right position) if you want to be able to store up to eight different values to be recalled with Snapshots 1\~8. You'll see the parameter's value appear in white and in brackets when the Snapshot Control is enabled for the parameter  . Note that you can alternatively **press while turning** the parameter's respective Knob 1\~8 to enable it for Snapshot Control. Also, see the [**Snapshots**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/snapshots.md) page.
|
||||
|
||||
###  **Access a Block's Action Panel**
|
||||
|
||||
Tap once on the currently selected block or double-tap an unselected block to open its **Action panel**. The panel offers several commands and functions for the block, such as Copy, Paste, Clear, configuring User Default settings, and more, as covered in the following sections.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Bypassing a Block
|
||||
|
||||
There are a few methods for bypassing a block:
|
||||
|
||||
* Within the Home View - Edit screen, select a block and tap its **Bypass** button  at the right of the Inspector.
|
||||
|
||||
* When Stadium is set for [**Stomp Footswitch Mode**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md#0e1bbb7d-6368-4056-89a7-94f3630b5291), you can ***press*** the footswitch assigned to any effect block within your preset to toggle its bypass state.
|
||||
|
||||
When bypassed, the block (and its Inspector parameters, when the bypassed block is selected) appears dimmed, as shown below. Additionally, when Stadium is in Stomp Footswitch Mode, the assigned footswitch's LED and label appear dimmed when the block is bypassed.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** A handy trick is to "Merge" switch assignments and toggle multiple blocks' bypass states with one Stomp footswitch simultaneously---see the following [**Assigning the Block to a Switch**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md#assign-switch) section.
|
||||
|
||||
## Moving Blocks
|
||||
|
||||
Experiment further with re-ordering blocks in the path or changing the path routing.
|
||||
|
||||
* **To move a block to a new position on its current path**: Simply tap and drag any Amp, Cab, Effect, or Mix block left or right on the current path. Other blocks automatically move to create a new empty space for your block, allowing you to drop the block into the desired spot.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* **To move a block to a different path**: Tap and drag a block up or down to either a parallel or another main target path destination.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Parallel Path:** Drag downward from Path 1A or 2A, and a parallel path is automatically created with its own Split and Merge blocks. Drop the block onto the parallel path to move it there. See the following [**Signal Path Routing**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/signal-path-routing.md) for the many possibilities for using parallel paths.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Path 1A - Path 2A:** Tap and drag a block up or down to the opposite main Path. For example, if you drag the modulation block down from Path 1A, you'll see an empty block location appear as you hover over Path 2A, where you can drop it. If a parallel Path 2B already exists, you can drag and drop the block there.
|
||||
|
||||
## Copying and Pasting a Block
|
||||
|
||||
Blocks from one path can be copied and then pasted into the same path, the other path, or a path in an entirely different preset.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Access a block's Action Panel:** Double-tap on the block (or, if the block is already selected, tap it once).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the Copy Block command.**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Select a destination** : Double-tap on the desired empty block location to open the Action panel (as shown below left). The destination can be on any path within the current or a different preset. Then **tap the Paste Block command.** A copy of the block appears at the new location (shown below right).
|
||||
|
||||
* The original block's parameter settings, controller, and snapshot assignments are retained for the new copied block. Any existing bypass switch assignment is *not* retained on the pasted block.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** Input, Output, Split, Merge, and Looper type blocks can also be copied and pasted. If the destination path's DSP cannot accommodate the copied block, the header will briefly display a DSP full alert---please see [**Dynamic DSP**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/dynamic-dsp.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## Clearing Blocks
|
||||
|
||||
There are several ways to remove an existing block.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Drag an individual block off screen:** Tap and drag any block quickly toward the top or bottom edge of the Main Display. Once you see the red "Clear" indicator  appear, release the block to clear it.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Use the Action panel to clear an individual block** : Double-tap on a block to open the Action panel and select the **Clear Block** command.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Use the Action panel to clear all blocks** : Double-tap on any block to open the Action panel and select the **Clear All Blocks** command. A pop-up alert will ask you if you're sure you want to clear all blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
When you tap **Yes**, all blocks on all paths are cleared, with the exception of existing Input and Output blocks, which remain with their current settings.
|
||||
**Important!** Tapping the **Undo** button  at the top of the screen will restore a cleared block. However, once a block is cleared, its Bypass/Stomp/Controller Assignments are not restored via Undo.
|
||||
|
||||
## Creating User Default Settings
|
||||
|
||||
Whenever you add a block to your tone and select a model, all the model's parameters are loaded with a specific set of "Factory Default" values. If you find yourself constantly re-tweaking your commonly used models the same way, you can customize a model's "User Default" settings to define its new defaults (excluding Input, Output, Split, or Merge Mixer blocks' settings) so the model loads that way every time.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Select any block and tweak it exactly how you like:** Configure any of the model's parameters and bypass state. (Existing MIDI, bypass, snapshot, and controller assignments are ***not*** saved with the User Default settings.)
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the selected block again to open its Action panel:** Select the **User Default** command. Your current parameter settings are now saved as the default for all future uses of the model. (Existing presets that already include the model are not affected.)
|
||||
|
||||
* **To return a model to its original Factory Default settings:** Tap the selected block again to open its Action panel and select the **Factory Default** command to reset it for future uses of the model.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** Alternatively, you can create a **Favorite** . This allows you to customize a model's parameters, bypass state, snapshot, bypass, and controller assignments, and custom-name the model and add it to the Favorites menu to make it easily accessible via the Model List. Please see the [**Favorite Blocks**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/favorites.md) page for details.
|
||||
|
||||
## Assigning a Block to a Switch
|
||||
|
||||
You can use the block's Action panel to quickly **create** , **merge** , or **replace** an existing block's switch assignment(s). For complete details on creating assignments, please see the [**Bypass/Control Assignment**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md)section. To follow are steps for merging multiple assignments to one switch.
|
||||
|
||||
### Merging Blocks' Switch Assignments
|
||||
|
||||
Instead of each block having its own Stomp switch assignment, you can "merge" their assignments to simultaneously toggle two or more blocks on/off.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Double-tap on one of your blocks to open its Action panel and select the **Assign to Switch** command  . The Assign to Switch dialog offers the options to do a quick Bypass assign to a Stomp switch, MIDI Note, or CC:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Select the **Merge** and **Latching** options, and then press the Stomp footswitch that is already assigned to another block to merge both blocks to the switch. You'll see that the footswitch label has been changed to '**MULTIPLE (2)'** to indicate that two blocks are assigned.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** If you want to simultaneously toggle one block on and the other off, such as to switch between two different Distortion blocks, tap on one blocks Bypass button within the Inspector and set its bypass state is set opposite to the state of the other block.
|
||||
|
||||
### Using Snapshot Bypass
|
||||
|
||||
By default, the Action Panel's **Snapshot Bypass** switch is enabled (in the right position  ) for all effect blocks, allowing the Bypass state to be automatically recalled via snapshots. Toggle this switch to the left to disable snapshot control of the selected block's bypass state.
|
||||
**Note:** The Helix Stadium Snapshots feature is a big enough topic to warrant its own section. Please see the [**Snapshots**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/snapshots.md) page.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Focus View
|
||||
|
||||
The Focus View is a dedicated, real-time touchscreen that offers simplified editing options for the selected model. As outlined on this page, the Focus View offers various options based on the current model type. Please check out the videos below for an overview and tips for using the Focus View. Then consult the sections on this page for additional details.
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/BuabyaaReh4>
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/ITlq40wzWt0?si=OD1gtreCXHdpTwSd>
|
||||
|
||||
## Amp, Preamp, and Effect Models
|
||||
|
||||
For Amp, Preamp, and most Effect models, Focus view offers an XY control touchscreen that allows you to quickly adjust multiple simultaneous parameters by dragging to its five descriptively titled "Zones" on the screen. Each model's pre-configured zones consist of combinations of parameters that morph as you drag the "Lens Icon" cursor between them.
|
||||
**Tip**: Using the Focus View first can be a quick and easy way to dial in the overall settings of any amp or effect, which you can then fine-tune using the individual parameter Knobs 1\~8.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Focus View Button:** Tap  to enter the Focus view. When the Focus view is displayed, tap the button again to exit it.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Level Meters:** Vertical meters measure the block's input (at left) and output (at right) signal levels for referencing your gain staging at each block in your signal path. When a Dynamics - Compressor and Gate type model's Focus panel is open, a gain reduction meter appears at the left---see [**Dynamics**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-focus-view.md#focus-dynamics) below.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Model Image:** The main view of the screen displays a detailed image of the original gear the model is based on.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Lens Icon:** Tap and drag toward the desired zone to adjust the settings.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Zones:** Descriptive labels appear in each of the four corners and the center of the screen, indicating each zone and its corresponding sonic character. Each zone includes a different pre-configured combination of parameter values. As you drag the lens icon, you'll hear the sound morph as the parameter values change between the zone settings. Note that the center is the "home" zone, which contains the default factory parameter settings for the selected model.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Sidebar Options:**
|
||||
|
||||
* **User Default:** Once you've configured desirable parameter settings for the current model, you can assign them to be the User Default settings for the model, so that these are the initial default settings whenever you load the model in any preset. (Existing instances of this model in other presets are not affected.) Additionally, refer to [**Creating User Default Settings**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Factory Default:** This option is selectable if you've enabled the User Default feature; selecting this will clear your custom User Default and return the model to use its original Factory Default settings when you next use the model.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Add to Favorites:** Once you've configured desirable parameter settings, set the preferred model bypass state, and assigned bypass and control assignments, tap this option to add a **Favorite** of the model, which will then be conveniently available within the Model List's Favorites category. See the [**Favorites**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/favorites.md) section for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
* **"Based On" Information:** The read-only text at the bottom of the sidebar informs you of the specific gear on which the current model is based.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Inspector:** The Inspector remains accessible at the bottom of the screen, just as in the Home View - Edit screen for fine-tuning individual parameters.
|
||||
**Tip:** If you enable Snapshot Control for all of a model's parameters (press and turn each parameter's respective Knob 1\~8 to enable), you can then drag the Focus View - Lens icon to the desired position and select a Snapshot 1\~8 to store all the model's current settings for easy recall. Repeat this for up to 8 unique Snapshot settings. Also see [**Using Snapshots**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/snapshots.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Amp and Preamp Focus View
|
||||
|
||||
The Focus View for an Amp or Preamp is similar to that for an Effect model.^\*^ All the same descriptions in the preceding sections also apply to editing an Amp or Preamp's settings.
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:** Amp and Preamp Model Lists also include **Clone** type blocks, which offer their own Focus View window. See the **Clones** section below for details.
|
||||
|
||||
## Cab and Cab IRs
|
||||
|
||||
For Cab models, the Focus View offers a graphical Mic position editor that lets you visually adjust the mic's position, distance, and angle relative to the current Cab's speaker. When a Cab IR is loaded, its frequency plot is displayed, and its sidebar options are available. Please see the [**Cab Block \> Focus View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md) section for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Clones
|
||||
|
||||
The Focus View for any Clone block (Amp, Amp+Cab, Preamp, or Distortion type Clone) displays the currently loaded Clone file's metadata screen, where you can reference the Clone file's info. This metadata is added when creating a new clone, as covered in the [**Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/clones.md) section and saved individually with each Clone file, providing descriptive information for reference. As with most Amp and Effect Focus Views, meters are displayed for reference of input and output levels.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The above image shows an Amp type clone's Focus View. Amp+Cab, Preamp, and Distortion type Clones' Focus View offer the same features and parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Metadata Fields:**
|
||||
|
||||
* **Brand:** Shows the brand of your cloned device.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Product:** The product or model name of your cloned device.
|
||||
|
||||
* **UUID:** The unique identifier number for this clone file. This number can be provided to Customer Support if you need to reference the specific clone.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Notes:** The cloned device's settings and other relevant information.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Sidebar Commands:**Similar to Amp and Effect models, you can use these options for your Clone.
|
||||
|
||||
* **User Default:** Tap to store the Clone's current parameter settings as default values that are loaded whenever the Clone is added to a preset.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Factory Default:** If you've previously enabled the above User Default function, tap to restore the Clone's parameters to their default settings.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Add to Favorites:** Tap to add the Clone along with all its current parmaeter settings, bypass state, stomp, controller, and snapshot assignments. Also, see [**Favorite Blocks**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/favorites.md).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Created:** The informational text at the bottom of the sidebar lets you know when this Clone was created.
|
||||
|
||||
## EQs
|
||||
|
||||
For EQ models (excluding the Acoustic Sim model), Focus view provides a graphic or parametric editor for the respective EQ types, as illustrated below. Tap and drag directly on the EQ band controls to make your adjustments.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Dynamics
|
||||
|
||||
For any Dynamics - Compressor or Gate type effect, a gain reduction meter appears at the left for a real-time visual reference of the amount of input signal that is attenuated by the current settings.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Signal Path Routing
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium's Home View - Edit screen allows you to quickly and easily construct all types of signal routing configurations, many of which would be very difficult, if not impossible, to create with an old-school pedalboard, cables, and splitter boxes! Here, we show you how to utilize mono and stereo, Split and Merge, and Input \& Output block settings for various routing configurations. Check out the following video for an introduction to the many Signal Flow features.
|
||||
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QJvgg5g9XTc>
|
||||
|
||||
## Block Order and Stereo Imaging
|
||||
|
||||
First, it is helpful to understand how mono and stereo routings work in the Helix Stadium environment. Most Stadium's Effect models have selectable **Mono** and **Stereo** subcategory versions (as well as **Legacy** subcategory versions---more about these below). When an Effect block is selected, its model type is indicated by the symbol to the right of the model name at the top of the Inspector: **Mono**  or **Stereo**  . The stereo imaging---or how wide your tone appears with stereo speakers or headphones---is highly dependent on the type of blocks you add, and in what order. Keep the following things in mind when building tones:
|
||||
|
||||
* All Paths in the Home View screen include two audio channels (left and right) from Input to Output.
|
||||
|
||||
* Even if you mix mono and stereo blocks on a Path, both audio channels are processed, allowing you to follow a mono effect with a stereo effect and achieve a stereo output from the Path.
|
||||
|
||||
* If you add a Split block to create parallel Paths, each parallel Path (e.g., 1A and 1B) still includes two audio channels, allowing you to use mono or stereo blocks on either.
|
||||
|
||||
* If you connect only the **L/MONO** jack of Stadium's **1/4"** or **XLR Output** pairs, your signal is collapsed to mono at the output.
|
||||
|
||||
* All Amp, Preamp, Poly effects, and Clone blocks are mono-only, so any stereo signal sent into these block types will be collapsed to mono. As such, it's a good idea to add only mono blocks before these mono-only blocks on the same Path. For example, the following simple tone is created using mono effects before the amp (a mono Wah and Distortion), which are fed into an Amp and Cab. After the cab, stereo effects (stereo Modulation, Delay, and Reverb) are used to create a stereo output at the Output block.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Adding a mono effect block will collapse any preceding stereo signal on the same Path to mono. For example, adding a mono effect to the right of the Reverb in the above example would collapse the stereo Reverb block's output to mono.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** Cab blocks are unique in that their internal signal routing differs depending on whether only one or both of their Cab slots are in use. Therefore, if you happen to place a stereo Effect block immediately before a Cab block, the following behaviors apply:
|
||||
|
||||
* When only one slot is in use with a Cab model or IR, the block sums its incoming signal to mono input and offers stereo output.
|
||||
|
||||
* When both slots are in use with Cab models or IRs, the block offers stereo input and stereo output.
|
||||
|
||||
* For a full stereo tone, you can use all stereo effect models, add a Split block, and add an Amp and Cab on each of the split parallel paths. Use the Split block's Pan settings to dial in your preferred stereo balance between the parallel Paths. See the following Routing Examples for more about this type of thing.
|
||||
|
||||
* If you're only ever connecting Helix Stadium to a single, external guitar amp, mono powered speaker, or P.A. system, there is really no need to use stereo models at all.
|
||||
|
||||
* In addition to **Mono** and **Stereo** subcategory effect models, there are also **Legacy** effect models, which are indicated with the Legacy symbol  . The mono/stereo behavior varies among Legacy effects:
|
||||
|
||||
* Legacy Distortion, Dynamics \& Pitch/Synth effects are mono
|
||||
|
||||
* Legacy Modulation \& Delay effects vary in that some are mono, some stereo, and some mono-in/stereo-out. Adjusting the effect's Mix parameter can narrow the stereo image that is fed into it.
|
||||
|
||||
* Legacy Filter and Reverb effects are stereo.
|
||||
|
||||
## Serial vs. Parallel Routing
|
||||
|
||||
For many tones, a simple serial (one stereo path) signal flow is more than adequate. A single path accommodates up to 12 blocks. For example, a (mono) Volume pedal, Wah pedal, Amp, Cab, (and stereo) Reverb, and Looper can be added to a single Path, and many gigs or even entire tours have been successfully completed with less! Of course, there is still room (and typically enough DSP resources) for also adding Distortion, Modulation, and Delay, and additional effects on a single, serial Path.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** Note that several Preset Templates are already included, offering different signal path routing and input/output configurations to get you started creating your own presets. Please see [**Creating A New Preset**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md#cd901ca7-6a35-4935-9af9-c5e4844296e4) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
### Adding Split Paths
|
||||
|
||||
A split, parallel (two stereo Paths) signal flow can be used to create more sophisticated tones. This lets one split the signal into two stereo Paths, process them separately, and mix them back together. For this example, we'll split our simple, serial Path tone to utilize a Reverb and Delay in parallel.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap the existing Reverb block and drag it downward until you see a Path B (the lower Path) appear, then drop the Amp block on the new Path B to move it there.**You'll see that this automatically adds a Split and Merge block, allowing Path B to split off and rejoin Path A (the upper Path).
|
||||
|
||||
* Once Split and Merge blocks are added, they can optionally be dragged left and right on Path A to be repositioned as desired.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap in Path A between the Split and Merge blocks and select a stereo Delay from the Model List to add it there.**Now you have the stereo Delay and Reverb in parallel, where each processes the incoming Amp signal separately and is blended back together before being sent to the Looper and output.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Optionally, tap the Split block and change to a different Split type, and/or adjust its Balance for routing to each Path A and B. Likewise, tap the Merge block and adjust its Pan for how the Path A and B stereo signals are blended back together.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** In the above example, if you're panning the Cab block's settings and want to maintain the full Left/Right balance to be fed all the way through both Paths A and B, adjust the Split *and* Merge blocks' A and B Pan settings full Left and full Right.
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Create Multiple Splits:** Simply drag another existing block down to create an additional Split/Merge Path and add the desired blocks on Paths A and B to achieve the desired parallel and serial routing.
|
||||
|
||||
* In this example, we've created one Split to use two different Distortions and a Dynamics block in parallel, then rejoined to go into an Amp and Cab, then into another Split to use Mod + Reverb and Delay blocks in parallel, rejoined to a common output.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** You can also add Split or Merge blocks manually by tapping in the desired empty location on Path A and tapping the **Split**  or **Return**  button found at the top of the Inspector.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Merging Multiple Split Parallel Paths
|
||||
|
||||
If you've created more than one Split, parallel path, you can optionally "merge" them into one parallel path by dragging and dropping the Split block of the latter onto a position within the earlier path. (Or, if you clear the Split block, it will merge with the preceding split path to its left.) When prompted, tap YES to confirm.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Once you've got the hang of creating split, parallel paths, you can employ them for all types of useful configurations, as follows.**
|
||||
|
||||
### Use 2 Amp Blocks in Parallel
|
||||
|
||||
**This**allows you to use the Split and Merge parameters to blend just the right amount of each Amp. In this case, we've placed the Cab after the Merge block so that both amps' signals are fed to the same Cab (where you can use up to two Cab models or IRs and adjust their pan and other settings individually).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Create a 1 into 2 Routing
|
||||
|
||||
Add an Amp, Cab, and desired effects on Paths A and B, tap and drag the Merge block of an existing split Path downward to give Path B its own separate Output block. In the following example, your single source input enters a Volume and Wah, then is split into two completely separate Amp, Cab, and Effect chains, each with the ability to send to two different external outputs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Create a 2 into 1 Routing
|
||||
|
||||
Add an Amp, Cab, and desired effects on Paths A and B, tap and drag the Split block of an existing split Path down to Path B to give it its own individual Input block. In the following example, your two source inputs (an Instrument for Path A and Return for Path B) each have their own "pre" Effects, Amp, and Cab, and are then rejoined and fed into a Delay, Reverb, and single stereo Output block.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Create Two Independent Parallel Paths
|
||||
|
||||
Expanding on the previous configurations, you can drag *both* the Split and Merge blocks of an existing split Path down to Path B to create two independent parallel Paths. (Or, if you clear the existing Split and Merge blocks, they will convert to Path B Input and Output blocks, respectively.) This allows you to optionally set each Input block to a different source (Instrument, Mic, Return, etc.) *and* to individual Output block destinations.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** Using two Amp or Clone blocks plus Effects can quickly consume the available DSP for Path 1. But remember, this is only half of your tone. You still have Paths 2A and 2B to play with! See the next section.
|
||||
|
||||
To delete the entire Path B, double-tap on either the Path B Input or Output block and select Clear Block. This will delete the entire Path B and all its blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
### Create Multiple Input Paths
|
||||
|
||||
Another benefit of creating true parallel paths is that it provides up to 4 individual signal flows, each with its own input source. For example, the following configuration includes an Instrument 1 input on Path 1A for a guitar, an Instrument 2 input for a bass (  Stadium XL only), and a Mic In Path 2A for vocals. With this setup, each input source has its own independent set of amp/preamp, effects, and output destination, which could serve as the heart of a live or recording rig all on its own.
|
||||
**Tip:** Use the included "Gtr+Bass+Vox+Keys" template for a new preset, preconfigured with multiple input paths and blocks---see [**Creating A New Preset**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md#cd901ca7-6a35-4935-9af9-c5e4844296e4).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Serial Path Routing
|
||||
|
||||
As mentioned at the start of this page, a single path offers 12 block locations. But if the 12 blocks are not enough, you can extend to path B to create a single, large "super serial" path, doubling the capacity to 24 block locations.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Add a Split and Merge block to Path 1A.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap and drag the Merge block down to Path 1B.**A duplicate Output block is created.
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Move the Split block to the right so that it is the last processing block on Path 1A.**
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Select the Output block on Path 1A and turn Knob 2 (Level) all the way down.**That way, you're only hearing Output 1B.
|
||||
|
||||
Now you can add up to 11 blocks on Path 1A (the Split block uses one block location) and up to 12 more blocks on Path 1B (DSP resources permitting).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Combining Paths 1 and 2
|
||||
|
||||
A very useful serial configuration is to add your "pre" Effects, Amp, and Cab on Path 1 and all "post" Effects on Path 2. This setup typically balances the DSP usage across the two Paths, allowing you to use many combinations of models on each before running out of available DSP.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following example, an Instrument input is fed into Path 1A's Pitch Shifter, Distortion, Boost, Amp, Cab, and Volume pedal, with the Path 1 output set to Path 2A to be further processed by an EQ, Modulation, Delay, and Reverb, and to the Path 2A stereo output block.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Of course, if this still isn't enough, you could always duplicate the above Super Serial routing on both Paths 1 and 2 and route Path 1B's output block to Path 2A for one gigantic serial tone with up to a whopping 48 block location capacity (DSP resources permitting).
|
||||
**Tip:** Use the included "Super Serial" template for a new preset, preconfigured with combined paths and blocks---see [**Creating A New Preset**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md#cd901ca7-6a35-4935-9af9-c5e4844296e4).
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Model List
|
||||
|
||||
The Model List is the go-to screen for perusing, auditioning, and loading specific Amp, Cab, and Effect models to your preset. The list offers a logical hierarchical menu layout with model categories, subcategories, and individual models. A handy Search field is also included to help you easily find the right model.
|
||||
|
||||
## The Model List Screen
|
||||
|
||||
* **Add a new block to your preset:**Within the Home - Edit screen, tap an empty location in a Path where you want to add a block. The Inspector displays the model categories. Tap the desired category to display the Model List.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** Once you've imported or created Amp, Preamp, or Distortion type **Clones** , they are also accessible from the Model List within each of these respective categories. Please see [**Selecting and Managing Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/selecting-and-managing-clones.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Replace an existing block's model:** Within the Home - Edit screen, tap to select the existing block. The Inspector displays the model parameters of the selected block. Tap the current model's title at the top of the Inspector to display the Model List, which appears with the current category and model selected.
|
||||
|
||||
* **To exit the Model List:**Tap the Inspector header again, double-tap a model in the list, press the Lower Knob, or press the Home button.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Model Search:** Tap in the Search field and type the name or type of Amp, Cab, or Effect you want. If the particular model you want is based on actual hardware, you can also typically enter the original brand name for your search. All filtered results appear in the center model column, separated by model type, as shown in the examples below.
|
||||
|
||||
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nkIUcQzhrZc>
|
||||
|
||||
 **Model Categories:** Swipe up and down to scroll through the list of categories in the left column. Tap the desired category to select it and view its subcategories and models. Optionally, press while turning the Lower Knob to the right of the Main Display to quickly jump through the Model Subcategories.
|
||||
**Note:** The **Favorites**  category allows you to add your custom-configured models to its list. Once added, you can select a Favorite just like any other model, but all your preferred parameter settings, bypass state, and controller assignments are already configured. See the [**Favorites**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/favorites.md) page for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Subcategory Heading:**This heading indicates the sidebar's currently selected subcategory. As you scroll vertically through models, the heading will remain visible at the top.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Models:** The list of models for the selected category is displayed in the middle column, divided into subcategories. Swipe up and down to scroll through the list of models and select the desired model by tapping on it once or turning the Lower Knob to the right of the Main Display. The selected model can be auditioned while the list is visible. Double-tap on a model to load it and exit to the Home - Edit screen. Or press the Lower Knob or the Home button  to return to the Home - Edit screen with the currently selected model loaded.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Gallery/List View:**  Tap the right button to display the Model List in Gallery View with detailed images of the modeled devices (the default) or tap the left button for the List View.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Sidebar Subcategories**: Tap the desired subcategory to display its list.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Model Details:** "Based on" information displayed here provides additional details for the currently selected item.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Focus Button:** The Focus button  appears in the Inspector, offering specific views and options depending on the current model. Refer to the [**Focus View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-focus-view.md) page for details.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Current Category, Model Name, and Subcategory:**  The information about the currently selected model is displayed at the top of the Inspector. The model category symbol, model name, and model subcategory symbol are shown from left to right.
|
||||
|
||||
* **For Amp and Preamp models:** A Legacy  symbol is displayed when a Legacy subcategory model is selected.
|
||||
|
||||
* **For Effect models:** A Mono  , Stereo  , or Legacy  symbol is also displayed to indicate its subcategory type.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Model Bypass:** Tap  to toggle the selected model as bypassed (button is dimmed) or enabled (button is lit).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Model Parameters:** The selected model's parameters are displayed within the Inspector, as shown below. Just as in the Home - Edit screen, you can adjust any parameter by either turning the respective Knob 1\~8 below the parameter or tapping on the screen's parameter to use the pop-up [**Parameter Panel**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md#a40a6151-8ad3-457a-a0bc-e65f4bc8aa32).
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Presets, Setlists, and Templates
|
||||
|
||||
Please check out the video below for an overview of Presets, Setlists, and Preset Templates. Then, consult the sections on this page and the following sub-pages for additional details.
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/dv2XdyJ8WxI>
|
||||
**Looking for more presets?** Visit the [**Line 6 CustomTone**](https://line6.com/customtone/) free community site where you can download Helix Stadium presets and clones, as well as upload and share your own creations!
|
||||
[](https://line6.com/customtone/) The Line 6 CustomTone site
|
||||
|
||||
## About Presets
|
||||
|
||||
 A ***preset*** is capable of storing all signal flow blocks on the Home \> Edit screen and their settings/routings, all Snapshot assignments, all Bypass and Controller assignments, all Command Center assignments, any Preset Info notes, and which preset clip to play (if any). Essentially, a single preset can store a significant amount of data about how your tone sounds, feels, behaves, and is controlled.
|
||||
|
||||
 Helix Stadium includes a number of presets in the **FACTORY PRESETS** folder to get you started.
|
||||
**Important!** Presets in the FACTORY PRESETS folder *cannot* be overwritten or deleted by the user, and Line 6 reserves the right to expand, reorder, remove, and/or improve factory presets for future firmware updates. However, you *can* save any factory presets (heavily tweaked or otherwise) into the USER PRESETS folder. See [**Saving Presets**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/saving-presets-preset-templates.md).
|
||||
|
||||
 Helix Stadium has 512 empty preset locations in the **USER PRESETS** folder. This should be plenty of space to store your sonic madness, but if 512 isn't enough, note that you can save a virtually unlimited number of presets on your computer---or back them up to the included microSD card.
|
||||
|
||||
 Several preset ***templates*** are provided as a starting point every time you [**create a new preset**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/presets.md#dc039ba0-865f-4b27-85d5-a7faa5346d43) and primarily deal with different routing scenarios, like parallel paths, 4-Cable Method, Super Serial (one massive path with 46 processing blocks), and more. Other than the "Empty Preset" template, you *can* overwrite all of these. You can also create and [**save your own preset templates**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/saving-presets-preset-templates.md#saving-template)---with your most used models, preferred signal routing, custom Command Center mapping, etc.---which is much faster and easier than recreating everything from scratch.
|
||||
|
||||
 A ***setlist*** is simply a collection of presets. (Well, actually preset *aliases*  . Read the important note below.) Setlists let you easily curate lists of existing user presets and place them in any order. This can be helpful when you have different preset arrangements for your various live gigs, rehearsals, and/or studio sessions.
|
||||
|
||||
You can create up to 122 setlists, each accommodating 1 to 128 presets.
|
||||
**Important!** Setlists only contain *aliases of* (or *pointers to* ) presets within the USER PRESETS folder; *they do not contain preset files themselves*. Therefore:
|
||||
|
||||
* If you rename or save changes to any preset, all presets with the same name---in *every* setlist plus the USER PRESETS folder---will also change.
|
||||
|
||||
* If you delete a preset from the USER PRESETS folder, all setlist presets (aliases) that reference it are cleared. If you clear a preset (alias) from a *setlist*, however, it is not deleted from the USER PRESETS folder or any other setlists.
|
||||
|
||||
* If you save a new preset directly to any setlist, it also automatically appears in the USER PRESETS folder.
|
||||
|
||||
If you think about it, this is a good thing, because if a preset exists across multiple setlists, you only have to tweak it once---all instances will be updated because they're really the same preset, just appearing in multiple locations. Just remember that if you want to save changes to a preset without messing with the others, **tap Save As from the Save screen and change the name** , just like you would with files on your computer. See [**Saving Presets**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/saving-presets-preset-templates.md).
|
||||
|
||||
As a general guide, use the USER PRESETS folder to create your presets, and reserve setlists for placing those presets in a specific order for your performances, rehearsals, and recording sessions.
|
||||
**Tip:** You can also use the [**Helix Stadium application**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/helix-stadium-edit-application.md) to import, export, and manage presets (including preset templates, setlists, favorites, and Cab IRs), allowing you to create virtually unlimited libraries on your computer.
|
||||
|
||||
## Importing Helix/HX Presets
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium can import presets and favorites from Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, and HX Stomp XL, as long as the hardware is running 3.50 or newer firmware or software when exporting them. There are some caveats, however; see the important yellow box below for preparing your Helix/HX assets.
|
||||
**Important!** Before transferring your presets, setlists, favorites, and/or IRs from Helix/HX to Helix Stadium, there are several things to be aware of:
|
||||
|
||||
* As of this writing, Helix Marketplace premium presets and IRs are not supported. They will be, but unfortunately, we have no timeline to share.
|
||||
|
||||
* Helix Stadium and the Helix Stadium application save and export all presets in a new (.hsp) preset file format, and model Favorites in a new (.hsf) file format. Therefore, any imported Helix/HX/Helix Native preset (.hlx) and Favorite (.fav) files are no longer "back-compatible" with the original device or software once exported from Helix Stadium. ***Please be sure to create and retain backups of your original presets to maintain compatibility with these earlier products, as covered in the Helix/HX and HX Edit Owner's Manuals, available at*** [**https://line6.com/support/manuals/**](https://line6.com/support/manuals/)***.***
|
||||
|
||||
* Your Helix/HX multieffect (or Helix Native plugin) must be updated to 3.50 or higher *before* exporting presets or setlists. There's no guarantee that presets exported from earlier firmware will bring all the blocks forward. Note that some presets on CustomTone.com may have been exported from earlier firmware and may not appear as intended. But if you load them into Helix/HX (running 3.50 or newer firmware) and then export, they should work fine.
|
||||
|
||||
* Helix Stadium can load individual presets, entire setlists, favorites, and IR (.wav) files from Helix/HX. It cannot load an entire Helix/HX backup file.
|
||||
|
||||
* The older Hybrid cab engine from Helix/HX is not included in Helix Stadium. Any Helix/HX presets with Hybrid cabs will automatically load an equivalent new cab, which will sound different.
|
||||
|
||||
* Helix/HX IR blocks are not fully restored upon import into Helix Stadium, due to its all-new, much more powerful file system. (The Cab block is set to the Cab IR subcategory, but no IR file is automatically loaded.) You will need to manually [**select an IR file**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md) from the Cab \> Cab IR List in Helix Stadium.
|
||||
|
||||
* 1024-sample IRs from Helix/HX are converted to 2048-sample.
|
||||
|
||||
* Helix Stadium does not include four EQ types from Helix/HX: **Simple EQ** , **Low and High Cut** , **Low/High Shelf** , and **Parametric** \[5-band\]. These have all been supplanted with a new, better-sounding 7-band **Parametric EQ** model, and this will be automatically added in their place with your settings intact. In some cases, you may notice that the filtering might sound slightly different. This is due to improved peak filter Qs and more precise low and high cut slopes.
|
||||
|
||||
* Volume leveling of parallel paths in Helix Stadium is slightly different, meaning that presets with parallel paths may sound slightly louder or softer than presets with serial paths. This can be easily compensated for from the Merge \> Mixer or Output blocks' Level parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
* The relationship between the two sides of a dual Cab/IR block is slightly different, meaning that presets with dual cabs may sound slightly louder or softer than presets with a single cab/IR. This can be easily compensated for from the Cab blocks' Level parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
* In original Helix/HX, Snapshot Control is automatically enabled for any block parameter that includes a switch, pedal, or MIDI CC Controller Assignment. In Stadium, Snapshot Control is an independent, switchable option (with the "Snapshot Ctrl" switch available in the parameter's Parameter Panel). When importing a Helix/HX preset into Stadium, all block parameters that include a Controller Assignment will automatically set the Snapshot Control switch to **On** to match the original behavior. Also, see [**Snapshots**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/snapshots.md).
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Connect your Helix/HX device to your computer via USB and launch HX Edit.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Export the desired file(s) from HX Edit:**
|
||||
|
||||
* If you only have a few presets, it may be easier to simply drag them from HX Edit's preset list onto your desktop or any window.^\*^
|
||||
|
||||
* To export an entire setlist, click **Export** at the top of the Librarian - Preset List, choose the destination folder, and click **Save**.
|
||||
|
||||
* To export favorites, go to the Librarian - Favorites List, select the favorites you want, and drag them to your desktop or any window.
|
||||
|
||||
* To export IRs, click the IR tab above the Preset List, select the IRs, and drag them to your desktop or any window.
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Tip:** Even easier, you can actually drag a preset from the HX Edit app's preset library panel and drop it directly into the Helix Stadium app's preset list to import it!
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Connect Helix Stadium XL to your computer via Wi-Fi and launch the** [**Helix Stadium app**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/helix-stadium-edit-application.md)**.**
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Click the Librarian button**  **at the top of the window. Import the Helix/HX files from step 2 into Helix Stadium:**
|
||||
|
||||
* **Presets:** Click **Presets** in the left column and then **USER PRESETS** in the Preset List. Drag Helix/HX presets from your desktop into the list.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Setlists:** Click **Presets** in the left column and then **USER PRESETS** in the Preset List. Click **Import** , browse to your Helix/HX setlist file, and click **Open**.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Favorites:** Click **Favorites** in the left column. Drag Helix/HX favorites from your desktop into the librarian's right pane.
|
||||
|
||||
* **IRs:** Click **Cab IRs** in the left column. Drag individual IRs or folders of IRs into the list.
|
||||
|
||||
## Selecting Presets
|
||||
|
||||
Several methods exist for selecting presets:
|
||||
|
||||
### **Selecting Presets with the Upper Knob**
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Turn the Upper Knob**  **to cue the desired preset within the current folder or setlist.** ^\*^The cued preset name appears below the header (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press the Upper Knob**  **to load it.**
|
||||
|
||||
* To cancel a cued preset, **tap Cancel**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:** Turning the Upper Knob will skip over any "Empty" preset locations.
|
||||
|
||||
Selecting a preset
|
||||
|
||||
### **Selecting Presets from the Preset List**
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap the preset name in the header---or---press the Upper Knob**  **.** The Preset List appears. See [**The Preset List**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/presets.md#preset-browser) section below.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **In the left column, tap FACTORY PRESETS, USER PRESETS, or a setlist (if any).** Its presets appear in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Swipe the list up and down (or turn the Upper Knob**  **) to find the preset you want and tap a preset to select it.** **Alternatively, double-tap a preset to select it and close the Preset List.**
|
||||
|
||||
### **Selecting Presets from the Switches**
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Press FS6 (MODE) to enter Preset footswitch mode (see below).**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press a preset switch to load it.**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **In Preset mode, two banks of presets are visible at a time. To access more banks, press FS1 (Bank Up) or FS7 (Bank Down) one or more times to find the preset you want, then press the preset switch to load it.** See [**Footswitches**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium XL's Preset footswitch mode
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium Preset footswitch mode (Home \> Play view)
|
||||
|
||||
### Creating a **New Preset**
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap Menu**  **in the upper left corner of the touchscreen and then tap New Preset**  **.** The Select Template window appears (below left).
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the desired template from which you want to start your new preset.** If you're not sure, tap "Empty Preset."
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap New Preset**  **.** A new preset is created based on the template you chose (below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The New Preset \> Select Template window
|
||||
|
||||
An empty new preset
|
||||
**Tip:**Alternatively, from the Preset List, double-tap on an "Empty" preset location to load an empty new preset.
|
||||
|
||||
## The Preset List
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap the preset name in the header---or---press the Upper Knob**  **.** The Preset List appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The Preset List screen
|
||||
|
||||
 **Preset Number and Name:**The current preset's index number and name are displayed at the top of the screen. Tap the name to open and close the Preset List.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Search Presets:** Tap  to type in the field and filter the list of presets. Type in a preset name, amp use, effect type used, or info text to filter the search results. See the following [**Searching Presets**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/presets.md#search-presets) section.
|
||||
|
||||
 **FACTORY PRESETS:** Tap  to show factory presets in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
 **USER PRESETS:** Tap  to show the 512 user preset locations in the list. Empty locations appear as "Empty."
|
||||
|
||||
 **Setlists:** Tap a setlist to display its presets in the list. Setlist presets are indicated with an "alias" preset icon  , as they are not preset files themselves, but aliases of presets in the USER PRESETS folder.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Preset List:** Tap once on a preset to select it. Double-tap a preset to select it *and* close the Preset List.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Sidebar:** Sidebar items are used to manage your setlists and presets. Note that different commands are available depending on the type of folder, setlist, or preset(s) selected.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Manage Setlists:** Once you've created one or more setlists, tap to copy, move, reorder, and clear them. See [**Setlists**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/presets.md#setlists)for details.
|
||||
|
||||
* **New Setlist:** Tap to create and name a new empty setlist.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Duplicate Setlist**: Tap to create and name a copy of the current setlist, including all its presets.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Rename Setlist:** Tap to rename the current setlist.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Manage Presets:** Tap to copy, move, reorder, or clear your presets. See [**Managing Presets**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/presets.md#manage-presets) below.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Rename Preset:** Tap to rename and color the current preset.
|
||||
|
||||
* **MIDI Recall:** This read-only text displays the MIDI messages required to recall the current Setlist, Preset, and Snapshot.^\*^
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:** Reordering setlists and presets will change the MIDI Recall CC and PC messages to which they respond. See [**MIDI**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/midi.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Searching Presets
|
||||
|
||||
Instead of manually hunting through your preset lists, you can quickly perform a search to find what you're looking for. See the following video for an overview, and the steps below.
|
||||
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nkIUcQzhrZc>
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap the Search Presets field**  **and type in your search criteria.** Enter a preset name, amp or effect name (either what Line 6 calls them or the real product it's based on), or Preset Info text that was added to the preset. For example, if you have three guitars---Yamaha, Guild, and Dunable---and you use Preset Info to type in which guitar was used, entering "Guild" into the Search Presets field will display all presets made for your Guild.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the green Search button to dismiss the keyboard.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Searching presets
|
||||
|
||||
3. **To cancel the search, tap the small X to the right of your search criteria.**
|
||||
|
||||
### Managing Presets
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap**  **in the sidebar.** Checkboxes appear to the left, and drag icons  appear to the right.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **To reorder an item in the list, tap its drag icon**  **and move it up or down. To reorder multiple items, tap their checkboxes to select them, then move them up and down as a group.** A blue line appears where the item(s) will be placed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Reordering presets renumbers them accordingly and updates the MIDI PC values to which they respond.
|
||||
|
||||
3. **To copy and paste one or more items to a different setlist, tap their checkboxes and drag them to the left and hover over the target setlist** ; it automatically opens.**Continue dragging the preset(s) to the desired location in the target setlist.**
|
||||
|
||||
4. Sidebar items are replaced with the following items (see screenshot below):
|
||||
|
||||
* **Select All**  **:**Selects (checks) all items in the Preset List.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Deselect All**  **:** Deselects (unchecks) all checked items in the Preset List.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Delete Presets (USER PRESETS folder only):** ***Permanently deletes all checked items from the USER PRESETS folder.*** Note that this also deletes any aliases of these presets from any setlists.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Clear Presets (setlists only):** Clears all checked presets from the selected setlist. Does not affect the original preset(s) in the USER PRESETS folder or any other setlist in which they may exist.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Batch Color:** When multiple presets are checked, lets you change all presets' colors simultaneously.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Create Setlist:** When one or more presets are checked, creates a new setlist with those presets.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Preset List \> Manage Presets
|
||||
|
||||
5. **When finished, tap Done**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
6. Once the desired presets are checked, use the following steps to perform the preset management tasks.
|
||||
|
||||
## Setlists
|
||||
|
||||
 A ***setlist*** is simply a collection of presets. (Well, actually preset *aliases*  . Read the important note at the top of this page.) Setlists let you easily curate lists of existing user presets and place them in any order. This can be helpful when you have different preset arrangements for your various live gigs, rehearsals, and/or studio sessions.
|
||||
|
||||
You can create up to 122 setlists, and each setlist can accommodate anywhere from 1 to 128 presets.
|
||||
|
||||
### Creating a Setlist
|
||||
|
||||
1. From the Preset List, **tap New Setlist**  **in the sidebar.** The keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap Done**  **.**The new setlist appears beneath the USER PRESETS folder.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Add presets to your new setlist by copying them from the USER PRESETS folder or any other setlist.** See [**Managing Presets**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/presets.md#manage-presets).
|
||||
|
||||
### Duplicating a Setlist
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From the Preset List, tap an existing setlist, then tap Duplicate Setlist**  **in the sidebar.** The keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap Done**  **.**The duplicated setlist appears in the left column.
|
||||
|
||||
### Renaming a Setlist
|
||||
|
||||
1. From the Preset List, tap an existing setlist, then tap Rename Setlist  in the sidebar. The keyboard appears. **Enter the new setlist's name and tap Done**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
### Managing Setlists
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap**  **in the sidebar.** Checkboxes appear to the left, and drag icons  appear to the right.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **To reorder a setlist, tap its drag icon**  **and move it up or down. To reorder multiple setlists, tap their checkboxes to select them, then move them up and down as a group.** A blue line appears where the setlist(s) will be placed.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Sidebar items are replaced with the following items (see screenshot below):
|
||||
|
||||
* **Select All**  **:**Selects (checks) all items in the Preset List.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Deselect All**  **:** Deselects (unchecks) all checked items in the Preset List.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Clear Presets:** Clears all checked setlists. Does not affect the original preset(s) in the USER PRESETS folder or any other setlist in which they may exist.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Preset List \> Manage Setlists
|
||||
|
||||
4. **When finished, tap**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** The **FACTORY PRESETS** and **USER PRESETS** folders cannot be duplicated, renamed, or cleared.
|
||||
|
||||
## Templates
|
||||
|
||||
 Several preset ***templates*** are provided as a starting point every time you [**create a new preset**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/presets.md#dc039ba0-865f-4b27-85d5-a7faa5346d43), and primarily deal with different routing scenarios, like parallel paths, 4-Cable Method, Super Serial (one massive path with 46 processing blocks), and more. Other than the "Empty Preset" template, you *can* overwrite all of these. You can also create and [**save your own templates**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/saving-presets-preset-templates.md#saving-template)---with your most-used models, preferred signal routing, custom Command Center mapping, etc.---which is much faster and easier than recreating everything from scratch.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap the Main Menu icon**  **and then tap New Preset**  **.** The Template List appears (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Template List
|
||||
|
||||
2. Optional: To rename a template, **select the template and tap Rename Template**  **in the sidebar.** The keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap Done**  **.** Note that "Empty Preset" cannot be renamed.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Optional: To add a new template folder, **tap**  **in the sidebar.** The keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap Done**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Tap**  **in the sidebar.** Checkboxes appear to the left, and drag icons  appear to the right.
|
||||
|
||||
5. **To reorder a template in the list, tap its drag icon**  **and move it up or down. To reorder multiple templates, tap their checkboxes on to select them, then move them up and down as a group.** A blue line appears where the item(s) will be placed.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Sidebar items are replaced with the following items (see screenshot below):
|
||||
|
||||
* **Select All**  **:**Selects (checks) all items in the Templates List.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Deselect All**  **:** Deselects (unchecks) all checked items in the Templates List.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Move to Folder**  **:** Lets you move all selected items into a different folder (or out of a folder into the Templates root directory)
|
||||
|
||||
* **Delete**  **:** ***Permanently deletes the selected templates and/or folders of templates.***
|
||||
|
||||
7. **When finished, tap Done**  **.**
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Saving Presets
|
||||
|
||||
Once you've created a new preset or edited an existing one, you'll want to save it to the USER PRESETS folder and start building your library of tones. You can also save your own custom preset templates, which is a much faster and easier starting point than creating a tone from scratch every time.
|
||||
|
||||
## Saving a Preset
|
||||
|
||||
If a preset has already been saved to the USER PRESETS folder, and it's been edited since, the top panel **Save** button  lights bright white. To quickly save changes to a preset, **press Save twice.** Alternatively, **press FS4 (Quick Save) from the** [**More footswitch mode**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md#0e1bbb7d-6368-4056-89a7-94f3630b5291)**.** The Save button dims again.
|
||||
|
||||
Press **Save** to display the **Save screen**. Different saving options are available depending on the type of preset selected (Factory, User, or New preset) and the specific target location you select for saving the preset (within the User Preset folder, a setlist, in a currently occupied location, etc.). To follow, we cover all the preset saving scenarios.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 The Preset Save Screen - Saving an existing preset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 The Preset Save Screen - Saving a new preset to an empty location
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 The Preset Save window - Saving a new preset to a different, occupied User Preset location
|
||||
|
||||
### Quick-Saving a Preset
|
||||
|
||||
Probably the most common case is that you've loaded a preset you previously saved within the User Presets folder, and you want to save it within its current location to retain your changes. For a Quick-Save, simply press the **Save button**  twice quickly. The preset is saved in its original location without leaving the Home View screen. (For an unsaved "New Preset," double-tapping the Save button will open the Preset Save screen, since you'll need to do an initial "Save As New" action for the preset---see the next section.)
|
||||
**Tip:** Factory presets are "read-only" and cannot be overwritten, but you can select any preset within the Factory Presets folder and double-tap the **Save** **button**  to do a Quick "Save As New," and a fully editable copy of the Factory preset is created in the next available location within the User Presets folder.
|
||||
|
||||
### Manually Saving a Preset
|
||||
|
||||
1. Press the **Save button**  . The Preset Save screen appears (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. To rename the preset, **tap the large preset name in the header**  **.** A keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Choose a setlist and preset location in which to save your preset:**
|
||||
|
||||
* If the preset has already been saved, choosing the same location displays  in the sidebar.
|
||||
|
||||
* If the preset has not yet been saved, or an empty location is selected, Save is grayed out. In this case, you must choose  instead.
|
||||
|
||||
* If the location already contains a different preset, the Save button changes to  .
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Tap one of the colored boxes in the sidebar:**
|
||||
|
||||
* To simply save any changes made to the current preset, **tap**  **.** This is the same as pressing the **Save button**  twice (or pressing FS4 \[Quick Save\] from More footswitch mode).
|
||||
|
||||
* To overwrite an existing preset, **select the preset to be overwritten and tap**  **.** A dialog box appears, warning you that the destination preset will be permanently deleted (along with any of its aliases in other setlists). If you're okay with this, **tap Yes, Overwrite.**
|
||||
|
||||
* To save your preset as a new, unique preset, **tap**  **.** A keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
* To save your preset as a template, **tap**  . See **Saving a Template** below.
|
||||
|
||||
### Saving a Template
|
||||
|
||||
Once you've created a preset that includes blocks, signal flow routing, or other configurations that you're likely to use for future presets, it's helpful to save it as a *template* rather than having to recreate it over and over again.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Press the **Save button**  . The Preset Save screen appears (see above).
|
||||
|
||||
2. In the sidebar, **tap Save Template**  **.** The Save Template window appears (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. To add a template folder, **tap**  **in the sidebar.** A keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Tap one of the colored boxes in the sidebar:**
|
||||
|
||||
* To save as a new template, **tap**  **.** A keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
* To replace an existing template, **select the template you wish to replace and tap**  **.** A dialog box appears, warning you that the destination template will be permanently deleted. If you're okay with this, **tap Yes, Overwrite.**
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Bypass and Controller Assignment
|
||||
|
||||
Please check out the video below for an overview of creating assignments, then read on for additional details on this page.
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/yFQiy00AvyY>
|
||||
|
||||
## About Bypass and Controller Assignments
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium provides a wide variety of tools for controlling your tone during a performance. The most obvious two are stomp switches (to turn effects on and off) and expression pedals (to dynamically control wah or volume). But stomp switches, expression pedals, incoming MIDI CCs or notes, the [**XY Controller**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md#377e08e1-7fcb-493f-86d4-0b9867d8d8cf), and even drum triggers and contact microphones can be used to control the bypass states and parameters of your various blocks. You can even have parameters instantly change when selecting different snapshots within a preset.
|
||||
|
||||
By default, adding an effect, Looper, or FX Loop block automatically assigns it to the first available Stomp A switch (or if Stomp A is full, the first available Stomp B switch). If you'd prefer to assign Stomps manually, set [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#globals-switchespedals)**\> Assign FX to Stomps** to **Manual** (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, adding a Wah, Pitch Wham, or Poly Wham block automatically assigns its Position parameter to be controlled by EXP 1. Adding a Volume Pedal or Pan block automatically assigns its Position to be controlled by EXP 2; the hidden EXP Toe switch toggles between Wah/Pitch Wham and Volume/Pan.
|
||||
|
||||
## Assigning Bypass/Control
|
||||
|
||||
There are several ways of quickly assigning block bypass and parameter control.
|
||||
|
||||
### Quick Bypass Assign
|
||||
|
||||
1. From the Home \> Edit screen, **select the block you want to assign to a stomp switch**.
|
||||
|
||||
* Input, Output, and Merge blocks cannot be assigned to footswitches.
|
||||
|
||||
* Any Split block type *can* be assigned to a footswitch; when bypassed, the signal is split and routed equally to both Path A (upper) and Path B (lower).
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Select Stomp A or Stomp B footswitch mode (if not already there).**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Touch and hold (but don't press) the desired footswitch.** The Stomp Assign dialog appears (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
* If you want to replace any other assignments that may already be on the switch, tap **Replace** . Otherwise, leave it set to **Merge**, which allows for multiple items to be assigned to the same switch.
|
||||
|
||||
* If you want to make the switch momentary ---that is, it changes state only while being held ---tap **Momentary** . Otherwise, leave it set to **Latching**, which toggles the switch's state every time it's pressed. Note that footswitch type (Momentary or Latching) is determined per footswitch, not per assignment.
|
||||
|
||||
* If you'd like to relabel or color the stomp switch, tap **Label/Color** . The keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap Done**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Tap Assign Block.**
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** You can also "merge" 2 or more blocks' assignments to a single stomp switch---see [**Merging Blocks' Switch Assignments**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md#merge-assignments).
|
||||
|
||||
### Learn Bypass
|
||||
|
||||
1. From the Home \> Edit screen, **select the block you want to assign to a switch**.
|
||||
|
||||
* Input, Output, and Merge blocks cannot be assigned to switches.
|
||||
|
||||
* Any Split block type *can* be assigned to a switch; when bypassed, the signal is split and routed equally to both Path A (upper) and Path B (lower).
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the selected block again.** The Action Panel appears (below left.)
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap Assign to Switch...** The Assign to Switch dialog appears (below right).
|
||||
|
||||
* If you want to replace any other assignments that may already be on the switch, tap **Replace** . Otherwise, leave it set to **Merge**, which allows for multiple items to be assigned to the same switch.
|
||||
|
||||
* If you want to make the switch momentary---that is, it changes state only while being held---tap **Momentary** . Otherwise, leave it set to **Latching**, which toggles the switch's state every time it's pressed. Note that footswitch type (Momentary or Latching) is determined per footswitch, not per assignment.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Press the desired Stomp A or Stomp B switch, move an expression pedal, or send a CC or note from your MIDI controller.** Alternatively, the block is assigned.
|
||||
|
||||
### Learn Controller
|
||||
|
||||
Use the following steps to quickly "Learn" a Controller assignment to a specific parameter using an expression pedal, switch, trigger, or MIDI type controller.
|
||||
|
||||
1. From the Home \> Edit screen, **press and hold the knob for an** ***unassigned*** **parameter you wish to control. Alternatively, tap the parameter to open the Parameter Panel and tap Learn Controller in the sidebar.** The Learn/Assign Control dialog appears (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Note:** If the parameter has *already* been assigned, pressing and holding the knob jumps to the Bypass/Control screen with that parameter in focus.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Engage the controller from which you wish to control the parameter:**
|
||||
|
||||
* Press a Stomp A or Stomp B switch (or a momentary footswitch connected to **CONTROL A/B** or  **C/D**).
|
||||
|
||||
* Strike a drum trigger or contact microphone connected to **CONTROL A/B** or  **C/D**.
|
||||
|
||||
* Move the built-in expression pedal (  only) or an expression pedal connected to **CONTROL A/B** or  **C/D**.
|
||||
|
||||
* Send a MIDI CC or note from your MIDI controller.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap the X or Y controller axis icon in the dialog box.
|
||||
|
||||
Once a controller is learned, the parameter's value appears white and small white nodes appear above and below the parameter slider, indicating the min/max range of control (see below):
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. **To change the control range, tap the parameter.** The Parameter Panel appears (see below). **Tap and move the Min and Max nodes left or right to set the control range.** To reverse controller behavior, **move the Min note to the right of the Max node**.
|
||||
|
||||
* To quickly clear any assigned controllers from the parameter, tap **Clear Controllers** in the Parameter Panel's sidebar.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Quick-Swapping Stomp Switches
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to change the location of Stomp mode switches (especially those with multiple items assigned or custom labels and LED ring colors), instead of manually reassigning everything, you can quickly swap their locations.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Touch (but don't press) any two Stomp mode footswitches.**The following dialog appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap Yes, Swap.**
|
||||
|
||||
### Customizing a Stomp's Label and Color
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap-hold an assigned Stomp A or Stomp B switch.** The Quick Stomp Assign dialog appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap Label/Color**  **in the sidebar.** A keyboard appears (see below). **Enter the new label.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap the desired color swatch.** **Auto** matches the default color for the footswitch LED (Delays are green, Mods are blue, EQs are yellow, etc.) and **Off** disables the LED, regardless of the switch's bypass state.
|
||||
|
||||
4. **When finished, tap**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
*** ** * ** ***
|
||||
|
||||
## The Bypass/Control Screen
|
||||
|
||||
Most bypass and controller assignments can (and should!) be accomplished by Quick Bypass Assign, Learn Bypass, and Learn Controller (as illustrated above). But you can also manually assign bypass to blocks---and controllers to parameters---from the Bypass/Control screen.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap the Menu icon**  **and then Bypass/Control**  **.** Alternatively, **tap-hold any Home \> Edit parameter in the inspector.** The Bypass/Control screen appears.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Turn Knob 1 (Parameter) to choose what you want to control.** Different parameters appear on Knobs 2-8 depending on whether Knob 1 is set to **Bypass** (below left) or anything other than Bypass (below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Tap Learn in the inspector header.** If Knob 1 (Parameter) is set to **Bypass**, the Assign Switch dialog appears (below left). If Knob 1 (Parameter) is set to anything else, the Learn/Assign Control dialog appears (below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. **Engage the controller (press a Stomp switch, move an expression pedal, strike a trigger, send a MIDI CC/note, etc.) to assign it to the parameter.**
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show Bypass/Control parameters...
|
||||
|
||||
### **When Knob 1 (Parameter) is set to Bypass:**
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Switch** | Selects the controller type for the Bypass assignment. |
|
||||
| **Type** | Appears when Knob 2 (Switch) is set to any Stomp switch or external momentary footswitch. Determines the behavior for the switch: * **Latching:** The block is bypassed (or enabled, if already bypassed) whenever you press the switch. * **Momentary:** The block is bypassed (or enabled, if already bypassed) for as long as you hold the switch. **Note:** Footswitch type (latching or momentary) is determined *per footswitch*, not per assignment. |
|
||||
| **Position** | Appears when Knob 2 (Switch) is set to an expression pedal. Determines the point within the expression pedal's travel where the block is enabled or bypassed. 0% is heel down; 99% is toe down. |
|
||||
| **Wait** | Appears when Knob 2 (Switch) is set to an expression pedal. Determines how long Helix waits before bypassing the block; for example, you wouldn't want the wah to turn off every time you touched the heel down position in your big funk wah solo. |
|
||||
| **Behavior** | Appears when Knob 2 (Switch) is set to an expression pedal. Determines how bypassing is handled. * When set to **Toggle** , bringing the pedal past the **Position** value toggles the block's bypass state, regardless of its current state (i.e., enabling it if currently bypassed and vice versa). * **Toe Down** and **Heel Down** *always* bypass the block at the designated Toe or Heel pedal position, regardless of the block's starting state. With **Heel Down** selected, the block always turns on when you cross the Position value and bypasses when you return below it. (Since these options always bypass the block, they can prevent snapshot settings from unexpectedly toggling your EXP-assigned block on.) |
|
||||
| **MIDI In** | Determines the type of MIDI command assigned to bypass: * **None:** The block's bypass ignores incoming MIDI messages. * **Note:** The block can be bypassed by pressing MIDI notes (or drum pads) on a keyboard or other MIDI controller. * **CC0\~CC127:** The block can be bypassed by an incoming MIDI CC message. CC values 0-63 turn the block off; values 64-127 turn the block on. |
|
||||
| **MIDI Note** | Appears when Knob 6 (MIDI In) is set to **Note**. Selects which MIDI note bypasses the block. Middle C is C3 on Yamaha^®^ keyboards, but other companies may consider it C4. |
|
||||
| **Note Type** | Appears when Knob 6 (MIDI In) is set to **Note**. Determines the behavior of the MIDI note: * **Latching:** The block is bypassed (or enabled, if already bypassed) every time you press the key. * **Momentary:** The block is bypassed (or enabled, if already bypassed) for as long as you hold the key. |
|
||||
|
||||
#### **When Knob 1 (Parameter) is set to anything** ***other than*** **Bypass:**
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|----------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Controller** | Selects the controller type for the assignment. **Note:** On Helix Stadium XL devices, EXP 1, EXP 2, and EXP Toe are accommodated via the onboard pedal's toe switch. Please refer to the [**External Pedal and Switch Controller Configuration**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/external-pedal-and-switch-controller-configuration.md) page for details. |
|
||||
| **Type** | Appears when Knob 2 (Controller) is set to any Stomp switch or external momentary footswitch. * **Latching:** Toggles between Min and Max values every time you press the switch. * **Momentary:** The value changes for as long as you hold the switch and returns to its original value when you release it. **Note:** Footswitch type (latching or momentary) is determined *per footswitch*, not per assignment. |
|
||||
| **MIDI In** | Determines the type of MIDI command assigned for control: * **None:** The parameter ignores incoming MIDI messages. * **Note:** The parameter's min and max values can be toggled by pressing MIDI notes (or drum pads) on a keyboard or other MIDI controller. * **CC0\~CC127:** The parameter can be controlled from an incoming MIDI CC message. |
|
||||
| **MIDI Note** | Appears when Knob 6 (MIDI In) is set to **Note**. Selects which MIDI note toggles between min and max values. Middle C is C3 on Yamaha^®^ keyboards, but other companies may consider it C4. |
|
||||
| **Note Type** | Appears when Knob 6 (MIDI In) is set to **Note**. Determines the behavior of the MIDI note: * **Latching:** The parameter toggles between min and max every time you press the key. * **Momentary:** The parameter changes for as long as you hold the key and returns to its original value when you release it. |
|
||||
| **Min Value** | Sets the value range to be controlled. For example, if your controller is an expression pedal, Min Value sets the value sent from the pedal when it is moved to its heel position, and Max Value sets the value when it is moved to its toe position. |
|
||||
| **Max Value** | Sets the value range to be controlled. For example, if your controller is an expression pedal, Min Value sets the value sent from the pedal when it is moved to its heel position, and Max Value sets the value when it is moved to its toe position. |
|
||||
|
||||
### Bypass/Control Action Panel
|
||||
|
||||
1. **While on the Bypass/Control screen, tap the selected block.** The Bypass/Control Action Panel appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap **Clear Assignments** to clear all bypass and controller assignments from the selected block.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap **Clear All Assignments** to clear all assignments from *all blocks* within the current preset. A dialog appears: "Clear Bypass and Controller Assignments from all blocks?" Tap **OK**.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** To quickly clear an individual parameter's controller assignments, from the Home \> Edit screen, **tap the parameter to open the Parameter Panel and tap Clear Controllers in the sidebar.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*** ** * ** ***
|
||||
|
||||
## XY Controller
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium's screen can be used as a large performance-based touch controller where one or more parameters are assigned to the X or Y axis. Each axis on the XY Controller can also be used to transmit MIDI CCs via the [**Command Center**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md).
|
||||
|
||||
Even though they look similar, Focus view and the XY Controller screen are very different. While Focus view (at least for most amps and effects) is used for quickly dialing in five distinct sounds of that particular block (with Focus zones in the four corners and center), the XY Controller is different in that *any parameter from any block(s)* can be assigned to an XY axis (with axis extremes along each edge). Just remember: Focus view is meant for *editing* a single block, XY Controller if meant for *real time control* of multiple blocks during a performance.
|
||||
|
||||
### Assigning Parameters to the XY Controller
|
||||
|
||||
1. Press-hold the knob for an *unassigned* parameter. The Learn/Assign Control dialog appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the X or Y axis icon. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for any other parameters you want to assign.** See [**Learn Controller**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md#quick-controller-assign).
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Press the XY Controller button**  (to the right of the Save button). The XY Controller screen appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Tap the circular XY node and move it around the screen to adjust all assigned parameters.**
|
||||
|
||||
* By default, lifting your finger causes the XY node to snap back to its original position. If you prefer the XY node stays where you left, tap the Rubber Band toggle **Off**.
|
||||
|
||||
* The time it takes the Rubber Band to return is determined by Knob 8 (Rubber Band Time).
|
||||
|
||||
* Read-only text appears in the sidebar, showing the current X and Y positions (0-100) as well as transmitted MIDI CC values (0-127) in case you've assigned the X and/or Y axis to MIDI CC from the [**Command Center**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Configuring External Controllers
|
||||
|
||||
The Helix Stadium **Control A/B** (and additional **Control C/D** , available on Stadium XL  ) jacks allow for connecting external expression pedals, switches, drum trigger, and external amp switching controllers, for your [**Bypass and Controller**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md) assigned parameters. The following instructions outline the process for connecting and configuring controller devices and control jacks.
|
||||
|
||||
## Helix Stadium XL / Helix Stadium Control Features
|
||||
|
||||
Please note the following differences in these Control features between Helix Stadium XL and Helix Stadium devices as you read through the following setup configurations.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Helix Stadium X** L  includes an onboard Expression Pedal, which controls EXP 1 and EXP 2 within the Bypass/Control settings. In addition, Stadium XL offers the Control A/B and added Control C/D jacks, which allow up to four external controllers (pedals, switches, and triggers, in any combination) to be connected to control parameters assigned to A, B, C, and D.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Helix Stadium** does not include an onboard Expression Pedal and offers a Control A/B jack, which allows for up to two controllers (pedals, switches, and triggers, in any combination). Note that when external pedals are connected to the Control A/B jack, they are assigned via EXP 1 and EXP 2.
|
||||
|
||||
* With the default settings, you can connect a single expression pedal to Control A and a switch to Control B, and the behavior emulates the Stadium XL onboard pedal and toe switch for toggling the single pedal between EXP 2 and EXP 2 control. See the examples below on this page.
|
||||
|
||||
* The Control A/B and  C/D jacks are 1/4" Tip-Ring-Sleeve (TRS) connectors, allowing you to connect either a single pedal/switch/trigger controller or a combination of two controllers to each jack.
|
||||
|
||||
* A single controller device can be connected using a Tip-Sleeve (TS) cable, resulting in the device utilizing "Control A" for the Control A/B jack or "Control C" for the  Control C/D jack.
|
||||
|
||||
* A TRS splitter cable or adapter can be used to connect two TS controller devices to the Control jack, where Control A (or Control C) is the Tip conductor and Control B (or Control D) is the Ring conductor.
|
||||
|
||||
* If your controller device is a dual controller with a TRS cable connection, such as the **Line 6 EX2** Expression Pedal with Toe Switch or a dual switch type controller, you can connect directly to the Stadium Control A/B (or  Control C/D) jack using a TRS-to-TRS cable and access both its control conductors. Please refer to the following [**EX2 Setup**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/external-pedal-and-switch-controller-configuration.md#ex2-setup) steps.
|
||||
|
||||
### Automatic Expression Assignment
|
||||
|
||||
The following specific Effect models are automatically assigned for Expression Pedal control.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Wahs and Pitch Wham:**All Wahs and the Pitch Wham models' Position parameters are assigned automatically as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
* On Helix Stadium XL  devices, Position is assigned to EXP 1, and Bypass is automatically assigned to the onboard Toe Switch.
|
||||
|
||||
* On Helix Stadium devices, Position is automatically assigned to EXP 1, and Bypass is automatically to assigned to EXP Toggle. (Connect an external pedal and switch to the Control A/B jack and configure the Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals settings as needed---see the next section.)
|
||||
|
||||
* **Volume and Pan:**The Volume model's Position and the Pan model's Pan parameters are assigned automatically as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
* On Helix Stadium XL  devices, the Position and Pan parameters are assigned to EXP 2, and Bypass is automatically assigned to the onboard Toe Switch.
|
||||
|
||||
* On Helix Stadium devices, the Position and Pan parameters are automatically assigned to EXP 2, and the Bypass is automatically assigned to EXP Toggle (Connect an external pedal and switch to the Control A/B jack and configure the Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals settings as needed---see the next section.)
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** You may need to rock the pedal back and forth a few times initially for a new assignment to begin controlling its parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
### Global Settings for External Control
|
||||
|
||||
The [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) category offers settings to determine the type of controller device you are connecting to the Control A/B (and  Control C/D) jacks. As referenced in the following setup examples, you may need to configure these settings for proper functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## External Controller Setup Examples
|
||||
|
||||
### About TS and TRS Cables \& Connectors
|
||||
|
||||
In case you are not already familiar, you'll want to be able to identify the difference between these two types of 1/4" cable connections for your expression pedal, switch, and trigger controllers for our examples in this section:
|
||||
|
||||
* A **Tip-Sleeve** (**TS**) type cable consists of two conductors, the Tip (positive) and Sleeve (ground).
|
||||
|
||||
* A **Tip-Ring-Sleeve** (**TRS**) type cable consists of three conductors: the Tip (positive 1), Ring (positive 2), and Sleeve (common ground).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The Helix Stadium's Control jack is a TRS type jack, into which you can connect a single expression pedal, switch, or drum trigger controller using a TS cable, or a dual controller using a TRS cable. It is also possible to connect two individual controllers, each with a TS simultaneously, provided you connect them into a dual TRS-to-dual TS splitter (or "Y" adapter). Please see the following examples.
|
||||
|
||||
### Line 6 EX2 Pedal Setup
|
||||
|
||||
[**EX2**](https://shop-us.line6.com/hardware/pedals/) is a combination expression pedal and toe switch controller designed for use with Helix Stadium and other Line 6 products, letting you assign a pedal to control an effect parameter and toggle its bypass, such as for a classic Wah or Pitch Wham. Note that the Control A/B jack options differ for Helix Stadium XL and Helix Stadium, as described below.
|
||||
**Note:** You can set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) \> **EXP Pedal Position** to set expression pedals' behaviors as either **Per Preset** (last position and snapshot-assigned positions are saved individually with each preset), versus **Global**(the current position persists on preset load, even if Snapshot Control is currently active for the preset's pedal position).
|
||||
|
||||
####  Helix Stadium XL EX2 Pedal Setup
|
||||
|
||||
EX2 can be connected directly to the Stadium **Control A/B** or **Control** **C/D** jack using a single TRS-to-TRS cable, eliminating the need for a TRS-to-dual-TS splitter adapter, as shown below on the left. Optionally, EX2 can be connected using an individual TS cable for the use of either its pedal *or* toe switch, as shown below on the right.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Connect a TRS-TRS type cable from EX2's Pedal-Toe Switch jack to Stadium XL's **Control A/B** jack. Set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) \> **Control A (Tip)** to**EXP In** and **Control B (Ring)** to **Footswitch In**.
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, connect EX2 to the **Control C/D** jack. Set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **Control C (Tip)** to **EXP In** and **Control D (Ring)** to **Footswitch In**.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Connect a TS-TS type cable from either the right **Pedal/Toe Sw** (for pedal control) *or* the left **Toe Switch** (for switch control) EX2 jack to Stadium XL's **Control A/B** jack. Set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **Control A (Tip)** to**EXP In** or **Footswitch In**, matching the EX2 jack connection.
|
||||
|
||||
Or, you can also use the **Control C/D** jack. Set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **Control C (Tip)** to **EXP In** , or **Footswitch In**, matching the EX2 jack connection.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Helix Stadium EX2 Pedal Setup
|
||||
|
||||
The Helix Stadium's Control A/B jack options are designed to allow you to connect an EX2 pedal (or any third-party expression pedal and switch) where the pedal is assigned to control two different effect parameters via EXP 1 and EXP 2 (such as a Wah and a Volume), with its toe switch toggling between the two. (This essentially mimics the behavior of the Helix Stadium XL's onboard pedal and toe switch.) Connect and configure EX2 with Helix Stadium as shown on the left below for this behavior. Optionally, EX2 can be connected using an individual TS cable for the use of either its pedal *or* switch, as shown below on the right.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Connect a TRS-TRS type cable from EX2's Pedal-Toe Switch jack to Stadium's **Control A/B** jack. Set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe)**Control A (Tip)** to**EXP 1** and **Control B (Ring)** to **EXP Toggle** (the default Control A and B settings). In this configuration, Wah and Pitch Wham effects will automatically be controlled by the EXP 1, and a Volume effect will automatically be controlled by EXP 2, where you can click the EX2 Toe Switch to toggle between them. You can also manually create Controller assignments for any models' parameters to EXP 1 and EXP 2 to control them via EX2.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Connect a TS-TS type cable from either the right **Pedal/Toe Sw** (for pedal control) *or* the left **Toe Switch** (for switch control) EX2 jack to Stadium's **Control A/B** jack. Set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **Control A (Tip)** to**EXP In** or **Footswitch In**, matching the EX2 jack connection.
|
||||
|
||||
### Single Controller Setup
|
||||
|
||||
If you wish to use only a single controller, connect it using a TS type cable to the **Control A/B** jack. For this type of connection, set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **Control A (Tip)** for the type of controller you are connecting. Note that the options differ slightly for Helix Stadium XL and Helix Stadium devices.
|
||||
|
||||
 **For Helix Stadium XL** , you can alternatively or additionally use the **Control C/D** jack. When using a TS type cable, only the "Tip" conductor of the Control jack is accessed. Therefore, set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **Control A (Tip)** or **Control C (Tip)** option to match the type of controller you are connecting: **EXP In** ,**Footswitch In** , or **Trigger In**.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**For Helix Stadium** , connect a single controller to its **Control A/B** jack. When using a TS type cable, only the "Tip" conductor of the Control A/B jack is accessed. Therefore, set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **Control A (Tip)** option to match the type of controller you are connecting ot the jack: **EXP 1** ^**\***^,**Footswitch In** , or **Trigger In**.
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:** When connecting a single external expression pedal, you'll need to assign the desired model parameters to "EXP 1" to be controlled by the pedal.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Dual Controller Setup
|
||||
|
||||
If you wish to connect two external controllers, which can be any pedal, switch, or trigger combination of controllers, connect two controller devices using a TRS type cable to a splitter adapter to the **Control A/B** jack. For this type of connection, set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **\> Control A (Tip)** and **Control B (Ring)** options to match the controllers connected to each respective Tip and Ring conductor. Note that the options differ slightly for Helix Stadium and Helix Stadium XL devices.
|
||||
|
||||
 **For Helix Stadium XL,** you can alternatively or additionally use the **Control C/D** jack. Connect any two pedal, switch, or trigger controllers in any combination to the Control jack using a TRS cable or splitter adapter. Set the respective jack's [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **\>** **Control (Tip)** and **Control (Ring)** for **EXP In** ,**Footswitch In** , or **Trigger In**, matching the controllers to their respective Tip and Ring conductors.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that you can use either two individual controllers (pictured below, left) or a dual controller type device (pictured below, right). Dual controller devices typically require a TRS cable connection (pictured below, right); therefore, a TRS-TRS cable can be used to connect to the desired **Control** jack.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**For Helix Stadium** , connect any two pedal, switch, or trigger controllers in any combination to the **Control A/B** jack using a TRS cable or splitter adapter. Set the [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **\>** **Control A (Tip)** for **EXP 1** ^**\***^,**Footswitch In** , or **Trigger In** , and **Control B (Ring)** for **EXP 2** ^**\***^**, Footswitch In** , **Trigger In** , or **EXP Toggle** ^**\***^ matching the controllers to their respective Tip and Ring conductors.
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:** You can connect a single expression pedal to the Tip conductor and set **Control A** to "EXP 1," and connect a switch to the Ring conductor and set **Control B** to "EXP Toggle" (these are the defaults for the Control A/B Global setting). This configuration allows the single connected pedal to be used for EXP 1 and EXP 2 controller assignments, with the connected footswitch acting as a toggle switch between the two. (Also see the preceding [**Line 6 EX2 Pedal Setup**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/external-pedal-and-switch-controller-configuration.md#ex2-setup) steps.)
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, connect two expression pedals for individual pedal control of EXP 1 and XP 2. For this setup, you'll want to set **Control A** to "EXP 1" and **Control B** to "EXP 2" and assign the desired models' parameters to "EXP 1" or "EXP 2," respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
You can use either two individual controllers (pictured below, left) or a dual controller type device (pictured below, right). Dual controller devices typically require a TRS cable connection (pictured below, right); therefore, a TRS-TRS cable can be used to connect to the **Control A/B** jack.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### External Amp Control
|
||||
|
||||
The **Control A/B** (and the  Helix Stadium XL **Control C/D** ) jacks can alternatively be configured for "Ext Amp" via their [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **\>** **Control (Tip)** and **Control (Ring)** options. This allows you to configure Command Center switch assignments to remotely toggle your external amplifier's channel, reverb, or tremolo switching from your presets. Please refer to the [**Command Center \> Ext Amp Commands**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md#command-center-ext-amp) section for details.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Snapshots
|
||||
|
||||
Please check out the video below for an overview of configuring and using Snapshots on Helix Stadium. Then consult the sections on this page for additional details.
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/zHsaYtG_fvo>
|
||||
|
||||
## What are Snapshots?
|
||||
|
||||
 *Snapshots* are basically presets within a preset.
|
||||
|
||||
***Okay, but what does that mean?***
|
||||
|
||||
Imagine you have an army of pet octopuses, all slithering around your amp and pedalboard. Instead of tap dancing on your pedals (and accidentally stepping on a tentacle), you shout, "Okay, gang---here's the verse... now!" and your octopuses switch some pedals on, switch other pedals off, and tweak all your amps and pedals' knobs to make the best possible settings for your song's verse, all seamlessly with spillover delay and reverb trails. Then you shout, "Ready for the chorus... now!" and your octopuses instantly tweak everything for your song's chorus. That's the power of snapshots.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The only thing your octopuses/snapshots *can't* do is rearrange your pedalboard or swap out an effect or amp for a different one (unless both effect or amp blocks exist in the same preset). The octopuses can remember eight separate groups of on/off statuses and setting tweaks per preset (say, for your intro, verse, chorus, solo, overindulgent noise segue, etc.); that is, Helix Stadium has eight snapshots per preset.
|
||||
|
||||
Depending on how you set them up, snapshots can act as eight variations of the same tone, eight drastically different tones, or any combination thereof---all within the same preset.
|
||||
|
||||
### What Can Snapshots Store?
|
||||
|
||||
* **Block Bypass:** The bypass (on/off) state of any processing blocks (except a Looper), independent of any footswitch bypass assignments. This also includes bypassing Split blocks and configuring complete switchable path routing changes.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** The bypass state of blocks is automatically stored and recalled per snapshot. To exclude a block's bypass state from being affected by snapshots, see the [**Using Snapshots**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/snapshots.md#using-snapshots) steps below.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Parameter Control:** The values of any Snapshot Control-enabled parameters on the Home \> Edit screen.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Command Center Values** : The values of any Snapshot Control-enabled command parameters on the [**Command Center**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md) screen.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Tempo** : The current system tempo, if [**Global Settings \> Tempo/Click**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) \> **Tempo Select** is set to "Snapshot." (By default, it's set to "Per Preset.")
|
||||
|
||||
**Important!** Snapshots make it easy for multiple blocks assigned to the same stomp switch to potentially end up in unexpected states. For example, if FS2 toggles between Delay (ON) and Reverb (OFF) blocks and a snapshot turns a Reverb block on, FS2's behavior will suddenly change to turning both blocks on and off together.
|
||||
|
||||
## The Snapshot Panel
|
||||
|
||||
**In the header, tap the Snapshot**  **icon.** The Snapshot panel appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Snapshot Icon:** Tap  to open the Snapshot panel. The icon's number indicates the currently loaded snapshot, and its camera outline color denotes whether **Discard Edits** is off (white) or on (red).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Snapshots 1\~8:** Tap a snapshot in the panel to select it. Snapshots can also be selected from [**Snapshot Footswitch Mode**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md#15438cb2-d83e-49c8-aba2-4656fcfeb9da).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Sidebar:** Tap an item in the sidebar:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Rename/Color** : Customizes the selected snapshot's name (Intro, Verse, Shred Solo, FX Off, etc.) and color. See [**Renaming and Coloring Snapshots**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/snapshots.md#renaming-snapshots).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Copy** and **Paste Snapshot**: Instead of recreating all the settings of additional snapshots from scratch, copy one snapshot's contents to a different snapshot and edit just the settings you want to change.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Discard Edits** : Say you're on Snapshot 2 (Verse), and you change a few things---switch a delay block on, switch a mod block off, tweak a distortion's Drive parameter, etc. If you switch to Snapshot 3 (Chorus) and then *back* to Snapshot 2 for the second verse, should Helix Stadium recall those changes or return Snapshot 2 to its state when the preset was last saved? There's no right answer; therefore, Stadium lets you choose:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Discard Edits OFF (default):** The camera outline is white  and any snapshot edits are remembered when jumping from snapshot to snapshot and appear as you *last left them*.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Discard Edits ON:** The camera outline is red  and any snapshot edits are discarded when jumping from snapshot to snapshot and appear as the preset was *last saved* . If you want to save changes made to a snapshot while **Discard Edits** is on, **press SAVE twice before selecting another.**
|
||||
|
||||
* **MIDI Recall:** Displays the MIDI messages required to recall the current Setlist, Preset, and Snapshot. See [**MIDI**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/midi.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## Using Snapshots
|
||||
|
||||
1. From Preset or Combo Footswitch Mode, **Press FS1 (Bank Up) and FS7 (Bank Down) together** . Alternatively, **press-hold FS6 (MODE) and then the SNAPSHOT switch.** Snapshot mode appears (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press one of the 8 snapshot switches to select a different snapshot.** Alternatively, **tap the Snapshot**  **icon in the header and then tap the desired snapshot.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* If you select a snapshot that hasn't yet been configured, it appears the same as the snapshot you came from. As soon as you edit a new snapshot (say, by enabling or bypassing an amp or effect block), the snapshot becomes "active" and remembers any block bypass state and snapshot-assigned parameter values.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** If you want Snapshot footswitches to automatically jump back to the previous footswitch mode after selecting one, set [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md)**\> Snapshot Mode Return** to "Automatic."
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Adjust the preset by doing one or more of the following:**
|
||||
|
||||
* **Turn one or more effects on or off by pressing stomp mode footswitches or tapping their bypass icon**  . Snapshots remember every block's on/off state
|
||||
|
||||
* You can disable this behavior per block: **Tap the selected block to open the Action Panel, then tap the Snapshots Set Bypass toggle OFF.** When off, the block's bypass state won't change when switching snapshots.
|
||||
|
||||
* To adjust a Home \> Edit screen's block parameter AND have it automatically update per snapshot, ***press and turn*** **the knob.** Alternatively, **tap the parameter to open the Parameter panel and then turn the Snapshot Ctrl toggle ON in the sidebar.** The parameter's value appears white (see below left).
|
||||
|
||||
* To adjust a [**Command Center**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md) parameter AND have it automatically update per snapshot, **press and turn the command's parameter knob.** Alternatively, **tap the parameter to open the Parameter panel and then turn the Snapshot Ctrl toggle ON in the sidebar**  **.** The parameter's value appears white (see below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Switch back to the snapshot you started with.** Helix Stadium instantly and seamlessly returns to its previous state.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** To disable snapshot control of a parameter, **tap the parameter to open the Parameter panel and tap the Snapshot Ctrl toggle OFF**.
|
||||
**Tip:**Save the preset with the desired snapshot loaded so that it is automatically selected when the preset is loaded.
|
||||
|
||||
### Renaming and Coloring Snapshots
|
||||
|
||||
1. From the Snapshot panel, **tap Rename/Color**  **in the sidebar.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Type in your custom snapshot name.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Optional: **Tap one of the colors at the bottom of the screen to change the snapshot's color** ; for example,  .
|
||||
|
||||
4. **When finished, tap**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
### Copying/Pasting a Snapshot
|
||||
|
||||
Instead of creating a new snapshot from scratch, you may want to copy an existing one to another snapshot location and tweak just a few things.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Select the snapshot you want to copy.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. From the Snapshot panel, **tap Copy Snapshot**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Select the snapshot you want to overwrite and tap**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
### Swapping Snapshots
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From Snapshot footswitch mode, touch-hold the two stomp switches you'd like to swap.** A dialog appears, asking if you'd like to swap them.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap Yes, Swap.**
|
||||
|
||||
### **Tips for Creative Snapshot Use**
|
||||
|
||||
* Turn any Delay, Reverb, and/or FX Loops blocks' **Trails** parameter to "On" for seamless spillover when switching between snapshots.
|
||||
|
||||
* Worried that further tweaking might make your tone worse, not better? Snapshots are a great way to compare minor changes between tones without taking your hands off the guitar.
|
||||
|
||||
* Set different keys in Harmony Delay blocks or intervals in Pitch blocks per snapshot.
|
||||
|
||||
* Having difficulty maintaining consistent volume? Set the Output block's Level parameter per snapshot.
|
||||
|
||||
* In a preset that includes a Looper block, open Command Center and configure an Instant command with the Looper \> Play message assigned for Snapshot 7 and with the Looper \> Stop message assigned for Snapshot 8. Now record a loop, and you can toggle between Snapshot 7 and 8 to play and stop your loop (along with any other actions you set to happen on these two snapshots).
|
||||
|
||||
* Automate snapshot loading using Stadium's powerful Showcase functionality. You can configure Preset/Snapshot and Marker type flags within your Showcase songs to automatically load the desired presets and snapshots during playback. See the [**Song View \>Flags**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md) page.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Song View
|
||||
|
||||
*Showcase™* is the Line 6 live automation and playback engine built right into Helix Stadium. By creating Showcase songs with audio tracks, markers, and events (called *flags*), Helix Stadium can serve as either a simple rehearsal and jamming tool or the centerpiece of your entire stage---Showcase songs have the ability to automate preset and snapshot recall, looper functions, and MIDI commands, as well as tempo sync not only Helix Stadium's effects, but your time-based pedals as well.
|
||||
|
||||
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3c4tEJ9Rm6M>
|
||||
|
||||
## *Where Do I Start?*
|
||||
|
||||
Creating your Showcase songs begins in the Helix Stadium application. If you have not already, download and install the latest Helix Stadium application on your macOS or Windows computer.^\*^Once all your audio tracks are added to a song within the app, the song is transferred to Helix Stadium via Wi-Fi, after which you can add and edit flags, markers, and song settings within Helix Stadium's Song View.
|
||||
^**\***^**Important!** You'll need to be running the Helix Stadium application version 1.2.0 or later (see the [**Helix Stadium Application**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/helix-stadium-edit-application.md) page) and update your Helix Stadium firmware to version 1.2.0 or later (see [**Keeping Helix Stadium Updated**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/quick-start.md)) for Song View. It is recommended to update to the latest available versions to access the latest features and achieve optimal performance.
|
||||
|
||||
## Preparing your Audio Files
|
||||
|
||||
Your song can include up to 8 audio files. If using more than one audio file, such as stems for a multi-track song, all audio files should start at the same 00:00 time to remain synced. Showcase songs can utilize audio files with the following properties:
|
||||
|
||||
* WAV (.wav), AIFF (.aif), FLAC (.flac), or OGG Vorbis (.ogg)
|
||||
|
||||
* Maximum length of 13 minutes play time
|
||||
|
||||
* Sample Rate of 44.1, 48, 88.2, or 96kHz
|
||||
|
||||
* Bit rate of 16, 24, or 32-bit
|
||||
|
||||
* Mono or stereo
|
||||
|
||||
All song tracks are converted to 48kHz, 16-bit stereo files for use in Helix Stadium.
|
||||
**Tip:**If your song contains numerous tempo or time signature changes, it may be easier to export your own custom click track as one of the eight audio tracks instead of creating and aligning many Time flags to ensure Stadium's click lines up properly.
|
||||
|
||||
## Creating a Song in the Helix Stadium App
|
||||
|
||||
Before powering on Helix Stadium, make sure your Stadium-formatted microSD card is inserted. Song tracks stream directly from the microSD card.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Power on Helix Stadium, connect it to Wi-Fi, and sign in to your Line 6 account.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Launch the Helix Stadium app on your computer and [**connect Helix Stadium**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/helix-stadium-edit-application.md) via Wi-Fi.
|
||||
|
||||
3. From the app, click the **Song**  icon in the header to open the New Song window:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** With an "empty" song loaded in Helix Stadium's Song View, you can still add flags and markers, set a tempo, and "play" the song (with or without an the click) to trigger its markers and flags in real time. To transfer an empty song, *before adding any audio files* , click  (as shown above).
|
||||
|
||||
4. Click the **Browse**  button and navigate to where your song's audio files are located. Select one or more (up to eight) audio files and add them to your song. Alternatively, drag audio files from the desktop or any folder directly into the New Song window. Once added, your audio files appear as individual tracks within the window:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Once you've added your audio files, you can name the song and individual tracks and reorder tracks as desired. If you did not enable the Tempo Detection, you can optionally enter the song's initial tempo and time signature manually. See **Editing in the New Song Window** below for details.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Click **Transfer**. A dialog informs you of the progress and alerts you once the transfer is complete.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Your new song now appears in Helix Stadium as the last song in the SONG LIBRARY list (see below), where you can load the song and further edit it by [**adding flags \& markers**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md), setting playback behavior, adding the song to your playlists, and more. Please refer to [**Performing Songs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/performing-songs.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Editing in the New Song Window
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the following tasks can also be performed in Helix Stadium's [**Song Screen**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-song-screen.md) once the song or songs are transferred.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Undo/Redo:**  Click the left or right arrow button to Undo or Redo the last action performed in the window.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Zoom:**  Click the Zoom buttons  to horizontally Zoom Out or Zoom In on the tracks.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Song Name:** Displays the song's name. Click the name to change it.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Tempo \& Time Signature:**  Click directly on the Tempo and enter the song's initial BPM. Click directly on the upper or lower numerical value of the Time Signature to edit it. This Tempo and Time Signature is applied to the song's Start flag that will appear on the transferred song in Helix Stadium, where additional Time flags can be added for any Tempo and/or Time Signature changes.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Track Name:**  The track name appears to the left, based on the audio file's name. Click the track name to change it.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Clear \& Drag Controls:**  Click the red Clear button to remove that track from the song. Click the Drag icon and drag it up or down to reorder the track.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Ruler and Track Field:** The ruler above the tracks indicates the time in bars and beats. Note that the ruler reflects the song's **Tempo and Time Signature** settings (  ), which you'll need to enter manually for the ruler and click to match your song.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Scrollbar:** Click and drag the bottom scroll bar horizontally to scroll through the full length of your tracks.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Transfer Button:** Once you've added all audio files and configured the song settings, click to send the song to Helix Stadium, where it's added to the Song Library.^\*^
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:**You'll want to be sure that all your desired audio files are added for your song before doing the Transfer. Audio tracks cannot be added to a song that already exists in Helix Stadium.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# The Song Screen
|
||||
|
||||
**Important!** If you haven't yet loaded songs into Helix Stadium, read [**Creating a Song in the Helix Stadium App**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/song-view.md) first!
|
||||
|
||||
1. Press the **Song**  button. The Song screen appears.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Tap the song name in the header to open the Song List and double-tap a song to load it. The song appears in Song view, as shown below:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Undo/Redo:** Tap the left arrow to undo the most recent Song view edit. Tap the right arrow to redo the most recent edit. If there's nothing to undo or redo, the arrows appear dim.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Song Number/Name:** The currently loaded song's number and name are displayed here. Tap to open the Song List screen, where you can access and manage all your saved songs and playlists. See the [**Song List**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-song-list.md) page.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Flag List:** Tap the Flag List button  to open the **Flag List** , where you can reference, manage, and rename the current song's flags. See the[**Flags**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Song Settings:** Tap the Settings button  to open the Song Settings screen, where you can rearrange tracks, adjust individual track "Trim" levels, and other settings for the current song. See [**Song Settings**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-song-screen.md#song-settings).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Chase Button:** When on (bright), the visible area of your song follows and centers the current playhead position within the display. When disabled (grayed out), the playhead may scroll off the side of the visible area. See [**Chasing the Song**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/rev-b-v1.2/performing-songs.md#chasing-song).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Next Song:** Displays the next (upcoming) song in the current playlist  . If the current song is the last (or only) song in the current playlist,  appears.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Cue Panel:** When a song or marker is cued, the Cue Panel appears below the header and displays the cued song or marker (as shown below). See [**Performing Songs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/performing-songs.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Tempo/Time Signature:** Displays the tempo and time signature at the current song's playhead position. Every song has one Start flag that sets the initial tempo and time signature. Note that you'll need to manually enter the Start flag's tempo and time signature values for the ruler and click to match those of your song audio files accurately. If the song contains tempo or time signature changes, additional Time flags can be added. See [**Flags**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md).
|
||||
**Tip:**You can also tap the Tempo/Time Signature area to display Tempo and Time Signature parameters in the Inspector.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Start Flag:** Every song includes one Start flag at Bar 001, which sets the song's initial tempo and time signature. Tap the Start flag on the ruler to view its parameters in the inspector. Every song also includes an End flag (not pictured)
|
||||
|
||||
 **Ruler:** Shows the song's time divisions (in bars, beats, and ticks \[240 ticks per beat\]). Tap the ruler above one of the flagpoles (thin vertical lines) to select a flag; its parameters appear in the inspector.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Track Field:** Up to eight audio files appear here. Tap the field to jump the playhead to that location in the song. Swipe left or right to scroll the track field. Use two fingers to "pinch" or "spread" the song field to horizontally zoom out or in.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Add Flag:** Tap the **Add Flag button**  ; available flags appear in the Inspector. Drag one of these colored boxes up to the flag field to add a flag; alternatively, tap the box to add a flag at the playhead's location; its parameters appear in the Inspector. See [**Adding Flags**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md#adding-flag).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Song Scrollbar:** The length of the line here represents the visible area of the song; if the song is fully zoomed out, the scrollbar disappears.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Time Elapsed and Time Remaining:** The Time Elapsed value (at left) displays how long the song has played (in minutes and seconds). Time Remaining (at right) displays how much time the song has left (in minutes and seconds). Tap either indicator to open the Transport Panel.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Playback (Bars/Beats/Ticks):**Displays how far the song has elapsed (in bars, beats, and ticks \[240 ticks per beat\]).
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap anywhere on this time indicator row to open the **Transport Panel** (shown below). Tap the **X** in the upper left corner to close it. See [**Performing Songs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/performing-songs.md).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Jump:** Tap to jump to the currently selected flag's location. (Turn the Lower Knob to select a flag.)
|
||||
|
||||
 **Flag Icon and Name:** The current flag's name is shown here; some flags can be renamed. Tap (or press the Lower Knob) to open the[**Flag List**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md).
|
||||
**Tip:** Marker type Flags, when renamed, display their name on the Song screen's ruler, as shown in the image at the top of this page.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Inspector:** Displays parameters for the currently selected flag. Note that each flag type offers different parameters and functions. See [**Adding Flags**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md#adding-flag).
|
||||
|
||||
## Saving a Song
|
||||
|
||||
When you create a new Showcase song and transfer it from the Helix Stadium application to your Helix Stadium hardware, it's automatically saved as the last song in the SONG LIBRARY list. When you make changes to a song in the Helix Stadium Song screen (add/edit/remove flags, rename/reorder tracks, change tempo, etc.), you'll want to save it to retain your changes.
|
||||
|
||||
### Quick-Saving a Song
|
||||
|
||||
**Important!** Note that, once you edit and save changes to a Song, those changes are also reflected for all "alias" playlist instances of the song. Likewise, deleting a song from the SONG LIBRARY folder will remove all alias instances of the song from playlists.
|
||||
|
||||
Probably the most common case is that you've made some edits to one of your songs, and you want to save it within its current SONG LIBRARY location to retain your changes. From any song screen, press the **Save button**  twice.
|
||||
|
||||
### Manually Saving a Song
|
||||
|
||||
1. Press the **Save button**  . The Save Song screen appears (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* If you keep the current song's location as the one highlighted in the Song Save list,  appears in the sidebar. Tap  to save your changes. (This is essentially the same as doing a Quick-Save, as described above.)
|
||||
|
||||
* If you want to create a unique copy of the current song with your edits included, tap  . Type in a unique name for the new song and tap  .
|
||||
|
||||
* Alternatively, you can click on an existing song in the Save Song list to permanently overwrite it. Once you tap on an existing song in the list, the Save button changes to  . A dialog box appears, warning you that the destination location's song will be permanently overwritten (along with any of its aliases in other playlists). If you're okay with this, **tap Yes, Overwrite.**
|
||||
|
||||
## Song Settings
|
||||
|
||||
Tap the **Song Settings icon**  in the header to open Song Settings:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Reorder the Song's Tracks
|
||||
|
||||
Tap and drag any track up or down to reorder it. Your track order in the Song Settings window appears that way in both the main Song screen and individual track channels in the [**Matrix Mixer**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/matrix-mixer.md).
|
||||
**Tip:**It's a good idea to try and keep the track order consistent across your songs. For example, drums always on track 1, bass always on track 2, guitar on track 3, black metal screeching on track 4, nose flute on track 5, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
### Sidebar Commands
|
||||
|
||||
* **To Rename the Song:** Tap  , enter your new song name, and tap  when complete.
|
||||
|
||||
* **To Rename a Track:** Tap to select the desired track. Tap  , enter your new name, and tap  .
|
||||
|
||||
* **To Bypass or Enable Flags:** By default, flags are enabled (this switch is set to its left position  ). Toggle Bypass Flags on to non-destructively disable all flags (note that Start, End, and Time flags always remain enabled). Bypassing flags is useful for temporarily disabling them during playback.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Song Info:**  Read-only text at the bottom of the sidebar displays details about the current song: Length (in minutes:seconds), initial BPM (Beats Per Minute), and initial time signature.
|
||||
|
||||
### Song Settings
|
||||
|
||||
All song settings are displayed in the Inspector. Note that there are multiple pages of settings---swipe the Inspector left/right to access all of them.
|
||||
Click to show Song Settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Notes** |
|
||||
|------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Track 1\~8 Trim Settings** | Trims the level of each audio track independently of the [**Matrix Mixer's**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/matrix-mixer.md) Track 1\~8 faders, to compensate for extremely soft or loud files. Normally, these should be left at 0.0dB. |
|
||||
| **Shift Downbeat** | Adjusts the Time Ruler to ensure the Downbeat starts on beat 1 if it is not properly aligned. For example, if your song is in 4/4 but the beginning of the song has a two-beat pickup before the downbeat, set this to -2 Beats. |
|
||||
|
||||
**Note**: Be sure to save your song to retain all settings changes.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Performing Songs
|
||||
|
||||
**Important!** If you haven't yet loaded songs into Helix Stadium, read [**Creating a Song in the Helix Stadium App**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/song-view.md) first!
|
||||
|
||||
There are multiple ways to select, play, and navigate songs.
|
||||
|
||||
## The Transport
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium provides multiple methods of controlling song playback:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Transport Footswitch Mode**
|
||||
|
||||
* On-screen **Transport Panel**
|
||||
|
||||
* **Transport Buttons**
|
||||
|
||||
This means song control is available regardless of the current screen or whether your hands are free!
|
||||
**Tip:** Transport functions can also be controlled remotely via MIDI, allowing you to trigger Transport functions even when not currently displaying the Song view. Please see [**MIDI CCs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/midi.md#midi-midicc).
|
||||
|
||||
### Transport Footswitch Mode
|
||||
|
||||
Transport Footswitch Mode offers hands-free control of song playback. To enter **Transport** mode, press and hold FS6 (MODE) to enter More mode and then press the TRANSPORT switch.
|
||||
**Note:** On Helix Stadium XL, the scribble strips display the function label for each switch. On Helix Stadium, the function label for each switch is displayed on the Home \> Play screen when Transport Footswitch mode is enabled. Please see the [**Footswitch Modes**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md#0e1bbb7d-6368-4056-89a7-94f3630b5291) section for additional information.
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium XL's Transport footswitch mode
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium's Transport footswitch mode (Home \> Play view)
|
||||
**Tip:** You can also use the [**Command Center \> Song commands**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md#676d1359-ca5a-458b-834f-70c71954367b) to assign individual transport functions to Stomp A and B footswitches and Instant commands.
|
||||
|
||||
### Transport Panel
|
||||
|
||||
The Transport Panel can be displayed on the main Song screen by tapping on the location controls row, just above the Inspector. Tap the panel's **X** button to close it.
|
||||
|
||||
On-screen Transport Panel
|
||||
|
||||
### Hardware Transport Buttons
|
||||
|
||||
The hardware Transport buttons are dedicated to Song transport functions, regardless of the screen you are currently working in. The middle Play/Pause button is dimly lit when paused, brightly lit when playing, and flashing when a song or marker is cued. Most of the same transport functions as available on the Transport footswitches and panel can be performed using these buttons.
|
||||
|
||||
Transport buttons
|
||||
|
||||
### Transport Functions
|
||||
|
||||
The following functions can be performed on the Transport footswitches, on-screen panel buttons, or hardware buttons.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Play/Pause**  /  : Plays a cued song or marker. Toggles song playback and song pause.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press **Return To Zero**  (RTZ) to return the playhead to the start of the current song. From the Transport buttons below the Volume knob, press and hold  to return to zero.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press **Prev Song**  or **Next Song**  to cue the previous and next song, respectively. Press and hold  or  to rewind or fast-forward the song.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press **Prev Marker**  or **Next Marker**  to cue the previous/next marker within the current song. From the hardware Transport buttons below the Volume knob, hold  and press  or  to cue the previous/next marker.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press **Cycle**  repeatedly for Cycle start, Cycle end, and Cycle clear. If a cycle is in memory, hold **Cycle**  to clear the cycle. If a cycle is not in memory, hold **Cycle**  to set to the closest adjacent markers (or Song Start/End flag) as the cycle. Also, see [**Repeating a Section of a Song**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/performing-songs.md#Repeating-a-Section-of-a-Song-(Cycle)).
|
||||
|
||||
## Selecting Songs
|
||||
|
||||
1. Press **Prev Song**  or **Next Song**  to select the song you want to play. Alternatively, from the Song screen, turn the Upper Knob. The cue panel appears, displaying the cued song, flashing:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Cue Panel (song cued)
|
||||
|
||||
* FS6 changes to Cancel (for cancelling the song cue), and FS12 changes to  :
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium XL
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press**  **to play the cued song.**
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** You can change the behavior of  and  from [**Global Settings \> Songs \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) **Select Song**:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Skip:** Instantly jumps to the selected song, like traditional song skip buttons on a CD or MP3 player. (Remember those?)
|
||||
|
||||
* **Cue (default):** Selects the song but doesn't play it; press  to instantly play the cued song (also, see below).
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, the [**Global Settings \> Songs \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) **Song Play** option lets you choose what happens when you select Play for the Cued song:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Play** **(default):**Immediately starts playback of the cued song.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Load:** Loads the song, but does not automatically start its playback or load the song's Start Flag-Preset/Snapshot (if enabled).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Load+Preset:** Loads the song and its Start Flag-Preset/Snapshot (if enabled), but does not automatically start its playback.
|
||||
|
||||
## Selecting Markers
|
||||
|
||||
Markers are a type of flag used to jump to---and therefore reorder---sections of your songs in real time. Markers can also trigger preset and snapshot changes on playback---see [**Adding a Flag**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md#adding-flag) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Press Prev Marker**  **or Next Marker**  **to select the marker you want to play. From the Transport buttons below the Volume knob, hold**  **and press**  **or**  **to select a marker.**The cue panel appears, displaying the cued marker, flashing:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Cue panel (marker cued)
|
||||
|
||||
* FS6 changes to Cancel (for cancelling the marker cue), and FS12 changes to  :
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium XL
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press**  **to play the song at the marker's location.**
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** You can change the behavior of  and  from [**Global Settings \> Songs \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) **Select Marker**:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Skip:** Instantly jumps to the selected marker.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Cue (default):** Selects the marker but doesn't play it; press  to instantly jump to the selected marker.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Next Marker:** Causes playback to automatically jump to the cued marker when the *next marker* (or song end) is reached; this lets you rearrange sections of your song on the fly. For example, if you're playing your big solo before the last chorus and you want it to play twice as long, at any time during the solo, press  once to cue up the Solo section again (provided there's a marker there). At the end of the solo, playback will jump back to the beginning of the solo and play it again. ***IMPORTANT!*** Yamaha Guitar Group and Line 6 are not responsible for upset band members when your solos last far too long.
|
||||
|
||||
## Repeating a Section of a Song (Cycle)
|
||||
|
||||
1. While the song is playing back, at the point you want the cycle to start, press **Cycle**  .
|
||||
|
||||
2. At the point you want the cycle to end, press **Cycle**  again. This sets the Cycle end location, and that section of the song repeats indefinitely.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Press **Cycle**  a third time. The song continues as normal.
|
||||
|
||||
* Cycle start and end are remembered. Press **Cycle**  to toggle the cycle on and off.
|
||||
|
||||
4. To clear a Cycle from memory, press and hold **Cycle**  .
|
||||
|
||||
5. Alternatively, if a cycle does not yet exist in the song, press and hold **Cycle**  . Cycle start and end locations are automatically added, using the closest adjacent Marker flags (or Song Start/End flag). This lets you quickly set a section of the song to repeat indefinitely without manually setting Cycle start and end points.
|
||||
|
||||
## Setting a Playback Location
|
||||
|
||||
Normally, you can just tap on the song's flag field (waveforms) to jump to that location. You can also manually set a playback location:
|
||||
|
||||
1. From the main Song screen, tap the location row, just above the Inspector; The Transport panel appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
On-screen Transport Panel
|
||||
|
||||
2. Turn the knobs below the screen to set the playback location:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Knobs 1 and 2:** Time Elapsed
|
||||
|
||||
* **Knobs 3, 4, and 5:** Song's location in Bars, Beats, and Ticks
|
||||
|
||||
* **Knobs 7 and 8:** Time Remaining
|
||||
|
||||
## Chasing the Song
|
||||
|
||||
By default, Chase is enabled, keeping the playhead (the right edge of the blue progress bar) centered on the screen. If you swipe to scroll the current view area, or touch-pinch or touch-expand to zoom in/out, Chase is disabled, letting you view another area of the song without it auto-scrolling away. Tap the Chase button to toggle it on and off.
|
||||
|
||||
*  **Chase Enabled:** The playhead remains centered in the display during playback.
|
||||
|
||||
*  **Chase Disabled:** The playhead moves freely and may leave the current view area when playing or jumping to markers.
|
||||
|
||||
* Chase is automatically enabled if you return to the beginning of the song or select a different song.
|
||||
|
||||
## Setting Track Levels
|
||||
|
||||
The **Matrix Mixer** allows discrete mixes of the song from the 1/4", XLR, and Phones outputs, including individual level, pan, mute, and solo for all eight audio tracks. See [**Main Volume/Matrix Mixer**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/matrix-mixer.md).
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Press 1/4"**  **, XLR**  **, or Phones**  **to select which output you want to control.**Turn the large Volume knob to quickly adjust all audio for the selected output.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Use the mixer's Song channel**  **to adjust the song level fed to the selected output.** This lets you balance the song against your preset, or mute song playback---for example, you could mute the song for the 1/4" outs so that it is only fed to the XLR and Phones outputs for your stage setup. If multiple band members are monitoring different Matrix layers---say, the guitarist from the 1/4" outputs and the drummer from the Phones---they can have drastically different monitor mixes of inputs, Home screen paths, and even song tracks. ("Hey, can I get a little less cowbell in the monitors?")
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap the**  **button to the right of the Song channel**  **to view individual track channels.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Matrix Mixer (Song track channels expanded)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# The Song List
|
||||
|
||||
**Important!** If you haven't yet loaded songs into Helix Stadium, read [**Creating a Song in the Helix Stadium App**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/song-view.md) first!
|
||||
|
||||
From the main Song screen, tap the current song's name at the top of the display to open the Song List screen. The Song List lets you search, load, play, manage, and organize all your songs and playlists. You can also create playlists that reference the song files in your SONG LIBRARY folder, making it easy to manage their playback order and behaviors for your sets, rehearsals, and jams.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
 **Search Songs**: Tap the Search Songs field and enter your search terms to filter the selected SONG LIBRARY folder or playlist songs listed in the center column.
|
||||
|
||||
 **SONG LIBRARY Folder:** This is your main folder, containing all your saved song files (up to 512, depending on song length, number of tracks, and the size of your microSD card).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Playlists:** Up to 127 playlists can be added to create collections of "aliases" of your original SONG LIBRARY files. Playlists are much like those in Spotify or Apple Music---they don't contain the song files themselves but instead "collect" songs in a certain order for playback. Up to 127 song aliases can be added to a playlist.
|
||||
**Important!** Note that, once you edit and save changes to a Song (adding flags, editing flag parameters, changing tempo, etc.), those changes are reflected in all playlist instances of the song. Deleting a song from the SONG LIBRARY folder will remove all alias instances of the song from playlists. However, clearing songs from a playlist will not delete the original reference song file from the SONG LIBRARY folder.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Song Column:** All songs within the selected SONG LIBRARY or playlist folder appear in this column.
|
||||
|
||||
* Swipe up and down to scroll, and tap a song once to cue it.
|
||||
|
||||
* Double-tap a song in the Song List to load it and exit to the main Song screen. If the previous song was already playing, the new song starts playback on load; if playback was not active, the new song loads but does not start playing automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Current Song Indicator:** The currently loaded song displays a white speaker icon  .
|
||||
|
||||
 **End of Song:** Tap a song's End of Song icon to the right of the song name, and the End of Song panel appears. The selected action determines the behavior when playback reaches the end of the current song, as described below.
|
||||
**Note:** Changing the End of Song action is the same as setting the End of Song parameter for the song's [**End Flag**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md). This icon also appears in the End Flag's inspector header.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*  **Pause (default):** The song pauses at the end and does nothing, maintaining the current preset or snapshot. Pressing Play then loads the next song's assigned preset/snapshot or any other flags at the very beginning of the timeline (if any) and immediately starts song playback.
|
||||
|
||||
*  **Play Next:** The next song (with any assigned preset/snapshot) starts automatically; if the last song is set to "Play Next," the playlist repeats, and Song 1 plays.^\*^
|
||||
|
||||
*  **Cue Next:** Similar to Pause at End, except it preloads the next song's preset/snapshot or any other flags at the very beginning of the timeline (if any) and waits for a play command to start playback. If the last song is set to "Cue Next," the playlist repeats, and Song 1 is cued, awaiting a Play command.
|
||||
|
||||
*  **Repeat:** The current song automatically restarts from the beginning.
|
||||
|
||||
*  **Cue Same:** Returns to the beginning of the current song and preloads its initial preset/snapshot or any other flags at the beginning of the timeline (if any), but waits for a Play command to start playback.
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Important!** Stadium won't nag you with pop-up dialogs constantly reminding you to save a song before loading another.**Just remember always to save your current song to retain any edits you've made before another is loaded!**
|
||||
|
||||
 **Sidebar Options:** Tap to perform the following functions for the selected song.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Manage Playlists:** Tap to display the Manage Playlists screen, where you can select playlists to delete or rearrange them. See the following **Managing Playlists** section.
|
||||
|
||||
* **New Playlist:** Tap to create a new playlist folder. Type in a name, tap  , and the new, empty playlist is added at the bottom of the list in the left column.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Duplicate Playlist:** (Available when a playlist is selected.) Tap to select the desired playlist in the left column. Tap to duplicate the selected playlist, and a duplicate playlist is added, containing duplicate alias copies of all the original playlist's songs.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Manage Songs:** Tap to display the Manage Songs screen, where you can select songs to copy to playlists, delete, or rearrange them. See the following **Managing Songs** section.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Rename Song:** Tap to rename the current song.
|
||||
|
||||
## Managing Playlists
|
||||
|
||||
The Manage Playlists screen lets you reorder and clear playlists.
|
||||
|
||||
1. From the Song List's sidebar, tap  . You'll see a checkbox appear to the left of each Playlist, and a "drag" icon  to the right.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **To reorder playlists:** Tap to "check" the checkbox of any playlist that you wish to move or clear. Tap  or  to check/uncheck all playlists.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap any checked playlist's drag icon  and drag up/down to move all checked playlists together.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap the sidebar's  to clear the checked playlists. Note that deleting a playlist's songs does *not* delete their original, referenced song files from the SONG LIBRARY folder.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Tap  when complete.
|
||||
|
||||
## Managing Songs
|
||||
|
||||
1. From the sidebar, tap  . You'll see checkboxes appear to select one or more songs and "drag" icons  to the right, which allow the selected songs to be dragged to reorder or copy into playlists. Tap  or  to check/uncheck all songs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. **To add songs to a playlist:** Tap to check the desired songs and drag any checked song's drag icon  over to a playlist in the left column.
|
||||
|
||||
4. **To create a new playlist and add songs to it:** Check all songs you wish to include, then tap  . Enter a name for your new playlist and tap  .
|
||||
|
||||
5. **To reorder or delete songs within the current song list:** Check any song(s) you wish to move or clear.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap on any drag icon  and drag up/down to move all songs.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap  to delete the checked songs. Note that deleting songs from the SONG LIBRARY folder deletes all alias copies of the songs from all playlists. Deleting songs from a playlist folder does *not* delete their original, referenced song files from the SONG LIBRARY.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Tap  when complete.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Flags
|
||||
|
||||
*Flags* are events that take place at a certain time during song playback---very similar to commands in the Command Center menu, except they take place automatically. A song could have just two flags (Start and End) for casual jamming with your favorite commercial tracks---or hundreds of flags, collectively automating your band or solo acts's entire live show.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples include:
|
||||
|
||||
* Selecting a specific preset at the beginning of a song (Start flag)
|
||||
|
||||
* Switching to a different snapshot when the chorus kicks in (Preset/Snapshot or any Marker flag)
|
||||
|
||||
* Reordering sections of a song on the fly and/or choosing which section comes next (Marker flags)
|
||||
|
||||
* Engaging looper functions---record the guitar during the first verse and then play it back for the second verse, where you can harmonize with it (Looper flags)
|
||||
|
||||
* Displaying the Tuner at the end of a song to start the next one and then exiting the Tuner once the next song begins (Utility \> Tuner On, Tuner Off flags)
|
||||
|
||||
* Changing the preset in an external MIDI-equipped pedal, keyboard, synth, or standalone softsynth/guitar processing software (MIDI \> Bank/Prog flags)
|
||||
|
||||
* Synchronizing Powerpoint or Keynote slides to the music (Hotkey flags)
|
||||
|
||||
* Controlling a MIDI-equipped lighting console or MIDI-to-DMX converter (MIDI \> CC flags)
|
||||
|
||||
* Controlling video playback or lighting software (Hotkey flags)
|
||||
|
||||
## Song Flag Automation
|
||||
|
||||
Starting with Stadium Firmware version 1.3, several flag command types now behave as true automation. Showcase keeps track of your position in the song and automatically recalls the Preset, Snapshot, Ext Amp channel, MIDI PC/CC, Hotkey command, tempo, or screen, based on preceding flag(s), even if the playhead does not pass the flag's location. This means you can jump to any part of the song and the correct sounds and settings will appear at the right time, no matter where the flags are placed.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Flag Type** | **Description** |
|
||||
|-----------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Start** | Every song has one Start flag at the very beginning that determines the song's initial time signature and tempo. The Start flag also has the ability to recall a specific preset and snapshot. |
|
||||
| **End** | Every song has one End flag at the very end that determines the song's end location, fade out length (if any), and playback behavior for when the song ends. Moving its location trims the end time of the song. |
|
||||
| **Marker** | Used to jump to various locations in a song and for rearranging your song on the fly during performance. The flag top on the Song screen displays a small yellow pause icon when its Pause at Marker is set to "On". As with Start flags, Marker flags can recall a specific preset and snapshot. Marker flags, when renamed, will display their name on the Song screen's ruler for reference. |
|
||||
| **Cycle** | Cycles a section of the song for repeated jamming. Cycle Start and End points can also be entered in real time by pressing Transport mode's Cycle footswitch. |
|
||||
| **Preset/Snap** | Used to automatically switch presets and/or snapshots during a song. Note that Start flags and Markers can also recall presets and/or snapshots, so these may be unnecessary. |
|
||||
| **Looper** | Used to automate looper functions within Helix Stadium itself. For example, you could place a Looper \> Record flag at the beginning of the first chorus, a Looper \> Stop flag at the end of the chorus, and a Looper \> Play flag at the beginning of the second chorus. Playing the song will automate these functions so you could harmonize with what you played in the first chorus durning the second chorus, without pressing a single footswitch. |
|
||||
| **Utility** | A catch-all for additional functions that allow Helix Stadium to control itself, including turning the click on and off, entering and exiting the tuner or XY Controller screens, and starting and stopping the stopwatch. |
|
||||
| **Ext Amp** | Used to automatically switch external amps' channels and/or reverb. Same as Ext Amp commands except they happen automatically. |
|
||||
| **MIDI** | Transmits a MIDI message from both MIDI DIN and USB. Currently supports Bank/Program, CC, and MMC messages. Can be used to recall presets and control parameters in your external stompboxes, synths, keyboards, or with a MIDI-to-DMX converter, even lighting. |
|
||||
| **Hotkey** | Transmits a QWERTY HID command (with or without modifiers, such as Shift, Alt, and Command) via USB. Basically the same thing as a Hotkey message on the Command Center page, except it's automatically sent during song playback. Can be used to start/stop a Quicktime video, advance Powerpoint slides, or if you're really ambitious and bored, type an angry email to your boss. |
|
||||
| **Time** | Each song's Start flag determines the song's initial tempo and time signature, but additional Time flags can be added anytime the song's tempo and/or time signature changes. |
|
||||
|
||||
## Flag Controls
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Song View with flags added
|
||||
|
||||
 **Cue Panel:** Below the current Song name is the Next Song indicator (below left), which shows the next song to be played. If a song or marker flag has been cued, the Cue panel appears, flashing (below right), indicating what plays when pressing Play. To dismiss the Cue panel, tap Cancel or press FS6 (Cancel). See [**Performing Songs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/performing-songs.md).
|
||||
|
||||
The Next Song indicator
|
||||
|
||||
The Cue Panel \> a marker is cued
|
||||
|
||||
 **Flag List Button:** Tap to open the Flag List, where you can view all the song's current flags in one list, manage, test, rename them, and more. Please see the [**Flag List**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flag-list.md)section.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Start Flag:** All songs include a Start flag, which you can set the song's initial tempo and time signature, as well as recall a specific Stadium preset and snapshot on song start. See [**Start Flag**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md#start-flag).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Flag Pole:** Flags are represented by thin colored vertical lines within the flag field. In the illustration above, a green Marker flag is selected. Turn the Lower Knob to scroll through all available flags. To scroll through all available flags of the same type (say, you want to jump to all MIDI flags), push and turn the Lower Knob.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Selected Flag:** Turn the lower knob or tap on a flag within the ruler at the top of the Track Field area to choose a flag. The selected flag appears in the ruler area. (In the image above, Marker \> Verse 2 is selected.) Tap-hold the selected flag's top and drag it left or right, or use the Knobs 1 (Bar), 2 (Beat), and 3 (Tick) to move it to a new location. Tap the selected flag's icon in the ruler to open its [**Action panel**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md#f87a71e8-eb76-48e8-bd2b-f986446e6642).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Playhead:** As playback commences, the playhead (right edge of the blue-highlighted area) moves to the right, indicating the current song location. The playhead's time position is displayed above the Inspector area (  ).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Track Field:** This main field is where the song's audio track waveforms and all flags are displayed. The ruler across the top displays bars and beats.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap a specific location within the flag field to jump the playhead to that time. Swipe left or right to scroll the flag field. Pinch the flag field horizontally to zoom the timeline in and out.
|
||||
|
||||
* Audio track waveforms appear with track names to their left. The height of your added tracks automatically resizes to fill the field's vertical space.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Add Flag Button:** Tap the **Add Flag** button  to add a flag---See [**Adding a Flag**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md#adding-flag) below.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Playhead Location:** Displays the playhead's (  ) time position in Bars, Beats, and Ticks.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap anywhere in the Playhead Location area to display the **Transport Panel**.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Flag Name:** The currently selected flag's icon and name appear here. If the current flag type can be renamed, a "pencil" icon  appears to its right; tap to edit the flag's name.
|
||||
**Tip:** For Marker type flags, when renamed, the Marker's custom name is also displayed on the Song screen's ruler for reference, as shown in image above for all Markers.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Flag Parameters:** The current flag's parameters appear in the inspector. Knobs 1 \~ 3 adjust the selected flag's time position.
|
||||
|
||||
## Adding a Flag
|
||||
|
||||
1. Tap the **Add Flag** button  ; flag buttons appear along the bottom of the screen (below). Press  **Page Left** /  **Page right** to view more flag buttons.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Song \> Add Flag
|
||||
|
||||
2. Tap and drag the desired flag button up to the flag field at the location you want it to occur; its parameters appear in the inspector (below). Alternatively, tap the flag button to insert it at the current location.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Song \> Marker flag
|
||||
|
||||
* Adding a Cycle flag actually creates two flags---Cycle Start and Cycle End---with a blue bar connecting them.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap  to immediately move the Playhead's position to the selected flag.
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap on the Playhead location area (above the flag name) to display the Transport Panel---see [**Performing Songs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/performing-songs.md) for transport functions.
|
||||
|
||||
## Selecting Flags
|
||||
|
||||
1. From Song View, turn the Lower Knob to scroll through all available flags. Alternatively, tap the top of any flagpole in the ruler area.
|
||||
|
||||
2. To scroll through all flags *of the same type*, press and turn the Lower Knob. For example, if a marker flag is currently selected, pressing and turning the Lower Knob scrolls through all Marker flags, skipping over any other flags.
|
||||
|
||||
### Flag Action Panel
|
||||
|
||||
Tap on a selected flag's icon in the ruler area to open its Action Panel. Depending on the selected flag type, not all Action commands will be available.
|
||||
**Note:** Start and End flags do not have an Action Panel; these flag types cannot be renamed, duplicated, or cleared.
|
||||
|
||||
The Flag Action Panel
|
||||
|
||||
| **Flag Action** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Test Flag** | Engages the selected flag so that you can check if your parameter settings are performing the desired function. |
|
||||
| **Rename Flag** | Lets you name the flag. For example, "Verse 2" is much more meaningful than "Marker 3" and "Strymon Cloud" is more meaningful than "MIDI 7." |
|
||||
| **Duplicate Flag** | Creates a copy of the selected flag, including all its parameter settings, in the same time location. |
|
||||
| **Clear Flag** | Clears the selected flag from the song. |
|
||||
| **Clear All Flags** | Clears all flags from the current song. (Start and End flags cannot be cleared.) |
|
||||
|
||||
### Moving a Flag
|
||||
|
||||
1. Select a flag and turn knobs 1-3 to move its location. Alternatively, tap the flag icon in the time ruler and drag it left or right.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Bar** | Sets the flag's bar location. |
|
||||
| **Beat** | Sets the flag's beat location. |
|
||||
| **Tick** | Sets the flag's tick location with a resolution of 240 ticks per beat. Press the knob to cycle quarter divisions of a beat---001, 061, 121, and 181 ticks. |
|
||||
|
||||
## Flag Types
|
||||
|
||||
Initially, a new "empty" song already includes a **Start** and **End** type flag. The Start and End flag types are not available from the Add Flag button's list of flag types. To follow are descriptions of the flag types available and their parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
###  Start Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Every song has one Start flag at the very beginning that determines the song's initial time signature and tempo. The Start flag also has the ability to recall a specific preset and snapshot.
|
||||
**Tip:**Time flags can be added elsewhere in your song for any tempo or time signature changes.
|
||||
Click to show Start Flag settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|-------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **BPM \[Whole\]** | Sets the song's initial tempo with .01 BPM resolution. |
|
||||
| **BPM \[Hundredths\]** | Sets the song's initial tempo with .01 BPM resolution. |
|
||||
| **Time Signature \[Top\]** | Sets the song's initial time signature. |
|
||||
| **Time Signature \[Bottom\]** | Sets the song's initial time signature. |
|
||||
| ***Count In*** | *This parameter is not currently functional. To be added in a future firmware update.* |
|
||||
| **Song Recalls Preset** | Determines whether selecting a song automatically recalls the preset and/or snapshot as selected with the following parameters. **Note:** A preset or snapshot is only recalled when playing the song if it's not already the current preset or snapshot. |
|
||||
| **Setlist** | Selects the preset and snapshot to be loaded when the **Song Recalls Preset** switch is **on** . When set to**\[Current\]**, no preset or snapshot is loaded. |
|
||||
| **Preset** | Selects the preset and snapshot to be loaded when the **Song Recalls Preset** switch is **on** . When set to**\[Current\]**, no preset or snapshot is loaded. |
|
||||
| **Snapshot** | Selects the preset and snapshot to be loaded when the **Song Recalls Preset** switch is **on** . When set to**\[Current\]**, no preset or snapshot is loaded. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  End Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Every song has one End flag at the very end that determines the song's end location, fade out length (if any), and playback behavior for when the song ends. Moving its location trims the end time of the song.
|
||||
Click to show End Flag settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|--------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Fade Out** | Determines whether a volume fade out is applied to all audio tracks. |
|
||||
| **Fade Length** | (Grayed out if **Fade Out** is set to **off**.) Sets the fade out duration. The fade out area appears as a triangular shading on the track field. |
|
||||
| **End of Song** | Determines the behavior when the playhead reaches the End flag. An indicator icon appears on the End flag for the selected action: *  **Pause (default):** The song pauses at the end and does nothing, maintaining the current preset or snapshot. Pressing Play then loads the next song's assigned preset/snapshot or any other flags at the very beginning of the timeline (if any) and immediately starts song playback. *  **Play Next:** The next song (with any assigned preset/snapshot) starts automatically; if the last song is set to "Play Next," the playlist repeats, and Song 1 plays. *  **Cue Next:** Similar to Pause at End, except it preloads the next song's preset/snapshot or any other flags at the very beginning of the timeline (if any) and waits for a play command to start playback. If the last song is set to "Cue Next," the playlist repeats, and Song 1 is cued, awaiting a Play command. *  **Repeat:** The current song automatically restarts from the beginning. *  **Cue Same:** Returns to the beginning of the current song and preloads its initial preset/snapshot or any other flags at the beginning of the timeline (if any), but waits for a Play command to start playback. **Note:** The End flag's play and preset/snapshot recall behaviors are superseded by the current **Global Settings \> Songs \> Select Song** and **Song Play** settings. Please review these [**Global Settings**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#globals-songs) descriptions and select the desired behaviors. |
|
||||
| **Gap Before Next Song** | (Grayed out if **End of Song** is set to **Pause** .) When **on** , places a variable, silent gap (determined by **Gap Length**) between the end of the current song and the beginning of the next song. |
|
||||
| **Gap Length** | (Grayed out if **Gap** is set to **off**.) Sets the duration of the gap. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Marker Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Markers are used to jump to various locations in a song and for rearranging your song on the fly during performance. The flag top on the Song screen displays a small yellow pause icon when its Pause at Marker is set to "On". As with Start flags, Marker flags can also recall a specific preset and snapshot.
|
||||
**Tip:** If you rename a Marker flag (tap on the pencil icon  at right of the selected Marker's name in the Inspector), the custom name also appears on the Song screen's ruler  . This can help you more easily indicate your song parts (Verse, Chorus, Feedback Solo, etc.).
|
||||
Click to show Marker Flag settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Count In** | This feature is not currently functional. It will be implemented in an upcoming firmware update. |
|
||||
| **Pause at Marker** | When set to **On** , playback pauses at the marker's location. When **On** , a pause icon indicator appears on the marker  . |
|
||||
| **Cycle Marker** | Determines whether the playback cycles between the selected marker and the next marker. (Note that there must be an additional marker flag at a later time position within the song for a cycle region to be created.) Tap the transport Cycle button  or Transport Mode FS4 while playback is within the cycle region to engage/disengage cycled playback. **Tip:** You can alternatively add a dedicated **Cycle flag** to create a cycled region---see the following flag type. |
|
||||
| **Marker Recalls Preset** | Determines whether reaching a marker automatically recalls a preset and/or snapshot. Set to **On** and use the next 3 parameters to choose the preset/snapshot to be loaded. |
|
||||
| **Setlist** | Sets the desired Stadium Setlist, Preset, and Snapshot to be recalled. Turning **Recall Preset at Marker** automatically fills Knobs 6-8 with **\[Current\]** for the selected setlist, preset, and snapshot. If every marker's Recall Preset at Marker is turned on and has the same preset, the preset is never reloaded. If only **Snapshot** is changed, only the snapshot of the current preset is recalled. |
|
||||
| **Preset** | Sets the desired Stadium Setlist, Preset, and Snapshot to be recalled. Turning **Recall Preset at Marker** automatically fills Knobs 6-8 with **\[Current\]** for the selected setlist, preset, and snapshot. If every marker's Recall Preset at Marker is turned on and has the same preset, the preset is never reloaded. If only **Snapshot** is changed, only the snapshot of the current preset is recalled. |
|
||||
| **Snapshot** | Sets the desired Stadium Setlist, Preset, and Snapshot to be recalled. Turning **Recall Preset at Marker** automatically fills Knobs 6-8 with **\[Current\]** for the selected setlist, preset, and snapshot. If every marker's Recall Preset at Marker is turned on and has the same preset, the preset is never reloaded. If only **Snapshot** is changed, only the snapshot of the current preset is recalled. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Cycle Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Cycle flags repeat a section of the song for repeated jamming. Cycle Start and End points can also be entered in real time by pressing Transport mode's Cycle footswitch. By default, the Cycle End flag is added 8 bars later than the Cycle Start flag.
|
||||
**Note** : To **Clear** a Cycle flag completely from the song, tap and hold the on-screen Transport Panel's **Cycle** button for 2 seconds, until it flashes.
|
||||
Click to show Cycle Flag settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Cycle Count** | When set to **Infinite**, the Cycle loops forever, until disabled by pressing the Cycle button or Transport \> Cycle footswitch. When set to a number, the Cycle loops for that number of times, after which playback continues as normal. |
|
||||
| **Retrigger Flags** | When set to **On** , any flags between the Cycle In and Cycle Out flags are retriggered during every cycle. When **Off**, any flags between the Cycle Start \& End markers are triggered only during the first play cycle and ignored every subsequent cycle. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Preset/Snap Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Preset/Snap flags are used to automatically switch presets and/or snapshots during a song. Note that Start flags and Markers can also recall presets and/or snapshots, so these may be unnecessary.
|
||||
Click to show Preset/Snap Flag settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Setlist** | Sets the desired Stadium Setlist, Preset, and Snapshot to be recalled. The default **\[Current\]** option performs no action (the current preset or snapshot is not reloaded). If only **Snapshot** is changed from the default, the snapshot of the current preset is recalled. |
|
||||
| **Preset** | Sets the desired Stadium Setlist, Preset, and Snapshot to be recalled. The default **\[Current\]** option performs no action (the current preset or snapshot is not reloaded). If only **Snapshot** is changed from the default, the snapshot of the current preset is recalled. |
|
||||
| **Snapshot** | Sets the desired Stadium Setlist, Preset, and Snapshot to be recalled. The default **\[Current\]** option performs no action (the current preset or snapshot is not reloaded). If only **Snapshot** is changed from the default, the snapshot of the current preset is recalled. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Looper Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Looper flags are used to automate looper functions within Helix Stadium itself. For example, you could place a Looper \> Record flag at the beginning of the first chorus, a Looper \> Stop flag at the end of the chorus, and a Looper \> Play flag at the beginning of the second chorus. Playing the song will automate these functions, so you could harmonize with what you played in the first chorus during the second chorus, without pressing a single footswitch.
|
||||
Click to show Looper Flag settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Function** | Selects the function to be triggered for the Looper block within the current preset. Adding a Deluxe Looper type block within the current preset is recommended. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Utility Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Utility flags represent a catch-all for additional functions that allow Helix Stadium to control itself, including turning the click on and off, engaging and exiting the tuner or XY Controller screens, or starting and stopping the stopwatch.
|
||||
**Tip:** Typically, you'll want to add Utility flags in pairs. For example, if you add a Utility flag for **Tuner On** , add another Utility flag for **Tuner Off** at the desired later time location in your song, so that it exits from the Tuner back to the Song screen.
|
||||
Click to show Utility Flag settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|--------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Function** | Sets the utility function to be triggered. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Ext Amp Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Ext Amp flags are used to automatically switch external amps' channels and/or reverb. Same as Ext Amp commands, except they happen automatically.
|
||||
**Note:** Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals \> Control A (Tip), Control B (Ring), Control C (Tip)  , and/or Control D (Ring)  must be set to Ext Amp for Ext Amp flags to work.
|
||||
**Important!** Send Ext Amp commands utilize "short-to-sleeve" footswitch inputs to control channel, reverb, and/or tremolo, and have been tested with many common amplifiers. Unfortunately, this does not guarantee compatibility with all products. Depending on the channel switching jack's circuitry, the Ext Amp function may not operate as expected. Connecting to any other input could cause permanent damage to both your amp and Helix Stadium device. If you're unsure whether your amp has short-to-sleeve inputs, please contact the manufacturer.
|
||||
Click to show Ext Amp Flag settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Select** | Selects the Stadium **Control** jack to which the Ext Amp switch command is routed. |
|
||||
| **State** | Selects the Open or Closed switch state message to send. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  MIDI Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Transmits a MIDI message from both MIDI DIN and USB. Currently supports Bank/Program, CC, and MMC messages. Can be used to recall presets and control parameters in your external stompboxes, synths, keyboards, or with a MIDI-to-DMX converter, even lighting.
|
||||
**Note:** [**Global Settings \> MIDI \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) **MIDI Over USB C** must be set to "On" (the default), and the **Send MIDI PC** set to the desired port (MIDI Out, USB, or both) for Stadium to send MIDI PC messages.
|
||||
Click to show the MIDI Flag Settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Type** | **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|---------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Bank/Prog** | **MIDI Channel** | Sets the MIDI Channel on which the Bank/Prog message is sent. |
|
||||
| **Bank/Prog** | **Bank MSB (CC00)** | Sets the Bank "Most Significant Bit" value. If the device you want to control doesn't respond to MSB, leave this off. |
|
||||
| **Bank/Prog** | **Bank LSB (CC32)** | Sets the Bank "Least Significant Bit" value. If the device you want to control doesn't respond to LSB, leave this off. |
|
||||
| **Bank/Prog** | **Program Change** | Sets the Program Change number. |
|
||||
| **CC** | **MIDI Channel** | Sets the MIDI Channel on which the CC message is sent. |
|
||||
| **CC** | **CC#** | Sets the Control Change (also commonly called "Continuous Controller") number. |
|
||||
| **CC** | **Value** | Sets the Control Change value. |
|
||||
| **Note** | **MIDI Channel** | Sets the MIDI Channel on which the Note message is sent. **A Note On message is sent, using your configured Note (C -1 to G 9), followed by a Note Off. The duration of time between the Note On and Note Off messages is determined by your Length values.** |
|
||||
| | **Note** | Sets the Note value (from C -1 to G 9). |
|
||||
| | **Velocity** | Sets the velocity of the Note. |
|
||||
| | **Length (Bars)** | Determine the time interval between the Note On message and the subsequent Note Off message (default is 10 Ticks). |
|
||||
| | **Length (Beats)** | Determine the time interval between the Note On message and the subsequent Note Off message (default is 10 Ticks). |
|
||||
| | **Length (Ticks)** | Determine the time interval between the Note On message and the subsequent Note Off message (default is 10 Ticks). |
|
||||
| **MMC** | **Message** | Sets MIDI Machine Control message type. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Hotkey Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Hotkey flags transmit a QWERTY HID command (with or without modifiers, such as Shift, Alt, and Command) via USB. Basically the same thing as a Hotkey message on the Command Center page, except it's automatically sent during song playback. Can be used to start/stop a Quicktime video, advance Powerpoint slides, or if you have more time than common sense, type a scathing critique of Line 6 in the YouTube comment section.
|
||||
Click to show the Hotkey Flag Settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|----------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Modifier 1** | Determines the modifiers (if any) sent with the hotkey HID message. If your hotkey doesn't have modifiers, set all three to "None." **Mac** = Command, **PC** = Alt; Modifiers are transmitted in order (1-3), followed by the Keystroke |
|
||||
| **Modifier 2** | Determines the modifiers (if any) sent with the hotkey HID message. If your hotkey doesn't have modifiers, set all three to "None." **Mac** = Command, **PC** = Alt; Modifiers are transmitted in order (1-3), followed by the Keystroke |
|
||||
| **Modifier 3** | Determines the modifiers (if any) sent with the hotkey HID message. If your hotkey doesn't have modifiers, set all three to "None." **Mac** = Command, **PC** = Alt; Modifiers are transmitted in order (1-3), followed by the Keystroke |
|
||||
| **Keystroke** | Sets the alpha, numeric, or other computer keyboard key value to be sent. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Time Flag
|
||||
|
||||
Each song's [**Start flag**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md#start-flag) determines the song's initial tempo and time signature, but additional Time flags can be added anytime the song's tempo and/or time signature changes.
|
||||
Click to show the Time Flag Settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|-------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **BPM \[Whole\]** | Sets the tempo change at the Time flag's location with .01 BPM resolution. |
|
||||
| **BPM \[Hundredths\]** | Sets the tempo change at the Time flag's location with .01 BPM resolution. |
|
||||
| **Time Signature \[Top\]** | Sets the time signature at the Time flag's location. |
|
||||
| **Time Signature \[Bottom\]** | Sets the time signature at the Time flag's location. |
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Global EQ
|
||||
|
||||
Please check out the video below for an overview of Helix Stadium's Global EQ. Then consult the sections on this page for additional details.
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/spxI9yphNeA>
|
||||
|
||||
## Using the Global EQ
|
||||
|
||||
Ever get to the gig and the venue's backline or acoustics suddenly make all your tones sound too tubby or harsh, or there's this weird ringing frequency that wasn't in your practice space or studio? Or ever plug into a different speaker or amp and realize everything is too dark or bright? Global EQ can help compensate for the wide sonic disparity experienced when switching acoustic environments and/or playback systems, playing along with various groups of instruments, or just when you need to cut through the mix.
|
||||
|
||||
There are actually *three* Global EQs in Helix Stadium, one each for the 1/4", XLR, and Phones outputs (even if you've linked two---or all three---outputs. See [**Matrix Mixer**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/matrix-mixer.md)). This way, you can EQ the signals sent to your onstage playback system, the Front Of House mixer, and feed to your IEMs (In Ear Monitors) separately.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap the Menu icon**  **and then Global EQ**  **.** Alternatively, from the [**Matrix Mixer**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/matrix-mixer.md), **tap the Global EQ icon**  **in the upper right corner**. The Global EQ screen appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press the desired output button (1/4"**  **, XLR**  **, or Phones**  **) to choose the output to which you want to apply Global EQ.** Alternatively, **press the**  **or**  **button to change outputs.**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap the bypass icon**  **to enable Global EQ for the selected output.**
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Tap a circular EQ band node, then drag it up or down to change gain and left or right to change its frequency.** Alternatively, **turn Knob 1 (Band) to select the desired EQ band**; its parameters appear to the right.
|
||||
|
||||
* To copy one output's Global EQ to another, from the source output, **tap Copy EQ. Select the destination output and tap Paste EQ.**
|
||||
|
||||
* To reset the output's Global EQ, **tap Reset EQ.** Note that Low Cut and High Cut bands are still active, so if you want no Global EQ at all, **tap the bypass icon**  **to disable it.**
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show Global EQ parameters...
|
||||
|
||||
### Low Cut and High Cut
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Enable** | Turns the filter on and off. |
|
||||
| **Frequency** | Adjusts the frequency of the filter. Increasing the Low Cut filter frequency may be useful in removing undesirable low end rumble. Decreasing the High Cut filter frequency may be helpful in eliminating top end harshness. |
|
||||
| **Slope** | Adjusts the slope of the filter. Lower values provide a gentler, less dramatic reduction of frequencies below the cutoff (for the Low Cut) or above the cutoff (for the High Cut), and higher values provide a steeper, more aggressive reduction. |
|
||||
|
||||
#### Low and High Shelf
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Enable** | Turns the individual EQ shelf on and off. |
|
||||
| **Frequency** | Adjusts the frequency of the Low or High Shelf band. |
|
||||
| **Gain** | Adjusts the amount of level boost or cut. |
|
||||
|
||||
#### Low, Mid, and High Band
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Enable** | Turns the individual EQ band on and off. |
|
||||
| **Frequency** | Adjusts the center frequency of the EQ band. |
|
||||
| **Gain** | Adjusts the amount of level cut or boost. |
|
||||
| **Q** | Adjusts the width of the frequency range around the selected center frequency that is affected by the Gain. Use low Q values to more surgically cut or boost specific narrow frequencies. Use high Q values to cut or boost a broader range of frequencies. |
|
||||
|
||||
**Tips for Using Global EQ**
|
||||
|
||||
* As a general rule, try reducing Gain for unwanted frequencies rather than heavily boosting the desired frequencies.
|
||||
|
||||
* Use the "sweep and cut" method:
|
||||
|
||||
* Boost a band significantly while listening to your instrument tone or playback
|
||||
|
||||
* Sweep the band horizontally across frequencies until you hear the offending frequency accentuated.
|
||||
|
||||
* As you identify the undesirable frequencies, reduce the Gain on the band(s).
|
||||
|
||||
* Use a narrower Q (lower Q values) for Gain reductions and a wider Q (higher Q values) for Gain boosts.
|
||||
|
||||
* Small Gain adjustments (1--3 dB) are often enough. Extreme EQ settings can cause unnatural sound, hiss, and phase issues.
|
||||
|
||||
* Use the Level parameter (Knob 8) once you've made your individual band Gain adjustments to optimize the final output level.
|
||||
|
||||
🎧 **Know Your Frequencies:**
|
||||
|
||||
* **Sub-bass (20--60Hz):** Adds depth, but too much can cause muddiness and rumble.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Bass (60--250Hz):** Defines warmth and punch; avoid excessive boosts.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Low mids (250Hz--500Hz):** Can cause muddiness; cut if necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Mids (500Hz--2kHz):** Affects the presence and body of instruments/voices.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Upper mids (2kHz--4kHz):** Impacts clarity and attack (especially on guitar tones); be cautious of harshness.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Highs (4kHz--10kHz):** Brings brightness and detail but can add sibilance.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Air (10kHz+):** Adds shimmer and openness but can introduce hiss.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Global Settings
|
||||
|
||||
The Global Settings menu contains additional parameters that apply to all presets and songs, such as input and output levels, footswitch behavior, display brightness, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap the Menu icon**  **and then Global Settings**  **.** The Global Settings screen appears (below).
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the desired submenu icon**; its parameters appear in the inspector.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Global Settings
|
||||
|
||||
3. To view additional pages, **press**  **or**  **or swipe the parameters left or right.**
|
||||
|
||||
4. Not sure what a global setting does? **Tap the setting to open the Parameter Panel**, which provides a description:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Global Settings \> Parameter Panel
|
||||
|
||||
##  Global Settings \> Ins/Outs
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show/hide Global Settings \> Ins/Outs settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|--------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Inst \[X\] Pad** | Sets the Instrument input level. * **No Offset:** Choose this if you want to set the Pad on/off setting per preset, from the Input \> Instrument \> Pad parameter. * **Off/Inst:** The input is set to Instrument level. * **On/Line:** The input is set to Line level. If your guitar or bass has active or high-output pickups, you may want to choose **On/Line** to avoid input clipping. Otherwise, just use what sounds best. |
|
||||
| **Mic In Phantom** | When set to On, 48V phantom power is provided via the XLR Mic In jack for studio condenser microphones. ***IMPORTANT!*** *Never plug or unplug a mic or XLR cable while phantom power is On.* Leave this setting **Off** unless you're sure your connected mic requires phantom power. Please refer to your microphone manufacturer's documentation. |
|
||||
| **Mic In Gain** | Controls the preamp gain for the XLR Mic input. Note that the Mic's input signal can be further adjusted up or down from the Input \> Mic block's Trim parameter. |
|
||||
| **1/4" Out Level** | Choose **Instrument** when connecting the 1/4" outputs to stompboxes or the front of guitar or bass amps. Choose **Line** when connecting to studio monitors or the line inputs on mixers. |
|
||||
| **XLR Out Level** | Choose **Mic** when connecting the XLR outputs to the XLR mic inputs on mixers. Choose **Line** when connecting to mixers, studio monitors, or audio interfaces. |
|
||||
| **XLR Ground Lift** | When **On** , lifts the ground pin on the XLR outputs. This *may* help in reducing ground loops in certain situations. |
|
||||
| **FX Loop \[X\] Level** | Choose **Instrument** when using a Send/Return pair as an FX loop for external stomp boxes. Choose **Line** when connecting external rack processors, keyboards, drum machines, mixers, or other line level gear. Note that FX Loop levels can be further adjusted via an FX Loop block's Send and Return parameters. |
|
||||
| **Return \[X/X\] Type** | Determines the behavior of the Return 1 and 2 (Return 3 and 4 on Stadium XL  ) jacks: * **Return 1/2 (Return 3/4 on Stadium XL**  **):** The jacks are used for Return and FX Loop blocks. In this case, the Aux In channel on the [**Matrix Mixer**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/matrix-mixer.md) is grayed out and unavailable. * **Aux In:** The Return 1/2 (Return 3/4 on Stadium XL  ) jacks act as an always-on stereo Aux input (no processing) for monitoring the FOH or jamming along with mixers, media players, etc. In this case, the Aux In channel on the Matrix Mixer is active, but the equivalent FX Loop and Return blocks will be unavailable. |
|
||||
| **Re-amp Src Out USB 7** | Determines which two physical inputs are sent dry (unprocessed) to your DAW software. USB Out 7 and 8 are dedicated to recording a DI signal, which can then be used with plug-ins or for Re-amping back through Helix Stadium. |
|
||||
| **Re-amp Src Out USB 8** | Determines which two physical inputs are sent dry (unprocessed) to your DAW software. USB Out 7 and 8 are dedicated to recording a DI signal, which can then be used with plug-ins or for Re-amping back through Helix Stadium. |
|
||||
| **USB Out 1/2** | Determines where the USB Out 1/2 signal is sourced from: * **Direct Out:** USB Out 1/2 appears as a routable output destination from the Home \> Edit screen and appears in the Output list. * **Matrix 1/4":** USB Out 1/2 echoes the Matrix 1/4" layer. USB 1/2 is grayed out and unavailable in the Output list. * **Matrix XLR:** USB Out 1/2 echoes the Matrix XLR layer. USB 1/2 is grayed out and unavailable in the Output list. * **Matrix Phones:** USB Out 1/2 echoes the Matrix Phones layer. USB 1/2 is grayed out and unavailable in the Output list. |
|
||||
| **S/PDIF Out** | Determines where the S/PDIF Out signal is sourced from: * **Direct Out:** S/PDIF appears as a routable output destination from the Home \> Edit screen and appears in the Output list. * **Matrix 1/4":** S/PDIF Out echoes the Matrix 1/4" layer. * **Matrix XLR:** S/PDIF Out echoes the Matrix XLR layer. * **Matrix Phones:** S/PDIF Out echoes the Matrix Phones layer. |
|
||||
| **S/PDIF Out Level** | Sets the S/PDIF output level. For most cases, you can leave this set to 0.0dB. |
|
||||
| **S/PDIF Sample Rate** | Selects the sample rate for the S/PDIF output. When connecting to another S/PDIF device, ensure both units are set to the same sample rate. Note that this setting does not affect USB audio. |
|
||||
|
||||
##  Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show/hide Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|----------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Capacitive Touch** | When off, disables *all*touch or touch-hold functions from the footswitches. |
|
||||
| **Stomp Item Selection** | Determines whether touching, pressing, or both touching and pressing a Stomp mode footswitch selects the assigned focused block or jumps to the Bypass/Control Assign or Command Center page. |
|
||||
| **Assign FX to Stomps** | Determines whether or not Helix Stadium automatically assigns a new effect block to the earliest empty Stomp Mode footswitch location. Amp, Preamp, Power Amp, Cab, IR, Split, and Merge blocks are never auto-assigned. |
|
||||
| **FS6 (Mode) 1** | Determines which of the two footswitch modes FS6 toggles between, both of which appear on FS6 (MODE). ***Shortcut:*** While in More Mode, press and hold the desired mode select switch to swap out the current FS6 Mode 1 or Mode 2. |
|
||||
| **FS6 (Mode) 2** | Determines which of the two footswitch modes FS6 toggles between, both of which appear on FS6 (MODE). ***Shortcut:*** While in More Mode, press and hold the desired mode select switch to swap out the current FS6 Mode 1 or Mode 2. |
|
||||
| **Preset Mode Return** | If FS6 (MODE) is set to toggle between Preset and another mode (Stomp A, Stomp B, Snapshot, Combo, or Transport), this parameter determines whether selecting a preset footswitch automatically toggles back to the other mode. This setting is locked to "Manual" if neither **FS6 Mode 1** nor **FS6 Mode 2** is set to "Preset." |
|
||||
| **Snapshot Mode Return** | Determines whether selecting a snapshot switch stays in Snapshot mode ("Manual") or automatically returns to the previous mode ("Automatic"). |
|
||||
| **Snapshot Reselect** | Determines whether pressing the active snapshot footswitch reloads the stored state of the snapshot ("Reload") or toggles between it and the previously selected snapshot ("Toggle Prev"). |
|
||||
| **Combo Top Row** | Determines which functions appear on the top row (FS2\~FS5) and bottom row (FS8\~FS11) in Combo Footswitch mode. (Transport switches cannot be assigned to Combo mode.) |
|
||||
| **Combo Bottom Row** | Determines which functions appear on the top row (FS2\~FS5) and bottom row (FS8\~FS11) in Combo Footswitch mode. (Transport switches cannot be assigned to Combo mode.) |
|
||||
| **Up/Down Switches** | Determines whether FS1 and FS7 are Bank, Preset, Snapshot, Song, or Marker Up/Down. Up/Down switches appear in Preset, Snapshot, and Combo Footswitch modes only, and can be manually assigned to Stomp A and Stomp B switches via Command Center \> Preset/Snapshot and Song commands. ***Shortcut:*** Press and hold FS1 and FS7 together to cycle through available Up/Down assignments. |
|
||||
| **Swap Up/Down** | When On, swaps FS1 and FS7 for the Preset, Snapshot, and Combo Footswitch modes, so that Down is on the top and Up is on the bottom. |
|
||||
| **Flip EXP 1/2 Polarity** | Stadium XL  only. When On, the polarity of the onboard Expression Pedal behavior is reversed (for both EXP 1 and EXP 2 modes of the pedal), so heel and toe values are reversed. |
|
||||
| **EXP Pedal Position** | Determines whether expression pedal positions are recalled per preset (and optionally per snapshot), or applied globally. If you want a Wah or Volume Pedal to maintain its current position when switching presets, set this to "Global." **Note:**When set to "Global," the current position persists on preset recall, even if Snapshot Control is currently active for the preset's pedal position parameter. |
|
||||
| **Control A (Tip)** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Determines whether each Control jack (A\~D) is an expression pedal input, external footswitch input, external drum trigger input, or an external amp remote switch output. |
|
||||
| **Control B (Ring)** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Determines whether each Control jack (A\~D) is an expression pedal input, external footswitch input, external drum trigger input, or an external amp remote switch output. |
|
||||
| **Control C (Tip)** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Determines whether each Control jack (A\~D) is an expression pedal input, external footswitch input, external drum trigger input, or an external amp remote switch output. |
|
||||
| **Control D (Ring)** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Determines whether each Control jack (A\~D) is an expression pedal input, external footswitch input, external drum trigger input, or an external amp remote switch output. |
|
||||
| **Flip A (Tip) Polarity** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. When on, reverses the polarity of an expression pedal or footswitch received at the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Reversing the polarity may be necessary for compatibility with certain third-party switch or expression pedals---please see the device manufacturer's documentation. |
|
||||
| **Flip B (Ring) Polarity** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. When on, reverses the polarity of an expression pedal or footswitch received at the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Reversing the polarity may be necessary for compatibility with certain third-party switch or expression pedals---please see the device manufacturer's documentation. |
|
||||
| **Flip C (Tip) Polarity** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. When on, reverses the polarity of an expression pedal or footswitch received at the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Reversing the polarity may be necessary for compatibility with certain third-party switch or expression pedals---please see the device manufacturer's documentation. |
|
||||
| **Flip D (Ring) Polarity** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. When on, reverses the polarity of an expression pedal or footswitch received at the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Reversing the polarity may be necessary for compatibility with certain third-party switch or expression pedals---please see the device manufacturer's documentation. |
|
||||
| **Trigger A Sensitivity** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Controls the sensitivity of a drum trigger connected to the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Grayed out and unavailable unless Control A, B, C, or D is set to "Trigger In." |
|
||||
| **Trigger B Sensitivity** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Controls the sensitivity of a drum trigger connected to the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Grayed out and unavailable unless Control A, B, C, or D is set to "Trigger In." |
|
||||
| **Trigger C Sensitivity** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Controls the sensitivity of a drum trigger connected to the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Grayed out and unavailable unless Control A, B, C, or D is set to "Trigger In." |
|
||||
| **Trigger D Sensitivity** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Controls the sensitivity of a drum trigger connected to the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Grayed out and unavailable unless Control A, B, C, or D is set to "Trigger In." |
|
||||
| **Trigger A Threshold** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Determines the minimum force required for a drum trigger connected to the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Grayed out and unavailable unless Control A, B, C, or D is set to "Trigger In." |
|
||||
| **Trigger B Threshold** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Determines the minimum force required for a drum trigger connected to the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Grayed out and unavailable unless Control A, B, C, or D is set to "Trigger In." |
|
||||
| **Trigger C Threshold\*** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Determines the minimum force required for a drum trigger connected to the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Grayed out and unavailable unless Control A, B, C, or D is set to "Trigger In." |
|
||||
| **Trigger D Threshold\*** | Control C and D jacks are available on Stadium XL  only. Determines the minimum force required for a drum trigger connected to the respective jack's tip or ring conductor. Grayed out and unavailable unless Control A, B, C, or D is set to "Trigger In." |
|
||||
|
||||
##  Global Settings \> Displays
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show/hide Global Settings \> Displays settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|-------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Main LCD Brightness** | Controls the brightness of the main display. |
|
||||
| **Scribble Strip Brightness** | Stadium XL  only. Controls the brightness of the scribble strip displays above the footswitches. Note that 0% is the lowest brightness available; there is no way to turn off the scribble strips completely. |
|
||||
| **Screen Dim Timeout** | If no signal is present at the Instrument or Mic input, and a button press, footswitch press, expression pedal move, or screen tap has not been registered for a certain amount of time, both the main display (and scribble strips  ) dim to maximize component life. |
|
||||
| **Dim LED Brightness** | Sets the dim state brightness of all footswitch LEDs from 0% (completely unlit) to 50% (half the brightness of the bright lit state. If you prefer blocks to appear dim with dark switches instead of dim switches, set this to 0%. |
|
||||
| **Tap LED** | If the TAP switch's constant tempo indication flashing annoys you, set this to "Off." |
|
||||
|
||||
##  Global Settings \> Preferences
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show/hide Global Settings \> Preferences settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|-----------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Preset Numbering** | Determines whether preset numbers appear as banks of four (A, B, C, D) or are numbered 0-127 (0-511 within the USER PRESETS folder) or 1-128 (1-512 within the USER PRESETS folder), which may be convenient when recalling presets via incoming MIDI program change messages. |
|
||||
| **Tap Tempo Pitch** | Determines how delay repeats behave when repeatedly pressing the TAP footswitch. "Authentic" respects the natural pitch fluctuations inherent when changing a real delay device's time knob; "Transparent" minimizes these artifacts. |
|
||||
| **Allow Geolocation** | When On, Helix Stadium automatically detects your time zone for Global Settings \> Date/Time to set the correct time. (An active internet connection is required.) This information is not stored or shared with any third party. It is advised to use the correct local time and time zone when using your Line 6 account. |
|
||||
| **Remote Access** | Determines whether Helix Stadium software application clients can connect ("Allow" or "Deny") for remote control/file transfers, or if a security PIN is required to connect to this Helix Stadium device ("Require PIN"). You must set a 4-digit PIN to enable the Require PIN security feature---see the next setting. |
|
||||
| **Set PIN** | Only available if Remote Access is set to "Require PIN." Tap the **Set PIN** button, enter your desired 4-digit PIN in the dialog, and tap  . Repeat these steps if you wish to change the PIN. When Remote Access is set to "Require PIN" and you've created your 4-digit PIN, you will be prompted to enter this PIN in the Helix Stadium application when connecting to this device for greater security. See **Helix Stadium Application \>** [**Connect to Helix Stadium**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/helix-stadium-edit-application.md). |
|
||||
|
||||
##  Global Settings \> Songs
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show/hide Global Settings \> Songs settings...
|
||||
The Songs category includes Global Settings that apply to Helix Stadium's Song View - Song selection and Marker options. See [**Performing Songs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/performing-songs.md) for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|----------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Select Song** | Determines what happens when selecting songs by pressing the next or previous song transport buttons. * **Skip:** Instantly skips the current song and loads the next or previous song; if playback is currently active, the next/previous song automatically plays. * **Cue:** (The default setting.) Selects a song *but does not load it* ; when the current song ends, the cued song loads and plays. Alternatively, press PLAY to load and play the cued song instantly. (Also see **Song Play** below for other options when pressing PLAY for the cued song.) |
|
||||
| **Select Marker** | Determines what happens when selecting markers by pressing the next or previous marker transport buttons. * **Skip:** Skips to the selected marker immediately; if playback is currently active, it starts from the next/previous marker. * **Cue:** (The default setting.) Sets the selected previous/next marker as cued *but does not play it*; press PLAY to jump to the cued marker instantly. * **Next Marker:** Causes playback to jump to the selected marker once the current playback reaches the next marker (or song end). This lets you rearrange sections of your song on the fly. |
|
||||
| **Song Play** | Determines the Song and Cue behaviors when engaging Play on a cued song (if **Select Song** is set to "Cue" - see above) or selecting a song (if **Select Song** is set to "Skip"), by: * Pressing the Play button * Stepping on the Transport \> Play switch * Pressing the FS12 (Play) switch * Tapping the Transport Panel play icon * On receiving [**MIDI CC Transport commands**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/midi.md) **Play:** Song playback starts instantly and recalls any preset/snapshot if enabled on the song's Start flag. **Load:** The song is loaded, but ***does not*** start playback or load any preset/snapshot recalled if enabled on the song's Start flag. **Load+Preset:** The song is loaded without playback starting ***and*** recalls any preset/snapshot if enabled on the song's Start flag. |
|
||||
| **Looper Stops with Song** | **Off:** The song transport controls do not affect the Looper state or any Looper flags. **On:** Stopping/Pausing the song or playing a different song (but not cueing a different song!) stops the Looper. **Note:** This parameter only applies to Looper flags added to songs; manual looper control (e.g., pressing looper switches) is not affected by this setting. |
|
||||
|
||||
##  Global Settings \> Tempo/Click
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** You can also quickly access Tempo/Click settings by briefly touching the TAP/Tuner switch.
|
||||
Click to show/hide Global Settings \> Tempo/Click settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Click** | Turns the Click (metronome) on and off. |
|
||||
| **Play Click** | Determines when the Click (metronome) is heard. * **Song Playbk:** The click (when on) is only heard during song playback. * **Always:** The click (when on) is always heard. |
|
||||
| **Click Sound** | Selects the type of Click sound. |
|
||||
| **Count In Sound\*** | Selects the type of sound used for the Count In, which is heard before the start of a song and/or marker, when enabled for the song. |
|
||||
| **Follow Song Tempo** | Determines if and when time-based blocks (like Delays and Mods) follow the current song's tempo. * **Never:** Time-based blocks completely ignore song tempo. * **Song Playbk:** Time-based blocks only follow the current song tempo while the song is playing. * **Always:** Time-based blocks always follow the current song tempo, even when the song is not playing. |
|
||||
| **Tempo Select** | Determines whether the system tempo is stored and recalled with each snapshot, recalled with each preset, or applied globally across all presets and snapshots. |
|
||||
| **BPM \[Whole\]** | Sets the system tempo. Turning Knob 7 (BPM \[Whole\]) resets Knob 8 (BPM \[Hundredths\]) to .00. |
|
||||
| **BPM \[Hundredths\]** | Sets the system tempo. Turning Knob 7 (BPM \[Whole\]) resets Knob 8 (BPM \[Hundredths\]) to .00. |
|
||||
| **Receive MIDI Clock** | Determines whether Stadium responds to the incoming MIDI Clock received at its MIDI IN port, via USB, or whichever it senses first ("Auto"). If you want Stadium to completely ignore MIDI clock, set this to "Off." The TAP switch LED flashes blue when synced to incoming MIDI Clock. |
|
||||
| **Send MIDI Clock** | Determines from which outputs (if any) Helix Stadium transmits MIDI Clock. |
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Note: The Song View \> Count In feature is still in development and will be available in a future firmware update for Helix Stadium. For the latest details, please visit the Line 6 website's** [**Helix Stadium product page**](https://line6.com/helix-stadium/)**.**
|
||||
|
||||
##  Global Settings \> MIDI
|
||||
|
||||
See [**MIDI**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/midi.md) for additional information.
|
||||
Click to show/hide Global Settings \> MIDI settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **MIDI Over USB C** | Determines whether Helix Stadium receives and transmits MIDI commands over its USB-C port. |
|
||||
| **MIDI THRU** | When on, data received at the MIDI In port (or USB-C, if MIDI Over USB C is on) is echoed out the MIDI OUT/THRU port. |
|
||||
| **Global MIDI Channel** | Sets the MIDI channel for which Helix Stadium transmits and responds for its global functions, like preset recall, snapshot recall, and Global CCs. See [**Global CCs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/midi.md). |
|
||||
| **Bypass/Ctrl MIDI Channel** | Sets the MIDI Channel for the assignment of block bypass and parameter control. This setting must always be a different channel than the one used for Global MIDI remote functions. |
|
||||
| **Receive MIDI PC** | Determines whether Helix Stadium receives and responds to MIDI program change (PC) messages to recall presets. **Note:**The USB A port does not currently support MIDI In or Out. Please use the USB-C port for USB MIDI. |
|
||||
| **Send MIDI PC** | Determines if Helix Stadium sends MIDI Bank/Program Change (PC) messages for its preset changes and to which MIDI outputs. The PC value for each preset appears at the bottom of the Preset List's sidebar. **Note:** This setting *only* affects the MIDI Bank/Program Change messages sent as a result of Stadium preset changes. It does not affect Command Center or Song View - MIDI Flag Bank/Program Change messages, which are always sent on both MIDI Out and USB MIDI. |
|
||||
| **Duplicate Send PC** | Determines whether Helix Stadium automatically sends duplicate MIDI program change (PC) messages. For example, if set to Off and a PC message of 47 is sent, any subsequent PC 47 message is *not* sent to avoid duplicate messages. |
|
||||
| **Send Snapshot CC** | Determines whether Helix Stadium automatically sends matching MIDI Snapshot CC messages (CC69, values 0\~9) when selecting snapshots. |
|
||||
|
||||
##  Global Settings \> Date/Time
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** You can also quickly access the Date/Time settings by tapping Set Date/Time from the clock panel's sidebar.
|
||||
Click to show/hide Global Settings \> Date/Time settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|-------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Date/Time Via Wi-Fi** | When on, Helix Stadium utilizes the Network Time Protocol (NTP) to synchronize the date and time with the selected time zone. |
|
||||
| **Time Zone** | Select the city in your time zone. Geography is your friend, and maps are cool. |
|
||||
| **Year** | Lets you manually set the date and time. Grayed out when **Date/Time Via Wi-Fi** is on. |
|
||||
| **Month** | Lets you manually set the date and time. Grayed out when **Date/Time Via Wi-Fi** is on. |
|
||||
| **Day** | Lets you manually set the date and time. Grayed out when **Date/Time Via Wi-Fi** is on. |
|
||||
| **Hour** | Lets you manually set the date and time. Grayed out when **Date/Time Via Wi-Fi** is on. |
|
||||
| **Minute** | Lets you manually set the date and time. Grayed out when **Date/Time Via Wi-Fi** is on. |
|
||||
| **AM/PM** | Grayed out when **24-hour Clock** is set to "On." |
|
||||
| **24-hour Clock** | Determines whether the clock uses the AM/PM (Off) or 24-hour clock format. |
|
||||
| **Hide Clock** | When set to "On," the Clock and Stopwatch displays are hidden. |
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Favorite Blocks
|
||||
|
||||
Please check out the video below for an overview of Favorite blocks. Then, consult the sections on this page for additional details.
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/A-wUrCJTfMw>
|
||||
|
||||
## About Favorites
|
||||
|
||||
Scrolling through a seemingly never-ending list of Amps, Cabs, Clones, and Effects can be a slog, but it doesn't have to be. *Option anxiety* is a very real thing for people, which is why Helix Stadium lets you curate your favorite models from any category and organize them however you want. What's more, favorites can remember all your meticulously dialed-in settings, as well as the block's bypass state, stomp assignments, controller assignments (say, you always control Reverb Mix from an expression pedal), and the state of the Snapshot Control switches for its parameters. Favorites appear at the very top of the Model List, so adding your favorite Distortion, Amp, Cab, Clone, Modulation, Delay, Reverb, and more can be accomplished by simply spinning the Lower Knob.
|
||||
**Tip:** Favorites saved and exported from the original Helix and HX family devices, Helix Native Plug-in, and HX Edit software can be imported into Helix Stadium. See the [**Importing Presets**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/presets.md#451aaa01-5512-4407-92ac-47968b6bb986) section for compatibility details.
|
||||
**Tip:** In addition to adding blocks as favorites, you can also set any model's parameters to your preferred values and save them as the user default values for each time you load the model. See [**User Defaults**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md#user-default).
|
||||
**Note:** By default, an Amp favorite includes its linked Cab block and parameters. This behavior depends on whether the **Add Cab Block** and **Amp\>Cab Link** switches are enabled (both are enabled by default). See [**Amp and Preamp Models**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/amp-blocks.md).
|
||||
**Note:** Input, Output, Split, and Merge type blocks cannot be added as favorites.
|
||||
|
||||
### Adding a Favorite
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Dial in any Amp, Cab, Clone, Effect, or FX Loop block exactly how you like it.**
|
||||
|
||||
* If you want the block to automatically load bypassed, **bypass the block before adding it as a favorite.**
|
||||
|
||||
* Also, feel free to assign it to a stomp switch, controllers, and/or snapshots. Favorites can store and recall all of these. See [**Bypass and Controller Assignments**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md).
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the block again to open the Action Panel (below left) and tap Add to Favorites... Alternatively, from Focus view's sidebar, tap Add to Favorites.** The Add to Favorites window appears (below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
A block's Action Panel
|
||||
|
||||
Add to Favorites window
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Optional:** If you want to add the favorite into a new folder, **tap New Folder**  **to create and name the folder.**
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Tap the sidebar toggles to choose which assignments you want stored with the favorite (if any):**
|
||||
|
||||
* **Bypass Assign**  **:** When on, recalling the favorite also recalls any Stomp assignment it may have.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Controller Assigns**  **:** When on, recalling the favorite also recalls any controller assignments it might have. For example, say you always control Reverb Mix from an expression pedal or you always control Delay Time and Feedback with the same CC messages sent from your external MIDI controller.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Snapshot Assigns**  **:** When on, recalling the favorite remembers which parameters are assigned to Snapshot control.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Linked Cab (Amp blocks only):** When on, recalling the favorite automatically adds the currently linked Cab block.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note** : Favorites don't remember the actual parameter *values* for all 8 snapshots, only that the parameters are snapshot-enabled
|
||||
|
||||
5. **Save your favorite by tapping one of the following boxes:**
|
||||
|
||||
* **Overwrite:** Overwrites the currently-selected favorite.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Add New:** Creates a new favorite in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Cancel:** Exit the dialog without creating a favorite.
|
||||
|
||||
6. When adding a new favorite or overwriting an existing one, the keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap Done.**
|
||||
|
||||
### Quick-Selecting a Favorite
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From the Home screen, tap an empty location on a path and turn the Lower Knob.** All favorites instantly appear (even those inside folders) without having to open the Model List at all!
|
||||
|
||||
* Favorites appear with a small white star icon in the Inspector header  .
|
||||
|
||||
### Selecting a Favorite from the Model List
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Alternatively, tap an empty location on a path.** Block categories appear in the inspector (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the Favorites button**  **to open the Model List.** **Tap the list view button**  **to choose to view more items in a condensed list or fewer items as large images in a grid.**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Swipe the list up or down (or turn the Lower Knob) to find the desired favorite.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Model List \> Favorites
|
||||
|
||||
5. **Tap to select the item and press Home**  **(or tap the Inspector header) to close the Model List. Alternatively, double-tap to select the item** ***and*** **close the Model List.**
|
||||
|
||||
* Favorites appear with a small white star icon in the Inspector header  .
|
||||
|
||||
### Managing/Renaming Favorites
|
||||
|
||||
Up to 128 favorites can be added to the Model List. You'll occasionally want to manage these favorites (and folders of favorites---or folders within folders within folders of favorites) so you can find and access them quickly.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From the Home screen, tap the Inspector header to open the Model List. If not already there, tap the Favorites category (see screenshot above).**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **To rename a favorite, select the favorite and tap Rename Favorite in the sidebar.** The keyboard appears. **Enter the name and tap Done.**
|
||||
|
||||
* To rename a favorite folder, select the folder and tap Rename Folder in the sidebar.
|
||||
|
||||
3. **To manage favorites, tap Manage Favorites**  **in the sidebar.** Checkboxes and drag icons  appear.
|
||||
|
||||
4. **To reorder an item in the list, tap its drag icon**  **and move it up or down. To reorder multiple items, tap their checkboxes to select them, then move them up and down as a group.** A blue line appears where the item(s) will be placed.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:**It's helpful to place your most commonly used favorites toward the top of the list, so selecting an empty block and then turning the Lower Knob recalls them first.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Sidebar items are replaced with the following items (see screenshot below):
|
||||
|
||||
* **Select All**  **:**Selects (checks) all items in the Favorites list.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Deselect All**  **:** Deselects (unchecks) all checked items in the Favorites list.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Move to Folder**  **:** Lets you move all selected items into a different folder (or out of a folder into the Favorites root directory)
|
||||
|
||||
* **Delete**  **:** ***Permanently deletes the selected favorites and/or folders of favorites.***
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Model List \> Managing Favorites
|
||||
|
||||
6. **When finished, tap Done**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** Favorites can also be added, renamed, managed, exported, and imported using the [**Helix Stadium Application**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/helix-stadium-edit-application.md).
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Command Center
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium also just so happens to be a world-class master remote control for your entire touring or studio rig. Any of its Stomp A and B footswitches (onboard or externally-connected), expression pedals (onboard or externally-connected), external triggers or contact microphones, or even its XY controller can be used to send a variety of messages to external gear---or even Helix Stadium itself! The source determines the type of available messages and includes:
|
||||
|
||||
* MIDI CCs to change the presets in external effects pedals, guitar amps, synths, drum machines, or even other multieffects
|
||||
|
||||
* MIDI Notes to trigger the sounds in synths, keyboards, samplers, or drum modules
|
||||
|
||||
* External Amp switching to change the channel or turn reverb on and off on a guitar or bass amplifier
|
||||
|
||||
* QWERTY keystrokes over USB to control practically any software in your computer (example: sending a spacebar message to start and stop your DAW, Spotify, YouTube, etc.)
|
||||
|
||||
* Custom preset or snapshot footswitch layouts on Stomp A and B modes, even alongside your blocks
|
||||
|
||||
* Custom looper layouts on Stomp A and B modes, even alongside your blocks
|
||||
|
||||
* Custom song transport layouts on Stomp A and B modes, even alongside your blocks
|
||||
|
||||
* A handful of utility functions (such as Quicksave, Mute All, and Stopwatch Start/Stop/Reset) on Stomp A and B modes, even alongside your blocks
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, each preset has up to 16 "Instant  command" sources, used to transmit messages automatically when a Helix Stadium preset is recalled. You can even choose which command values are transmitted when a Snapshot is recalled.
|
||||
**Note:** Due to the slight differences in available Expression and Control features between Helix Stadium XL  and Helix Stadium, the Command Center options differ accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
## Assigning a Command
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap the main Menu icon**  **and then Command Center**  **.** The Command Center appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the footswitch, pedal, or X or Y Controller axis**  **you wish to use to send the command.** To view Instant commands, **tap the**  **icon** ; the 16 instant commands appear (below left)**.** To view External Controllers on Helix Stadium XL  , **tap the**  **icon**; External Controllers A, B, C, and D appear (below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:** External triggers, switches, and expression pedals are only available if selected from [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe)**Control A (Tip)** , **Control B (Ring)** , **Control C (Tip)** , and/or **Control D (Ring)** . By default, **Control A (Tip)** is set to EXP Pedal A, and **Control B (Ring)** is set to EXP Pedal B.
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap a colored box in the inspector to choose the command type for the selected source** (see below). The command's parameters appear in the inspector.
|
||||
|
||||
* Not all command sources can send the same types of commands
|
||||
|
||||
* A turquoise triangle  appears above any source with one or more commands assigned to it.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Turn Knobs 1\~8 to adjust the command's settings.**
|
||||
|
||||
* Stomp A and B switches, the EXP toe switch, external switches, and triggers display two tabs in the inspector (below). To create a second command, **tap the right tab and repeat steps 3 and 4 above.**
|
||||
|
||||
* Each of the two commands allows an **Action** (**Action 1** and **Action 2** , respectively) to be assigned for the switch: **Press** , **Release** , **Hold** , or **Toggle** (or for triggers, **Strike** or **Toggle**).
|
||||
|
||||
* If the first command's action is set to **Toggle** , the second is locked to **Toggle** and grayed out. This lets you configure something like a MIDI CC on/off assignment to a switch, where the same CC number is used for each message with two different CC values, such as 0 and 127.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Using the Parameter Panel
|
||||
|
||||
Once you've selected a command category, optionally tap directly on a controller parameter within the Inspector to open it within the Parameter panel for easy editing.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Snapshot Ctrl:** Enable the switch to have the parameter's value stored with the preset's snapshots and sent when recalling snapshots---see the next section.
|
||||
|
||||
### Snapshot Control of Commands
|
||||
|
||||
Just as block parameters on the home screen, command parameters can also be enabled for snapshot control. When enabling snapshot control for a command parameter, the value can change per snapshot. (Action and MIDI \> Command parameters cannot be assigned).
|
||||
|
||||
By default, snapshot control of command parameters is disabled. To enable it:
|
||||
|
||||
1. **To enable snapshot control of a command parameter, press** ***and turn*** **the parameter's knob.** Its value turns white (below left). Alternatively, **tap the parameter to open the parameter panel, and in the sidebar, tap the Snapshot Ctrl toggle**  **on**(below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** An Instant  command is automatically sent on preset recall. An Instant command's values can also change upon snapshot recall by enabling the Snapshot Control, as described above.
|
||||
|
||||
### Source Controller Types
|
||||
|
||||
The type of available messages is determined by the source. Also see the [**Commands**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md#command_center_command_types) section below.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Controller** | **Supported Commands** | **Notes** |
|
||||
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
|  **Stomp A and Stomp B switches** | Support assignment of all command types. Up to two commands can be assigned per Stomp switch. **Note:** Command Center assignments cannot be made to FS6 (Mode) or F12 (TAP). | These are the physical footswitches on your Stadium device. Assignments can be made on both the Stomp A and Stomp B mode switches. |
|
||||
|  **Expression Pedals** | Support assignment of **MIDI CC** commands only. One command can be assigned per pedal. | **Helix Stadium XL**  includes an onboard expression pedal and up to four external expression pedals. **Helix Stadium** supports up to two external expression pedal controllers. Note that you'll need to set the respective [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals** **\>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe)**Control A\~D** jack to "EXP In" for each connected pedal. |
|
||||
|  **Toe Switch -**  | Supports assignment of all command types. Up to two commands can be assigned. | This is the switch that is toggled via the Helix Stadium XL  onboard Expression Pedal. |
|
||||
|  **X-Axis and Y-Axis** | Support assignment of **MIDI CC**commands only. One command can be assigned for each of the X-Axis and Y-Axis controllers. | These allow you to use the Stadium  [**XY Controller**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md#377e08e1-7fcb-493f-86d4-0b9867d8d8cf) screen as a touch-pad expression controller, where sliding your finger left and right (X axis) or up and down (Y axis) sends CC messages. |
|
||||
|  **Instant 1\~16** | Support assignment of all command types except **Preset/Snap** and **Utility**. | Instant Commands are transmitted automatically when a preset is recalled and, optionally, when a snapshot is recalled (assuming the parameter's Snapshot Control is enabled in the Parameter Panel). |
|
||||
|  **External Stomp Switches A/B** **External C/D Switches -**  | Support assignment of all command types. Up to two commands can be assigned per switch. | Much like Stomp A and B Footswitches, external switches can be assigned to any Command Center commands. |
|
||||
|  **Triggers A/B** **Triggers C/D -**  | Support assignment of all command types. Up to two commands can be assigned per switch. | Typically used to send MIDI commands to trigger drum hits or sample playback, but can be assigned to two of any command types. |
|
||||
|
||||
## Commands
|
||||
|
||||
###  Preset/Snap Commands
|
||||
|
||||
Preset/Snap commands are supported by all sources *other than* instant commands, expression pedals, and X/Y controllers, and are often used to map presets or snapshots to Stomp A and B switches.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* When **Preset** or **Snapshot** type Commands are selected, additional options are available to choose the target Preset/Snapshot.
|
||||
|
||||
* When the **Preset** command type is selected, you can choose the **Setlist** (via Knob 3) and the **Preset** within that Setlist (via Knob 4).
|
||||
|
||||
* When the **Snapshot** command type is selected, you can choose the desired Snapshot via Knob 3.
|
||||
|
||||
* When assigned to a Stomp A or B footswitch, the Stomp Mode footswitch label displays the preset's or snapshot's number and name.
|
||||
|
||||
Click here to show Preset/Snapshot command settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Action** | Selects the action for which the switch's assigned command is executed: On Press, on Release, when Holding the switch down, on the Strike of a trigger (Trigger sources only), or as a Toggle between two values. |
|
||||
| **Command** | Chooses the type of command to be assigned to the selected switch. Different settings become available depending on the command you select here. |
|
||||
| **Setlist (Command set to "Preset")** | Selects the setlist folder where the preset you wish to load is located. |
|
||||
| **Preset (Command set to "Preset")** | Selects which preset from the selected setlist is loaded. |
|
||||
| **Snapshot (Command set to "Snapshot")** | Selects which snapshot is loaded. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Song Commands
|
||||
|
||||
The Song command category is supported by all source controller types *other than* expression pedals or X-Axis/Y-Axis controllers. This category includes Song View commands to control song transport functions, navigate between existing songs, or select markers within the current song. This can be a convenient way to load and play songs directly from your preset, without having to change to the dedicated Song View screen.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Song Settings
|
||||
|
||||
Selecting the Song command category displays the **Action** and **Command** settings to choose the type of Song command(s) you wish to assign to the selected switch.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
When assigned to a Stomp A or B footswitch, the Song Command type is displayed for the Stomp Mode footswitch label.
|
||||
Click to view Song Command settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Action** | Selects the action for which the switch's assigned command is executed: On Press, on Release, when Holding the switch down, on the Strike of a trigger (Trigger sources only), or as a Toggle between two values. |
|
||||
| **Command** | Selects the type of Song command to be assigned to the selected switch. |
|
||||
| **Wait** | Appears for Instant commands only. Determines how long Helix Stadium waits after a preset recall (or if snapshot control is enabled, after a snapshot recall) before the command is sent. Normally, you can keep at the default 0 ms setting. If your Song command is not consistently triggering, try increasing this Wait value slightly to see if that resolves the issue. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Looper Commands
|
||||
|
||||
Looper commands are supported by all sources *other than* expression pedals and X/Y controllers and are often used to map Looper functions to Stomp A and B switches. Although from Instant commands, they can also be used to automatically engage a looper function when recalling a preset or snapshot.
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show/hide Looper Command settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Action** | Selects the action for which the switch's assigned command is executed: On Press, on Release, when Holding the switch down, on the Strike of a trigger (Trigger sources only), or as a Toggle between two values. |
|
||||
| **Command** | Selects the type of Looper command. |
|
||||
| **Wait** | Appears for Instant commands only. Determines how long Helix Stadium waits after a preset recall (or if snapshot control is enabled, after a snapshot recall) before the command is sent. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Utility Commands
|
||||
|
||||
Utility commands are supported by all sources *other than* Instant commands, expression pedals, and X/Y controllers, and are often used to map select More mode functions to Stomp A and B switches.
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show/hide Utility Command settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Action** | Selects the action for which the switch's assigned command is executed: On Press, on Release, when Holding the switch down, on the Strike of a trigger, or as a Toggle between two values. |
|
||||
| **Command** | Selects the type of Utility command to be assigned to the selected switch. * **Save:** Engages preset quicksave, instantly overwriting the current preset's settings. * **Mute All:** Mutes all Helix Stadium audio outputs. * **Stopwatch:** Repeated presses start and stop the stopwatch. Pressing and holding resets the stopwatch. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Ext Amp Commands
|
||||
|
||||
Ext Amp commands are supported by all sources *other than* expression pedals and X/Y controllers and are used to change the channel or turn the reverb on and off in your external amp.
|
||||
**Note:** Configuring an **Ext Amp** assignment also requires that the respective [**Global Settings \> Switches/Pedals**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#1b3d3cab-4eeb-4180-9df0-5bbc9f71a3fe) **\> Control A\~D** jack setting is set to "Ext Amp" to allow the jack to route the command signal out.
|
||||
|
||||
**Important!** Send Ext Amp commands only to amplifiers that utilize "short-to-sleeve" footswitch inputs. Connecting to any other sort of input could cause permanent damage to both your amp and Helix Stadium! If you're unsure whether your amp has short-to-sleeve inputs, please contact the manufacturer.
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium's ability to control external amp channel, reverb, and/or tremolo switching has been tested with many popular amps and heads. Unfortunately, this does not guarantee compatibility with all products. Depending on the channel switching jack's circuitry in the guitar amp used, the Ext Amp function may not operate as expected.
|
||||
Click to show/hide External Amp Command settings....
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Action** | Selects the action for which the switch's assigned command is executed: On Press, on Release, when Holding the switch down, on the Strike of a trigger, or as a Toggle between two values. |
|
||||
| **Select** | Selects the Stadium control output jack and conductor connection on which the Ext Amp toggle command is sent. Choose "Tip" or "Ring" to send the Ext Amp switch signal out only to this respective conductor of the TRS output jack. Choose the "A and B" (or "C and D"  ) to send the signal to both the Tip and Ring conductors of the jack. |
|
||||
| **State** | Appears for Instant commands only. Determines whether recalling the preset (or, if snapshot control is enabled, recalling the snapshot) changes the state of the signal sent to the amp---open or close. |
|
||||
| **Wait** | Appears for Instant commands only. Determines how long Helix Stadium waits after a preset recall (or if snapshot control is enabled, after a snapshot recall) before the command is sent. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  MIDI Commands
|
||||
|
||||
MIDI commands can be assigned to a source depending on the MIDI Command type selected (see Notes in the table below).
|
||||
**Note:** By default, MIDI type Command Center messages are transmitted via the 5-pin MIDI OUT and USB MIDI OUT simultaneously. You can customize MIDI behaviors using the [**Global Settings \> MIDI**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#globals-midi) options.
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show/hide MIDI Command settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Action** | Selects the action for which the switch's assigned command is executed: On Press, on Release, when Holding the switch down, on the Strike of a trigger, or as a Toggle^\*^ between two values. ^**\***^**Note:** When selecting Toggle in the left tab, the right tab's Action parameter is automatically also set to Toggle and becomes non-selectable. This allows you to set the second value for your MIDI Toggle command within the right tab. |
|
||||
| **Command** | Selects the type of MIDI message to be sent. Note that not all sources can send the same messages. Parameters differ slightly depending on the Command type you select here, as indicated int he following descriptions. |
|
||||
| **MIDI Channel** | Selects the MIDI Channel on which the message is transmitted. |
|
||||
| **Bank MSB (CC00)**(when Command is set to "Bank/Prog") | Sets the Bank MSB (CC#00) value. Select "Off" if the receiving device shouldn't respond to Bank MSB. |
|
||||
| **Bank LSB (CC32)**(when Command is set to "Bank/Prog") | Sets the Bank LSB (CC#32) value. Select "Off" if the receiving device shouldn't respond to Bank LSB. |
|
||||
| **Program Change**(when Command is set to "Bank/Prog") | Sets the Program Change value to be sent with the Bank/Program message---to load a specific preset within the selected Bank. Select "Off" if the receiving device shouldn't respond to PC. |
|
||||
| **CC#**(when Command is set to "CC") | Sets the CC number to be sent. |
|
||||
| **Value**(when Command is set to "CC") | Sets the CC Value to be sent along with the selected CC number. Note that you can configure two MIDI CC assignments on a single switch, each with the same CC number, but two different values to "toggle" between them, such as for On/Off parameters, or to set a knob parameter to two different values. |
|
||||
| **Min Value** (when Command is set to CC: EXP pedals and X/Y) | Sets the minimum CC value, such as the "heel" value of an expression pedal. |
|
||||
| **Max Value**(when Command is set to CC: EXP pedals and X/Y) | Sets the maximum CC value, such as the "toe" value of an expression pedal. |
|
||||
| **Note**(when Command is set to Note On) | Sets the MIDI note value (C-1 \~ G9). Middle C is C3. The Note On Command sends a Note On followed by a Note Off message. **Note:**Line 6 follows Yamaha's MIDI note spec, where middle C is "C3" (unlike some other gear manufacturers that prefer to say middle C is "C4"). |
|
||||
| **Velocity**(when Command is set to Note On) | Sets the MIDI note's velocity. |
|
||||
| **Note Off**(when Command is set to Note On) | Determines whether the MIDI note sustains until pressing the switch again and then sends the Note Off message (Latching) or sustains only while the switch is held, and sends the Note Off message on switch release (Momentary). **Note:** Footswitch behavior (latching or momentary) is determined per footswitch, not per assignment. Therefore, it is not possible to combine multiple assignments or commands with opposing behavior types on a single footswitch controller. This parameter is not available for the Instant Command - MIDI - Note On command. For an Instant command, a Note Off message is immediately sent after the Note On message. |
|
||||
| **MMC** | Determines the MIDI Machine Control (MMC) message sent. These commands can be used to control transport functions on external devices or apps that support MMC. |
|
||||
| **Wait Time** | Appears for Instant commands only. Determines how long Helix Stadium waits after a preset recall (or if snapshot control is enabled, after a snapshot recall) before the command is sent. |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Hotkey Commands
|
||||
|
||||
Hotkey commands are supported by all sources *other than* expression pedals and X/Y controllers. QWERTY hotkeys (computer keyboard shortcuts with or without modifiers, such as Shift, Control, Option/Alt, and Command) can be sent to your Mac, PC, or iOS device via USB, letting you control virtually any DAW, YouTube^™^, Spotify^®^, looping software, DJ software, lighting software, and more.
|
||||
|
||||
Hotkeys can be assigned to any Stomp A or B footswitch---or Instant command, where they're automatically sent upon preset recall (or if assigned to snapshot control, snapshot recall). Although you can edit commands from Helix Stadium's UI, it's much easier to type in the hotkey keystrokes from the *Helix Stadium* app.
|
||||
|
||||
Click to show/hide Hotkey Command settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|----------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Action** | Selects the action for which the switch's assigned command is executed: On Press, on Release, when Holding the switch down, on the Strike of a trigger, or as a Toggle between two values. |
|
||||
| **Modifier 1** | Sets up to three key modifiers to be sent with the keystroke. The "Mac/PC" option corresponds to the "Command" key on macOS systems and the "Windows" key on Windows systems. Choose "None" if no modifier is required. |
|
||||
| **Modifier 2** | Sets up to three key modifiers to be sent with the keystroke. The "Mac/PC" option corresponds to the "Command" key on macOS systems and the "Windows" key on Windows systems. Choose "None" if no modifier is required. |
|
||||
| **Modifier 3** | Sets up to three key modifiers to be sent with the keystroke. The "Mac/PC" option corresponds to the "Command" key on macOS systems and the "Windows" key on Windows systems. Choose "None" if no modifier is required. |
|
||||
| **Keystroke** | Sets the alpha, numeric, or other computer keyboard key value to be sent. |
|
||||
| **Wait Time** | Appears for Instant commands only. Determines how long Helix Stadium waits after a preset recall (or if snapshot control is enabled, after a snapshot recall) before the command is sent. |
|
||||
|
||||
### Command Center \> Action Panel
|
||||
|
||||
1. **On the Command Center screen, tap the selected source.** Its Action Panel appears:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* **Copy Command:** Copies the command (or for dual commands, both) to the clipboard for pasting onto a different source, even in a different preset.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Copy All Commands:** Copies all commands in the preset to the clipboard. This is useful for opening a different preset and then using **Paste All Commands** to apply the full set of copied commands to it.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Paste Command/Paste All Commands:** After you've used the **Copy Command** to copy an individual controller's commands, select the desired target controller (within the same or different preset) and tap **Paste Command** . Note that only commands supported by the target controller can be pasted. After you've used the **Copy All Commands** to copy an entire preset's set of Command Center assignments, load the desired target preset, select any controller within the Command Center window to display the Action panel again, and select **Paste All Commands**. All commands are pasted into the new preset.
|
||||
|
||||
Using **Paste Command** or **Paste All Commands** will overwrite existing assignments for the selected target controller(s).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Clear Command:** Select any controller that includes one or two command assignments. If the controller contains two command assignments, tap the command's Inspector tab for the assignment you wish to clear first. Tap the controller to display the Action panel, and tap **Clear Command** to remove the selected command assignment only. Repeat, if desired, to remove the remaining command.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Clear/Reset All:** Clears all Command Center assignments from all sources in the current preset.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Label/Color:** (Selectable for any Stomp A or B Footswitch controller.) Lets you relabel any Stomp A or B [**Stomp Footswitch Mode**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md#0e1bbb7d-6368-4056-89a7-94f3630b5291) label and LED color. See the next section.
|
||||
|
||||
### Customizing a Command's Label and Color
|
||||
|
||||
Double-tap an assigned Stomp A or Stomp B controller within the Command Center screen to display the pop-up Action menu (see preceding section).^\*^ Here you can customize a Stomp Mode footswitch's assignment label and/or LED ring color.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Tap the selected Stomp A or Stomp B source. The Action panel opens.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Tap **Label/Color** . A keyboard appears. **Enter the new label.**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap the desired color swatch.** **Auto** matches the default color for the footswitch LED, and **Off** disables the LED.
|
||||
|
||||
4. **When finished, tap**  **.**
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:** **Preset/Snap, Looper, and Utility** commands do not allow custom labels or colors.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Loopers
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium has a few different Loopers: **Deluxe** , **1 Switch** , and **Shuffling Looper**, each of which is available in Mono and Stereo versions. A Looper block can exist anywhere on either Path 1 or Path 2---one Looper block per preset, maximum. The Looper records to Stadium's internal memory, with the following maximum loop recording times.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Looper Model** | **Maximum Loop Time (Full Speed)** | **Maximum Loop Time (Half Speed)** |
|
||||
|-------------------------------|------------------------------------|------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Deluxe Looper (Mono)** | 120 seconds | 240 seconds |
|
||||
| **1 Switch Looper (Mono)** | 120 seconds | 240 seconds |
|
||||
| **Shuffling Looper (Mono)** | 60 seconds | n/a |
|
||||
| **Deluxe Looper (Stereo)** | 60 seconds | 120 seconds |
|
||||
| **1 Switch Looper (Stereo)** | 60 seconds | 120 seconds |
|
||||
| **Shuffling Looper (Stereo)** | 30 seconds | n/a |
|
||||
|
||||
**Important!** If you load a different preset while looping, loop playback/recording will stop unless the preset you select next includes the ***same*** type of Looper block (the same Deluxe, 1 Switch, or Shuffling Looper type, and the same Mono or Stereo type), *and* the Looper block exists on the same path in both presets.
|
||||
|
||||
Your recorded loop is not saved with the preset and is cleared from memory once you power off your Stadium device.
|
||||
|
||||
## Adding a Looper Block
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From the Home \> Edit screen, tap an empty area on a path where you want to add the Looper block.** Categories appear in the inspector.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press \[\>\] (or swipe the category buttons) and tap the Looper category button.** The Model List opens (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap the desired item to load it. Alternatively, double-tap the desired item to load it** ***and*** **close the Model List.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Note that Looper types are available as Mono or Stereo, selectable in the right sidebar. If stereo loop playback is not required, or if you'll be placing mono blocks after the Looper in your signal flow, it is best to choose a mono Looper. Once the Looper block is added, a Stomp mode footswitch assignment is created to access the Looper (also see [**Footswitch Modes**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md)).
|
||||
|
||||
Please take a look at the section below for details on each Looper model type.
|
||||
**Tips:**
|
||||
|
||||
* Use the**Command Center \>** [**Looper Commands**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md)to customize your Stomp Mode footswitches with multiple Looper functions for a Looper block.
|
||||
|
||||
* Use the [**Song View \>** **Flags**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/flags.md)**\> Looper flags** to automate your preset's Looper block functions within your Showcase songs.
|
||||
|
||||
* Control the Looper remotely via MIDI---see [**MIDI CC**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/midi.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## Deluxe Looper
|
||||
|
||||
The Deluxe Looper utilizes a dedicated footswitch mode for full-featured control of loop recording and playback functions.
|
||||
**Tip:** If you import a Helix/HX preset that includes a 6 Switch Looper block, its looper is automatically converted to a Deluxe Looper.
|
||||
|
||||
### Deluxe Looper Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Click to expand the Deluxe Looper parameter descriptions...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Playback** | Controls the level of looper playback. You may find it helpful to turn this down a bit so your live guitar can be slightly louder. |
|
||||
| **Overdub** | Controls the level of your recorded loop *relatively, over time,* while overdubbing. For example, if Overdub is set to -6.0 dB, each time your loop repeats, its volume will be reduced by that amount, becoming quieter with each overdub pass. |
|
||||
| **Low Cut** | Applies a low cut (high pass) filter to loop playback, letting you remove the effected signal below a specified frequency. Filtering your loop can sometimes improve the mix with your live instrument. |
|
||||
| **High Cut** | Applies a high cut (low pass) filter to loop playback, letting you remove the effected signal above a specified frequency. Filtering your loop can sometimes improve the mix with your live instrument. |
|
||||
|
||||
### Deluxe Looper Footswitch Mode
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From Stomp A or Stomp B footswitch mode, press the Deluxe Looper switch.** Deluxe Looper Footswitch mode appears (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
If no loop has yet been recorded (or the loop has been cleared), the device's switch LED rings appear dark and its footswitch labels are dimmed. The Speed and Reverse switches can be "pre-engaged" prior to recording your loop if desired.
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:** On Helix Stadium XL  , the Looper footswitch labels appear on the scribble strips when the Deluxe Looper block is enabled. On Helix Stadium, Deluxe Looper footswitch labels appear on Home \> Play view (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
Click to display the list of Deluxe Looper footswitch functions...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Function** | **Description** |
|
||||
|--------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **FS1 (Clear)** | **Press to instantly clear the loop from memory, whether it's currently recording, playing, or stopped.** |
|
||||
| **FS2 (Undo/Redo)** | **Press to undo the most recent overdub pass.** Once the switch is released, the function changes to Redo. **Press again to restore the last cleared overdub pass.** The function changes to Undo again. |
|
||||
| **FS3 (Speed)** | **Press to toggle between Full Speed and Half Speed.** If **Half Speed** is engaged before or during loop recording, pressing FS3 again will double the speed. The speed also affects the pitch of the loop playback. Playing a Half Speed-recorded loop at Full Speed raises its pitch one octave, while playing a Full Speed-recorded loop at Half Speed lowers it one octave. |
|
||||
| **FS4 (Reverse)** | **Press to toggle loop playback between forward and reverse.** |
|
||||
| **FS8 (Record/Overdub)** | **If a loop is not playing, press FS8 to record a new loop.** The switch's LED turns bright red. **If a loop is playing, press FS8 again to overdub.** The switch's LED turns bright orange. Overdubbing records your input signal as a new part, without removing the existing loop. If you remain actively overdubbing, a new, additional Overdub layer is recorded every time the loop playback cycles. |
|
||||
| **FS9 (Play/Stop)** | **Press to start loop playback. Press again to stop playback.** |
|
||||
| **FS10 (Play x1)** | **Press to start loop playback.** Playback continues until the end of the loop and automatically stops. **Tip:** Press **FS10** rapidly and repeatedly for a "stuttering" playback effect! |
|
||||
|
||||
### Deluxe Looper - Simple Tutorial
|
||||
|
||||
To follow, we've provided a quick example for using the Deluxe Looper to get you up and going on the marvels of Looping. Of course, the number of possibilities for how you combine and utilize all the features is practically endless, but you'll get the idea. For the following steps, we're using all the factory default settings for the Looper parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
1. From Stomp A or Stomp B footswitch mode, press the Deluxe Looper switch. On Helix Stadium, press Home until you see Home \> Play view.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Count yourself in and press **FS8 (Record)** on the downbeat of a measure to start recording.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Record four measures of chords or a riff for a rhythm, then press **FS9 (Play/Stop)** on the downbeat of what would be the fifth measure to stop recording. Your loop automatically exits recording and starts playing.
|
||||
|
||||
* You've now recorded a loop that you can play along with to your heart's content. Adjust the **Playback** parameter (Knob 1) to set the loop playback volume as desired. Go to the next step if you want to overdub some riffs on top of your loop.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Press **FS9 (Play/Stop)** to start loop playback. Once you're ready for your big moment, step on **FS8 (Overdub)** as the loop plays to enter Overdub record mode and go wild for a solo for four bars.
|
||||
|
||||
* If you're really feeling fancy, you can keep the overdub running after the first loop cycle and record a second layer for a doubled solo.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Press **FS9 (Play/Stop)** at the end of your four bars to exit Overdub, and your loop will keep playing---now featuring both your rhythm and solo parts.
|
||||
|
||||
* Keep repeating the last two steps to add additional overdub layers as desired.
|
||||
|
||||
* If you mess up an overdub, press **FS2 (Undo)** once to delete the most recent overdub while retaining your original loop.
|
||||
|
||||
6. To delete the entire recorded loop, press **FS1 (Clear)**.
|
||||
|
||||
#### Additional Deluxe Looper Tricks
|
||||
|
||||
* Press **FS3 (Half Speed)** and you'll hear the whole thing at half speed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press **FS4 (Forward/Reverse)** and you'll hear everything playing backwards, and still at half speed.
|
||||
|
||||
* As the loop plays, press **FS8 (Overdub)** and lay down some more guitar. Press **FS9 (Play/Stop)** to stop overdubbing and play the whole shebang, and then press **FS4 (Forward/Reverse)**. Now the loop is playing forward again, and the last part you recorded is backward in relation to everything else.
|
||||
|
||||
* Press **FS3 (Half Speed)** and playback returns to normal speed. You can imagine where a half hour of this kind of thing could get you.
|
||||
|
||||
* At any time, press **FS10 (Play 1x)** to play the entire loop once from its start. Or, for fun, you can tap FS10 fast and repeatedly to keep re-triggering it for stuttered playback.
|
||||
|
||||
* Remember that looping doesn't need to be limited to guitar parts! Connect a mic and capture vocals or any type of instrument or noise you can think of to add to your loops.
|
||||
|
||||
*** ** * ** ***
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Switch Looper
|
||||
|
||||
The 1 Switch Looper offers simplified Loop recording and playback, all from a single Stomp mode switch.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Add a 1 Switch Looper block to your preset. If not already assigned, assign it to a Stomp mode switch.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press the 1 Switch Looper switch.**The LED lights red, indicating the loop is recording.
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Press the 1 Switch Looper switch again.**The LED lights green, indicating the loop is playing back.
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Press the 1 Switch Looper switch again.**The LED lights amber, indicating the loop is in overdub mode. Subsequent presses of the switch toggle between play and overdub mode.
|
||||
|
||||
5. **While the Looper is in play or overdub mode, press and hold the switch for 1 second.**The most recent recording is undone. Holding the switch again will redo the recording.
|
||||
|
||||
6. **Quickly double-press the 1 Switch Looper switch.** Playback/recording stops, and the LED appears dim green, indicating a loop is in memory. **Press again to start playback.**
|
||||
|
||||
7. **While Looper playback/recording is stopped, press and hold the switch for 1 second.**The most recent recording is deleted, and the LED lights dim white.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** Intended to be quick and simple, the 1 Switch Looper offers fewer functions via its single switch than the Deluxe Looper (such as 1/2 Speed, Reverse, etc.). However, all the functions available for the Deluxe Looper can also be accessed by assigning Command Center \> Looper commands to Stomp switches. As long as the current preset includes a Looper block of any type, Looper command switches will control the looper. This effectively lets you create a "custom" layout of Looper switches within Stomp A and/or Stomp B footswitch modes. See [**Command Center - Looper Commands**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/command-center.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### 1 Switch Looper Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Click to expand the 1 Switch Looper parameters descriptions...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Playback** | Controls the level of looper playback. You may find it helpful to turn this down a bit so your live guitar can be slightly louder. |
|
||||
| **Overdub** | Controls the level of your recorded loop *relatively, over time* while overdubbing. For example, if Overdub is set to -6.0 dB, each time your loop repeats, its volume will be reduced by that amount, sounding quieter and quieter with each overdub pass. |
|
||||
| **Low Cut** | Applies a low cut (high pass) filter to loop playback, letting you remove the looper signal below a specified frequency. Filtering your loop can sometimes improve the mix with your live instrument. |
|
||||
| **High Cut** | Applies a high cut (low pass) filter to loop playback, letting you remove the looper signal above a specified frequency. Filtering your loop can sometimes improve the mix with your live instrument. |
|
||||
|
||||
*** ** * ** ***
|
||||
|
||||
## Shuffling Looper
|
||||
|
||||
The Shuffling Looper is a distinctly different animal from the other Loopers. Part looper, part sampler, part performance instrument---the Shuffling Looper chops up your recorded loop, randomizes the slices, and gives you control over reordering, octave shifting, reversing, repeating, and more.
|
||||
|
||||
Before starting, select the Shuffling Looper block within the Home \> Edit screen and observe and adjust the Looper parameters as desired (see the following table of Shuffling Looper parameter descriptions).
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Add a Shuffling Looper block to your preset. If not already assigned, assign it to a Stomp mode switch.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Turn Knob 1 (Slices) to set the number of slices your loop will be chopped into.**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Press the switch to begin recording.**The LED lights red, indicating the loop is recording.
|
||||
|
||||
4. **When done recording your loop, press the switch.**The LED lights green, and the sliced loop sequence starts playing immediately.
|
||||
|
||||
5. **During playback, adjust the Shuffling Looper knobs.** See [**Shuffling Looper Parameters**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/looper-block.md#Shuffling-Looper-Parameters) below.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Want to change it up? **While the loop is playing, press the switch to randomize its slice sequence.**
|
||||
|
||||
7. **Quickly double-press the Looper switch.** Playback/recording stops, and the LED appears dim green, indicating a loop is in memory. **Press again to start playback.**
|
||||
|
||||
8. **While the loop is playing or stopped, press and hold the switch.**The recording is deleted, and the LED lights dim white.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** Try assigning an expression pedal to the Shuffling Looper parameters for even more creative control!
|
||||
|
||||
### Shuffling Looper Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Click to display the full list of Shuffling Looper parameters...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Notes** |
|
||||
|----------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Slices** | Changes the number of slices your loop will be chopped into |
|
||||
| **SeqLength** | Determines the number of slices in the sequence. This can be changed even after recording a loop. |
|
||||
| **Shuffle** | Determines the likelihood of slices shuffling/reordering. At 0%, the slices never shuffle; at 100%, they're constantly reshuffling. |
|
||||
| **Pitch** | Determines the likelihood of slices playing back an interval higher or lower, determined by the Interval 1 and Interval 2 parameters. |
|
||||
| **Reverse** | Determines the likelihood of slices playing backward. At 0%, all slices play forward; at 100%, all slices play backward. |
|
||||
| **Repeat** | Determines the likelihood of slices repeating. At 0%, no slices repeat; at 100%, all slices repeat. |
|
||||
| **Smoothing** | Higher values apply smoothing between slices and can give a synth-pad type quality. Lower values maintain transients. Or set it just high enough to avoid pops and clicks. |
|
||||
| **Seq Drift** | Determines the likelihood of the entire sequence changing every time it loops around. When set to 0%, the same sequence repeats forever; when set to 100%, the sequence changes completely every time it loops. |
|
||||
| **Playback** | Sets the overall level of the playback sequence. |
|
||||
| **Low Cut** | Applies a low cut (high pass) filter to loop playback, letting you remove the looper signal below a specified frequency. Filtering your loop can sometimes improve the mix with your live instrument. |
|
||||
| **High Cut** | Applies a high cut (low pass) filter to loop playback, letting you remove the looper signal above a specified frequency. Filtering your loop can sometimes improve the mix with your live instrument. |
|
||||
| **Interval 1** | Sets the pitch of some slices, the likelihood of which is determined by the Pitch parameter (from an octave down to an octave up). If you want slices to change to a single pitch, set one Interval to that pitch and the other Interval to 0. |
|
||||
| **Interval 2** | Sets the pitch of some slices, the likelihood of which is determined by the Pitch parameter (from an octave down to an octave up). If you want slices to change to a single pitch, set one Interval to that pitch and the other Interval to 0. |
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Inputs, Outputs, FX Loops, Splits, and Merge
|
||||
|
||||
Although they may not seem as exciting as amps or effects, Input, Output, FX Loop, Split, and Merge blocks are integral to the sound and performance of your presets. Use these blocks to properly gain stage your levels, create parallel routings, incorporate your favorite external pedals, implement switchable alternate signal paths, and more. Refer to [**Signal Path Routing**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/signal-path-routing.md) for additional details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Input and Output blocks appear green to indicate a signal is present, and red if the signal is clipping (overloading). If clipping is indicated, reduce the signal level of your source instrument, the Input or Output block's Trim or Level parameters, the effect and amp blocks' levels, or try adjusting the [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e) options that affect levels for the Inputs and Outputs in use. Clipping should be avoided to keep your signal free of unwanted distortion.
|
||||
|
||||
## Input Blocks
|
||||
|
||||
By default, all presets, even "empty" New Presets, include at least one Input block (at the left of Path 1A), but each preset can have up to four Input blocks (one each for Path 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B).
|
||||
|
||||
### Selecting an Input
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From the Home \> Edit screen, tap an existing Input block**  **.** The Input's source appears in the inspector header; **turn the Lower Knob to change the Output. Tap its name in the inspector header to open the Input List** (below left)**.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Alternatively, tap an empty Input block**  **to select it.** Available Inputs appear in the inspector (below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** Within an empty New Preset, only the main Path 1A and Path 2A are shown. You can also create Paths 1B and 2B as parallel paths, each with its own Input block. See [**Serial vs. Parallel Path Routing**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/signal-path-routing.md).
|
||||
|
||||
| **Input** | **Description** |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
|  **None** | Disables (mutes) the input block on that path. |
|
||||
|   **Instrument 1, Instrument 2, Instrument 1+2** | Helix Stadium XL  has separate Instrument 1 and Instrument 2 inputs. Helix Stadium has a single Instrument input. Connect your guitar, bass, electric violin, electric nose flute, etc. Instrument 1+2 receives the signal from both jacks simultaneously. Note that Instrument 1+2 offers independent parameters, which allow you to connect either two separate instruments or to enable **StereoLink** for connecting one stereo instrument. |
|
||||
|  **Mic** | Receives the signal from the XLR Mic In jack. Overall mic gain is adjusted from [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e) **\> Mic In Gain**. **Note:** 48V phantom power may be required for some studio microphones and can be enabled from [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e) **\> Mic In Phantom**. |
|
||||
|  **S/PDIF** | Receives the signal from the stereo S/PDIF digital input, where you can connect the S/PDIF output from external gear to route its digital signal into Helix Stadium. Set the [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e)**S/PDIF Sample Rate** to match that of your source's S/PDIF sample rate. **NOTE:** Only one digital Input can be used in a preset at the same time. |
|
||||
|  **Return 1, Return 2, Return 1-2**  **Return 3, Return 4, Return 3/4** | Returns 1 and 2 (and with Stadium XL  , Return 3 and 4) can act as additional mono input blocks. Returns 1/2 (and with Stadium XL  , Return 3/4) can act as additional stereo input blocks for processing keyboards, drum machines, or even other multieffects. If a Return or FX Loop processing block exists in the preset, the utilized Return input will be grayed out and unavailable. See [**FX Loop, Send, and Return Blocks**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/input-output-and-mix-blocks.md#input-sendreturn) below. **Note:** Returns 1/2 (Helix Stadium) or Returns 3/4 (Helix Stadium XL  ) can be repurposed (via [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e) \> Return 1/2 \[3/4\] Type) as an always-on **Aux In** for monitoring a Front Of House feed, media player, or stage mixer. |
|
||||
|  **USB 3/4, USB 5/6, USB 7/8** | USB inputs 3/4, 5/6, and 7/8 can all be used for stereo USB audio inputs for your connected computer's DAW software. See [**USB Audio**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/usb-audio.md). Helix Stadium also receives input from USB 1/2, but it's dedicated to monitoring stereo USB audio from your computer, with the USB 1/2 input unprocessed by any of the current preset's processing blocks. As such, USB 1/2 is not available as a selectable Input block source. |
|
||||
|
||||
## Input Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** Also see the [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md) section for additional parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
### Input \> Instrument \[X\]
|
||||
|
||||
Click here to view Input \> Instrument \[X\] settings...
|
||||
**Note:** Helix Stadium XL has **Instrument 1** and **Instrument 2** inputs, where Helix Stadium has a single **Instrument** input. Therefore, parameter names differ slightly between the two.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Inst \[X\] Input Z** | Helix Stadium has an impedance circuit on its Instrument Input(s) that affects tone and feel by loading your guitar or bass's pickups as they would by an effect pedal or amplifier. When set to **First Block** , the circuit reflects the impedance of the first block, regardless of whether it's enabled or bypassed. When set to **First Enabled** , the impedance circuit reflects the impedance of the first *enabled* block on the path. Or choose a fixed impedance from 10k Ohm to 1M Ohm. A lower value typically results in some high frequency attenuation, lower gain, and an overall "softer" feel. A higher value provides full frequency response, higher gain, and an overall "tighter" feel. |
|
||||
| **Inst \[X\] Pad** | Set to **Off/Inst** for most guitars, basses, or other instruments. Set to **On/Line** for guitars or basses with very hot active pickups or line level devices such as keyboards, synths, and drum machines. There's really no rule here; use what sounds best. **Note:** [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e)**\> Instrument In \[X\] Pad** settings can globally override all Input blocks' Pad settings. |
|
||||
| **Inst \[X\] Trim** | Sets the Instrument \[X\] digital input level and is used to compensate for overly soft or loud instruments. **Important!** Setting Trim to a value higher (or lower) than 0.0 dB effectively boosts (or attenuates) your signal into the first block, which may result in a less than accurate response. |
|
||||
| **Inst \[X\] Gate** | Turns the Input block's built-in noise gate on and off. |
|
||||
| **1 Thresh** | Sets the noise gate's Threshold. The gate "opens" when the signal's level exceeds the Threshold, allowing audio to pass through. The gate "closes" when the signal's level drops below the Threshold. Adjust Threshold so that only softer, unwanted signals (such as noise or hum) are gated. |
|
||||
| **1 Decay** | Controls the length of time it takes for the open noise gate to close once the signal drops below the Threshold. Increase Decay if you want the gate to gradually lower the signal instead of chopping it off abruptly. |
|
||||
| **StereoLink** | Helix Stadium XL  only: When **Off**, Instrument 1 and Instrument 2 parameters are individually adjustable. When **On**, all Instrument 2 parameters are grayed out and their values echo those of the equivalent Instrument 1 parameters. Instrument 1 is routed hard left, and Instrument 2 is routed hard right. |
|
||||
|
||||
### Input \> Mic
|
||||
|
||||
Click here to view Input \> Mic settings...
|
||||
**Note:** 48V phantom power may be required for some studio microphones and can be enabled from [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs** **\>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e)**Mic In Phantom**.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Trim** | Overall mic input gain is set globally from [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e)**Mic In Gain**. This parameter trims the preset's mic input level up or down relative to the overall gain. |
|
||||
| **Low Cut** | Applies a low cut (high pass) filter, letting you remove all audio below a certain frequency. May be useful in removing undesirable plosives or excessive proximity effect. |
|
||||
| **Gate** | Turns the Input block's built-in noise gate on and off. |
|
||||
| **Threshold** | Sets the noise gate's Threshold. The gate "opens" when the signal's level exceeds the Threshold, allowing audio to pass through. The gate "closes" when the signal's level drops below the Threshold. Adjust the Threshold so that only softer, unwanted signals (such as noise or mouth clicks) are gated. |
|
||||
| **Decay** | Controls the length of time it takes for the open noise gate to close once the signal drops below the Threshold. Increase Decay if you want the gate to gradually lower the signal instead of chopping it off abruptly. |
|
||||
|
||||
### Input \> Return, S/PDIF, and USB
|
||||
|
||||
Click here to view Input \> Return, S/PDIF, or USB settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Trim** | Sets the input level and is used to compensate for overly soft or loud signals. |
|
||||
| **Gate** | Turns the Input block's built-in noise gate on and off. |
|
||||
| **Threshold** | Sets the noise gate's Threshold. The gate "opens" when the signal's level exceeds the Threshold, to let audio pass through. The gate "closes" when the signal's level drops below the Threshold. Adjust the Threshold so that only softer, unwanted signals are gated. |
|
||||
| **Decay** | Controls the length of time it takes for the open noise gate to close once the signal drops below the Threshold. Increase Decay if you want the gate to gradually lower the signal instead of chopping it off abruptly. |
|
||||
|
||||
*** ** * ** ***
|
||||
|
||||
## Output Blocks
|
||||
|
||||
Each preset can have up to four Output blocks (one each for Path 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B).
|
||||
|
||||
By default, Output blocks are set to Matrix (1/4", XLR, Phones), which means paths are routed to Helix Stadium's [**Matrix Mixer**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/matrix-mixer.md), where they can be mixed differently for the 1/4", XLR, and Phones outputs. Alternatively, they can be routed directly to a single stereo output (including 1/4", XLR, or Phones), bypassing the Matrix Mixer.
|
||||
|
||||
### Selecting an Output
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From the Home screen, tap an Output block.** The Output appears in the inspector. **Turn the Lower Knob to change the Output.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Alternatively, tap its name in the inspector header to open the Output List** (see below)**.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** With an empty New Preset, only the main Path 1A and Path 2A are shown. You can also create Paths 1B and 2B as parallel paths, each with its own Output block. See [**Serial vs. Parallel Path Routing**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/signal-path-routing.md).
|
||||
|
||||
| **Output** | **Description** |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
|  **Matrix (1/4", XLR, Phones)** | The path is sent to the [**Matrix Mixer**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/matrix-mixer.md), where it can be mixed independently for the 1/4", XLR, and Phones outputs. Even if you don't use the Matrix Mixer, this is still the best option, as it lets you hear the path through all three main outputs simultaneously. The Output blocks of all Factory Presets (and most Preset Templates) are set to **Matrix (1/4", XLR, Phones)** by default. |
|
||||
|  **1/4" Direct** | The path is routed directly to the 1/4" outputs, bypassing the Matrix Mixer entirely. |
|
||||
|  **XLR Direct** | The path is routed directly to the XLR outputs, bypassing the Matrix Mixer entirely. |
|
||||
|  **Phones Direct** | The path is routed directly to the Phones output, bypassing the Matrix Mixer entirely. |
|
||||
|  **Path 2A, 2B, or 2A+B** | These Outputs only appear for Path 1A and Path 1B Output blocks and are used to route Path 1 into Path 2. This type of "serial" routing provides an extended signal path where more blocks can be added. See [**Serial vs. Parallel Path Routing**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/signal-path-routing.md). |
|
||||
|  **S/PDIF** | If [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e)**S/DPIF Out** is set to "Direct Out," the Output is routed directly to the S/PDIF digital output. However, the S/PDIF Out can also be set to reflect the Matrix Mixer's 1/4", XLR, or Phones output. This output's level and sample rate can be set using [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e)**S/PDIF Out Level** and **S/PDIF Sample Rate**. **Note:** Set your receiving device and Helix Stadium to the same S/PDIF sample rate. Your receiving device should also be set to follow Helix Stadium as the "master" S/PDIF device. |
|
||||
|  **Send 1/2**  **Send 3/4** | The path is routed directly to Send 1/2 (and/or on Helix Stadium XL  , Send 3/4) in stereo. Sends can act as additional device outputs, added anywhere in your preset's signal path. See [**FX Loop, Send, and Return Blocks**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/input-output-and-mix-blocks.md#input-sendreturn) for details. |
|
||||
|  **USB 1/2, USB 3/4, USB 5/6** | The path is routed directly out USB 1/2, 3/4, or 5/6 in stereo, for routing signals to your computer or mobile devices. USB Outs 7 and 8 are dedicated for DI recording output, and are not available as an Output block. See [**USB Audio**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/usb-audio.md). |
|
||||
|
||||
## Output Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** Also see the [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e) section for additional parameters.
|
||||
Click here to view Input \> Instrument \[X\] settings...
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Pan** | Controls the balance between the Output's left and right channels. When set to Left 100, signal is only heard from the left output; when set to Right 100, signal is only heard from the right output. |
|
||||
| **Level** | Sets the overall level of the Output block. |
|
||||
|
||||
*** ** * ** ***
|
||||
|
||||
## Split and Merge Blocks
|
||||
|
||||
Split and Merge blocks can be added to create parallel or dual paths, which can be very useful for isolating specific effects, creating alternate switchable routings, and more. See [**Serial vs. Parallel Path Routing**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/signal-path-routing.md).
|
||||
|
||||
All paths are stereo. When a Split block is added, it splits the signal into Path A and Path B in parallel. When a Merge \> Mixer block is added, it mixes Path B back into Path A.
|
||||
**Note:** The overall output level of the signal is increased slightly for each parallel path added. Adjust the **Level** parameter in the Merge \> Mixer block for the desired output level.
|
||||
|
||||
###  Adding a Split Block
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap an empty area on Path 1A or Path 2A.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap Split on the left side of the inspector header.** A Split \> Y block is added, and a Path B is created with its own Output block. **Alternatively, drag an existing Amp, Cab, or Effect block down slightly, and it'll be added to a new parallel path B connecting to Path A with Split \> Y and Merge blocks.**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **To change the type of Split, turn the Lower Knob or tap the inspector header to open the Split List (see below):**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Adding a Split to the left of an existing Merge block on path A automatically joins the existing parallel path.
|
||||
|
||||
* Multiple Split and Merge \> Mixer blocks can be added to Path A for several parallel paths, one after the other. For example, say you want the signal to split into parallel Amp blocks, merge into a dual Cab block, and later, split into parallel Delay and Reverb blocks, and then merge *again* before the Output. There's a lot of flexibility here.
|
||||
|
||||
* To create a Path B Input block, **drag the Split down to Path B** ---or---**clear the Split by swiping it off the screen.**
|
||||
|
||||
####  Split \> Y
|
||||
|
||||
Adding a Split block adds a Split \> Y by default. With a Split \> Y block, the stereo input signal is sent to stereo Paths A (upper) and B (lower) evenly, but the **Balance A** and **Balance B** parameters can be used to separate the incoming signal into separate left (to Path A) and right (to Path B) channels.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Balance A** | Adjusts the stereo balance (pan) of the signal sent to Path A (upper) and Path B (lower). To split the signal into separate left and right channels, set Balance A to **Left 100** and Balance B to **Right 100**. |
|
||||
| **Balance B** | Adjusts the stereo balance (pan) of the signal sent to Path A (upper) and Path B (lower). To split the signal into separate left and right channels, set Balance A to **Left 100** and Balance B to **Right 100**. |
|
||||
|
||||
####  Split \> A/B
|
||||
|
||||
Split \> A/B allows for tactile control over which path your signal is routed to---Path A (upper) or Path B (lower).
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Route To** | Determines the amount of the signal sent to Path A (upper) vs. Path B (lower). When set to "Even Split," the signal is split evenly between the two stereo paths. **Tip:** Assign this parameter to a Stomp switch to create an A/B toggle switch, where each press switches between the two paths. Alternatively, assign this parameter to an expression pedal (or MIDI CC) to blend between Paths A and B. See [**Learn Controller**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/bypass-and-controller-assign.md#quick-controller-assign). |
|
||||
|
||||
####  Split \> Crossover
|
||||
|
||||
Split \> Crossover splits the incoming signal by frequency, letting you process the high and low frequencies independently. This is especially useful with electric bass, where distortion may be applied only to the high frequencies, allowing the non-distorted low frequencies to pass through.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Frequency** | Determines the crossover point at which your signal is split into high and low frequencies. Any signal above this frequency is sent to Path A (upper); any signal below this frequency is sent to Path B (lower). |
|
||||
| **Reverse** | When **On** , reverses the path assignments (any signal *above* the crossover frequency is sent to Path B, any signal *below* the crossover frequency is sent to Path A). |
|
||||
|
||||
####  Split \> Dynamic
|
||||
|
||||
Split \> Dynamic lets you route your signal based on input level or even your playing dynamics. For example, if Path A has Delay and Reverb blocks and Path B has a Distortion, playing softly (or rolling your guitar's volume knob back) will apply more Delay and Reverb, whereas playing harder (or rolling your guitar's volume knob up) will lower the Delay and Reverb and add Distortion.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Threshold** | Determines the signal level above which gets routed to Path B. Playing softer (signal below the Threshold) is routed to Path A; playing louder (signal above the Threshold) is routed to Path B. |
|
||||
| **Attack** | Determines how quickly the signal is routed to Path B once reaching the Threshold. |
|
||||
| **Decay** | Determines how quickly the signal returns to Path A once it falls below the Threshold. |
|
||||
| **Reverse** | When **On**, reverses the path assignments (any signal above the Threshold value is sent to Path B, any signal below the Threshold value is sent to Path A). |
|
||||
|
||||
###  Adding a Merge Block
|
||||
|
||||
The primary purpose of a Merge block is to place it after a Split block to rejoin and mix the Path B signal back with Path A.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Tap an empty area on Path 1A or Path 2A.**
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap Merge on the right side of the inspector header.** A Merge block is added, and a Path B is created with its own Input block (provided a Split block hasn't already been added to the Merge's left). **Alternatively, drag an existing Amp, Cab, or Effect block down slightly, and it'll be added to a new parallel path B connecting to Path A with Split \> Y and Merge blocks.**
|
||||
|
||||
* Adding a Merge to the right of an existing Split block on path A automatically joins the existing parallel path.
|
||||
|
||||
* Multiple Split and Merge \> Mixer blocks can be added to Path A for several parallel paths, one after the other. For example, say you want the signal to split into parallel Amp blocks, merge into a dual Cab block, and later, split into parallel Delay and Reverb blocks, and then merge *again* before the Output. There's a lot of flexibility here.
|
||||
|
||||
* To create a Path B Output block, **drag the Merge down to Path B** ---or---**clear the Merge by swiping it off the screen.**
|
||||
|
||||
####  Merge \> Mixer
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|----------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **A Level** | Adjusts the output level of Path A (upper). |
|
||||
| **A Pan** | Adjusts the left/right stereo balance of Path A (upper). When set to **Left 100** , only the left signal is passed through; when set to **Right 100**, only the right signal is passed through. |
|
||||
| **B Level** | Adjusts the output level of Path B (lower). |
|
||||
| **B Pan** | Adjusts the left/right stereo balance of Path B (lower). When set to **Left 100** , only the left signal is passed through; when set to **Right 100**, only the right signal is passed through. |
|
||||
| **B Polarity** | Inverts the polarity of Path B. Typically, this should be set to "Normal." |
|
||||
| **Level** | Adjusts the overall output level of the Merge block. |
|
||||
|
||||
## FX Loop, Send, and Return Blocks
|
||||
|
||||
An FX Loop block combines a Send and Return (either mono or stereo) to let you patch your favorite external effects pedals (or rack gear) into your preset's signal flow. The FX Loop block category also has separate Send and Return blocks (mono or stereo) that let you route out to---or in from---external gear in the middle of a signal path.
|
||||
**Note:** Multiple instances of the same **Send** can be used more than once in a preset. However, only one instance of the same **FX Loop** or **Return** can be used in a preset.
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** Returns 1/2 (Helix Stadium) or Returns 3/4 (Helix Stadium XL  ) can be repurposed (via [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs** \>](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e) **Return 1/2** \[**3/4** \] Type) as an always-on **Aux In** for monitoring a Front Of House feed, media player, or stage mixer.
|
||||
|
||||
### Clip Indicator
|
||||
|
||||
FX Loop and Return blocks turn red if their input signal is too high (as shown below), at which point you should reduce the level of the preceding Stadium blocks and/or external gear to avoid clipping.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###  Adding an FX Loop Block
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From the Home \> Edit screen, tap an empty area on a path where you want to add an FX Loop block.** Categories appear in the inspector.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Press \[\>\] (or swipe the category buttons) and tap the FX Loop category button.** The Model List opens (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap the desired item to load it. Alternatively, double-tap the desired item to load it** ***and*** **close the Model List.**
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** The FX Loops' input and output level can be changed globally from [**Global Settings \> Ins/Outs \>**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/global-settings.md#6c56362d-db33-4eb0-ac46-2d690ec2d73e)**FX Loop \[X\] Level**. An FX Loop block's Send and Return level can further be adjusted individually within your preset using the FX Loop's Send and Return parameters, as shown in the following tables.
|
||||
|
||||
####  **FX Loop \> FX Loop**
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Send** | Adjusts the level of the FX Loop's Send output(s). 0.0 dB is unity gain. |
|
||||
| **Return** | Adjusts the level of the FX Loop's Return input(s). 0.0 dB is unity gain. |
|
||||
| **Mix** | Blends the FX Loop signal vs. the dry signal passed through the FX Loop block. When set to 0%, the path bypasses the FX Loop completely. When set to 100%, the entire signal is fed through the FX Loop, and no dry-through signal is heard. (This means that if you don't currently have your external gear connected to the Send \& Return jacks, you won't hear any output signal unless you bypass the FX Loop block!) When connecting time-based pedals like delays or reverbs, it's best to leave the pedal's Mix at 100% and control the amount of the pedal's effect from the FX Loop block's Mix knob. This helps minimize phase issues and latency. For pedals like distortion, fuzz, or compression, it's common to keep the FX Loop block's Mix knob at 100%, but lowering this value can sometimes provide cool parallel effect sounds. |
|
||||
| **Trails** | When **Off** , the return signal from any external gear is instantly muted when the FX Loop block is bypassed. When **On,**the return signal continues to decay naturally when the block is bypassed, or a different snapshot is selected. |
|
||||
|
||||
####  FX Loop \> Send
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Send** | Adjusts the level of the Send's output(s). 0.0 dB is unity gain. |
|
||||
| **Dry Thru** | Adjusts the level of the dry (unaffected) signal passed through the Send block, independent of the Knob 1 (Send) level. Normally, this should be set to 0.0dB, but when set to -120.0 dB, the Send block can act as an A/B switch, toggling between sending signal to the external device (block enabled) and sending signal through to the next block (block bypassed). |
|
||||
|
||||
####  FX Loop \> Return
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|---------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Return** | Adjusts the level of the Return's input(s). 0.0 dB is unity gain. |
|
||||
| **Mix** | Adjusts the balance between the Return signal and the dry signal passed through the Return block. When set to 0%, the path bypasses the Return completely. When set to 100%, the entire signal is fed from the Return, and no dry signal is heard. |
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Dynamic DSP
|
||||
|
||||
Like nearly all modern audio processors, the Helix Stadium engine is based on DSP (Digital Signal Processing). Some models require many times more DSP horsepower than others, so it makes logical sense that fewer of those models could exist in a preset. To work around this, some processors restrict you to one amp, one reverb, one delay, etc. With Helix Stadium, we feel it's important to let you keep adding whatever you want to your tone, even if you may eventually run out of DSP for the current preset. Helix Stadium's four paths (Path 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B) each offer 12 block locations, for a total 48 block capacity.
|
||||
|
||||
That said, there are some rules governing the number of certain types of blocks you can add to a preset:
|
||||
|
||||
| **Block Type** | **Maximum Allowable Instances** |
|
||||
|---------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Amp or Preamp** | Any combination, up to four per preset (two per path maximum). |
|
||||
| **Cab** | Up to eight Cab blocks per preset (four per path maximum). Note that each Cab block can include up to two Cab models, two Cab IRs, or one of each. |
|
||||
| **Clone** **Amp, Amp+Cab, Preamp, or Distortion** | Any combination, up to four per preset (two per path maximum). |
|
||||
| **Polyphonic ("Poly") and high DSP type Effects** | Up to two Poly Effect blocks per preset (one per path maximum). These effect models include the Feedbacker (Dynamics), Poly Sustain (Delay), Poly Detune (Modulation), Poly Pitch, Wham, Capo, and 12 String (Pitch/Synth). |
|
||||
| **Looper** | One Looper of any type per preset maximum. |
|
||||
|
||||
**To see which models can be added to the current Path, open the** [**Model List**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-model-browser.md)**.**Grayed out items cannot be accommodated and are skipped over.
|
||||
|
||||
## Tips to Optimize DSP
|
||||
|
||||
* Each of Stadium's two primary Paths (Path 1 and Path 2) utilizes its own independent DSP. If all of your blocks are on Path 1 (or on its split/parallel Paths 1A and 1B), you're only using half of your device's horsepower! To use two or more amps and more than a handful of effects, expect to use both Paths 1 and 2. An easy way to accomplish this is to set the Path 1 Output block to "Path 2A" to route Path 1 into Path 2 as a contiguous, serial Path. In fact, we've created two template presets---**Parallel Switch** and **Parallel Blend** ---with two Agoura amps in parallel spanning Paths 1 and 2 to optimize DSP, with plenty of room for pre (Path 1) and post (Path 2) effects. See the following [**Signal Path Routing**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/signal-path-routing.md) page for details.
|
||||
|
||||
* Some block types use much more DSP than others, with Amp, Clone, Reverb, and Poly effect blocks being the most DSP hungry. Cab, EQ, Dynamics, Volume/Pan, and Send/Return blocks use relatively little.
|
||||
|
||||
* Some models may use more DSP than others in the same category. This is especially true with Agoura Amp models.
|
||||
|
||||
* Instead of a parallel Path with two sets of separate Amp and Cab blocks, try adding a single Amp block followed by a Cab block that uses two different Cab models/Cab IRs to provide some substantial tone variations.
|
||||
|
||||
* The stereo version of an Effect model will use approximately twice as much DSP as a mono version of the same model. Typically, you should use mono versions of effects that are placed before an Amp block, since the stereo signal is collapsed to mono when entering an Amp block. And, of course, if you're only using a mono output from Stadium, there is no need to use stereo models at all in your tones.
|
||||
|
||||
* Some model categories have "Simple" blocks, which use less DSP than others.
|
||||
|
||||
* Instead of toggling between two of the same Amp or Effect blocks (with different settings), use controllers or snapshots to instantly adjust parameters within a single block.
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Preset Info and Preset Clips
|
||||
|
||||
Please check out the following video for an overview of the Preset Info and Preset Clips features. Then consult the sections on this page for additional details.
|
||||
<https://youtu.be/mkUsJyoW7Jk>
|
||||
|
||||
## Preset Info
|
||||
|
||||
All factory presets include tips on how to use them best. Type in info for your own presets, like guitar/pickup/playback system used, creative controller assignments, tips/tricks, self-affirming platitudes, taco recipes, etc. This Preset Info is saved with the preset and is also referenced when using the Search Presets function.
|
||||
**Tip:** All factory presets include helpful, descriptive notes in their Preset Info screens. Please review the factory presets' Info to get some ideas for how to enter effective details for your own custom presets.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **In the header, tap the Preset Info icon**  **.** Alternatively, **press FS1 (Info) from** [++**MORE Footswitch mode**++](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md). The Preset Info screen appears.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Preset Info
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap Bigger Text or Smaller Text in the sidebar to increase/decrease the text size.**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap anywhere in the text field.** The keyboard appears (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Preset Info - Editing text
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Type in the desired text and tap**  **when finished.**
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** You'll probably find it easiest to enter and edit Preset Info from the comfort of the [**Helix Stadium app**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/helix-stadium-edit-application.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## Preset Clips
|
||||
|
||||
Every factory preset includes a unique dry guitar or bass riff so you can hear it in context; also known as the "Ohhh, I've been chugging with 7-string EMGs through a country preset designed for a single coil Tele. *That's* why I thought this preset sucked" feature. Clips can also help you dial in presets without constantly switching between playing and tweaking.
|
||||
**Important!**
|
||||
|
||||
Be sure to reduce the volume of Stadium's output(s) before entering the Preset Clip view, and gradually increase the volume as needed.
|
||||
|
||||
Audible playback of Preset Clips requires that at least one of the current preset's Input blocks is set to **Instrument 1** or **Instrument 1+2** (on Stadium XL) or to **Instrument**(on Helix Stadium). All factory presets already include one or more such Input block by default.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Load a factory preset and tap the Clip icon**  **in the header.** Alternatively, **press FS7 (Clip) in** [**More Footswitch Mode**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/top-panel-and-footswitches.md)**.** The Preset Clip screen appears (see below) and plays a short audio clip.
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the transport icons to control playback.**
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** By default, clip playback stops automatically if you exit the Preset Clip view. However, **if you set Knob 4 (Auto Stop) to Off and Knob 5 (Repeat) to On**, the clip continues to play when exiting Preset Clip view. This lets you edit your preset and hear the changes in real time.
|
||||
|
||||
Preset Clip
|
||||
|
||||
 **Clip Waveform and Time Ruler:** The preset clip's waveform appears here, with the Time Ruler above indicating time in seconds. Tap anywhere in the audio field to jump to that location.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Time Elapsed:**Indicates the time elapsed in seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Time Remaining:**Indicates the time remaining in seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Transport Controls:**
|
||||
|
||||
* **Return to Zero:** Tap  to return to the beginning of the clip.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Back/Forward 5 Seconds:** Tap  button to skip back 5 seconds or tap  button to skip forward 5 seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Play/Pause:** Tap to start playback. Tap again to pause playback.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Clip File:**The name of the currently loaded clip file appears here.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Clip Parameters:**See table below.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|----------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Start** | Sets the start point of the clip. **Alternatively, tap and drag the Start flag in the Time Ruler.** |
|
||||
| **End** | Sets the end point of the clip. **Alternatively, tap and drag the End flag in the Time Ruler.** |
|
||||
| **Auto Start** | When **On** , the clip starts playing automatically when you enter the Preset Clip screen. When **Off**, the clip can only be played manually by tapping the Preset Clip screen's Play icon. |
|
||||
| **Auto Stop** | When **On** , the clip stops playing when you exit the Preset Clip screen. When **Off** ,the clip continues to play when you exit the Clip view, letting you edit your preset and hear the changes in real time. |
|
||||
| **Repeat** | When **On** , the clip repeats over and over. When **Off**, the clip plays once and stops. |
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Amps and Preamps
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium comes loaded with a wide variety of Amp and Preamp models, including a set of Amps created with the all-new **Line 6** ^**®**^**Agoura™** modelling methodology, which sets a new benchmark for sonic detail and responsiveness---please see the introductory video below. Also included are classic, vintage, modern, special hybrid, and Line 6 Original Amps, with all the Amps and Preamps from the award-winning Helix family of multieffects.
|
||||
|
||||
New as of Helix Stadium firmware v1.3, is the included **Proxy** engine, which provides the ability for you to quickly and accurately capture a "Clone" of any physical amplifer, preamp, amp and speaker cab combination, or distortion pedal. Once created, your clones can then be used as blocks within any of your Stadium presets.
|
||||
Please refer to the [**Creating Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/clones.md) page for details on the capture process for creating your own **Amp** , **Preamp** , **Amp+Cab** , and **Distortion** pedal Clones. You can also use the [**Helix Stadium application Librarian**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/librarian-view.md) to import and export clones. Once you've created or imported clones, they appear within the respective Model Lists, as covered on this page.
|
||||
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kyXRxGU8IXI>
|
||||
|
||||
The following information covers the use of Amp, Preamp, and Clone blocks in Helix Stadium. Models often include some unique parameters, typically based on the controls found on the original gear.
|
||||
|
||||
## Selecting an Amp, Preamp, or Clone
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From the Home screen, tap an empty location on a path.** Block categories appear in the inspector:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the Amp or Preamp button to open the Model List.** Tap the list view button  to choose to view more items in a condensed list (below left) or fewer items as large images in a grid (below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* **Swipe the list up or down (or turn the Lower Knob) to find the desired item.**
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap GUITAR AMP, BASS AMP, LEGACY GUITAR, or LEGACY BASS in the sidebar to quickly scroll the list up or down to that subcategory, then tap the desired amp model from the middle column list.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Tap the Add Cab Block toggle**  **on to automatically add a matching Cab block directly to the right of the Amp block.** ^\*^ When the switch is off, no Cab block is automatically added. Also see [**Cabs and Cab IRs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md).
|
||||
|
||||
* To select an **Amp** , **Amp+Cab** , or **Preamp Clone** , tap the **CLONE** subcategory in the Amp Model List or Preamp Model List sidebar. See the next section for instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**About Clone Blocks...**
|
||||
|
||||
The **Add Cab Block** option is unavailable when selecting an **Amp, Amp+Cab** , or **Preamp** Clone. When selecting a **Clone \> Amp**, you'll want to manually add a Cab block after it, and choose a Cab or IR for the Cab block for your preferred tone.
|
||||
|
||||
Just like Amp and Preamp models, Amp Clones are mono---any stereo blocks positioned before a Clone block will be summed to mono.
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap to select the item and press Home**  **(or tap the Inspector header) to close the Model List. Alternatively, double-tap to select the item** ***and*** **close the Model List.**
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** The Cab block's **Amp \> Cab Link** toggle (found in the Cab's Focus view sidebar) automatically selects a matching Cab model when the linked Amp model is changed, but only applies when a Cab block is added via the[**Add Cab Block toggle**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Selecting an Amp, Amp+Cab, or Preamp Clone
|
||||
|
||||
Once you've created one or more Amp, Amp+Cab, or Preamp Clones, you can access them as follows once you tap on a new empty block in the Home - Edit View's signal path.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Tap the **Amp** category button in the Inspector  to open its Model List, select the **CLONE** subcategory within the sidebar. and choose either **Amp Clone** or **Amp+Cab Clone**, as preferred.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. For a **Preamp** Clone, tap the Inspector's Preamp button  to open its Model List, select the **CLONE** subcategory, and choose **Preamp Clone**.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. With the desired**Clone** item selected, tap on the "Empty" Clone file box  at the top of the Inspector to open the Amp/Preamp Clone file browser, where you can tap the desired Clone file from the center column to load it.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Once a Clone file is loaded, the file box displays the current Clone's name. Please see the [**Selecting \& Managing Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/selecting-and-managing-clones.md) page for additional options.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Use the Inspector's parameters to adjust the tone of your selected Clone. See the following [**Amp and Preamp Clone Parameters**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/amp-blocks.md#2d67926c-eaf9-4031-8092-61607fb8ff2a) section.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** You can also create Clones from your distortion and drive effect pedals. Distortion Clone files are available within the [**Distortion Model List**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/effect-blocks.md).
|
||||
|
||||
##  Amp Models and Amp Clones
|
||||
|
||||
**Amp models** consist of the full amplifier, including its preamp, tone stack, and power amp components, expertly captured to preserve the amplifier's unique sonic signature and tonal range. An Amp model provides essentially the same experience as plugging into your favorite guitar or bass amplifier, to which you'll want to connect a speaker cabinet or IR (Impulse Response) speaker simulator to complete your amp tone.
|
||||
**New for Firmware Version 1.3!** New Agoura Amps are now available:
|
||||
|
||||
* **Matchstick 30** - Based on^\*^ the Matchless^®^ DC30 (Channel 1, Channel 2, and Jumped channels)
|
||||
|
||||
(Note that the HX Matchstick Ch1, Ch2, and Jumped amp and preamp models are now moved to the Legacy Guitar model lists)
|
||||
|
||||
* **Orange Rockerverb** - Based on^\*^ the Orange^®^ Rockerverb 100 MkIII.
|
||||
|
||||
* Note that the existing Matchstick Ch1, Matchstick Ch2, Matchstick Jumped, and the Mandarin Rocker models have now moved to the Amp \> Legacy Guitar category.
|
||||
|
||||
For the complete, current lists of all Amp, Cab, and Effect Models included in Helix Stadium and the original gear on which they are based, please see [***Helix Stadium Models***](https://line6.com/helix-stadium-models/) on the Line 6 website.
|
||||
|
||||
^\*^See [**US Registered Trademarks**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/u-s-registered-trademarks.md). All product names used in this document are trademarks of their respective owners, and neither Yamaha Guitar Group nor Line 6 is associated or affiliated with them. These trademarks appear solely to identify products whose tones and sounds were studied by Line 6 during sound model development.
|
||||
|
||||
### Agoura vs. HX Amps
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium includes an ever-growing library of world-class amp models created with Line 6's new **Agoura™** modeling methodology. However, as Helix Stadium can import presets made with Helix Floor, Helix Rack, Helix LT, Helix Native, HX Effects, HX Stomp, and HX Stomp XL, it must also include the previous generation's award-winning HX amp models. In the interest of ensuring users don't dismiss HX amps as "last gen" or anything less than stellar-sounding, we've purposely made the delineation between Agoura and HX amps vague. While in list view, a faint gray line appears between the last Agoura amp and the first HX amp in both the GUITAR AMP and BASS AMP subcategories.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Legacy Amps
|
||||
|
||||
LEGACY GUITAR and LEGACY BASS amps (indicated with  ) are all HX; they've simply been moved to the Legacy category because an Agoura version of that same amp exists. And as more Agoura amps appear in firmware updates, you may notice their HX equivalents getting moved from the GUITAR AMP or BASS AMP subcategories to the LEGACY GUITAR or LEGACY BASS subcategories. In addition, Legacy amps \& preamps provide compatibility with imported Helix and HX presets (saved with Helix/HX firmware or Helix Native Plug-in, version 3.50 or later).
|
||||
|
||||
Amps in the LEGACY GUITAR and LEGACY BASS are often the newest and best-sounding HX amps, and as a bonus, they use considerably less DSP than Agoura. So *do not* sleep on these!
|
||||
|
||||
##  Preamp Models and Preamp Clones
|
||||
|
||||
### Preamp Models
|
||||
|
||||
As of this writing, all Preamp models in Helix Stadium are HX. They are captured from the preamp stage of the amplifier, which is typically where the majority of the tone-shaping and initial gain staging occur. A Preamp model can be a good choice when feeding your Helix Stadium output to an external power amp, and some even work great as drive circuits before full Amp blocks.
|
||||
**Note:**Volume levels between the different preamp models can vary significantly. This is normal and true to the preamp circuits of the actual amplifiers modeled. Adjust the Preamp's Drive and/or Volume controls to achieve your desired saturation and level output.
|
||||
|
||||
### Amp and Amp+Cab Clones
|
||||
|
||||
Please refer to the [**Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/clones.md) page for details on Amp, Amp+Cab, and other clone details.
|
||||
|
||||
## Amp and Preamp \> Focus View
|
||||
|
||||
When an Amp or Preamp block is selected on the Home \> Edit screen, **tap the Focus icon**  **in the Inspector to open Focus View** . Or, if Focus view is already open, **press the Amp button**  **to instantly jump to any Amp or Preamp block(s) in the preset. Drag the lens icon around the field to quickly morph between five distinct variations of the amp; then fine-tune with the parameter knobs.** See [**Focus View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-focus-view.md) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
### Amp, Amp+Cab, and Preamp Clones \> Focus View
|
||||
|
||||
The Focus View for Clone blocks displays the metadata screen for the currently loaded Clone file, where you can view and edit its information. (You can enter this metadata when creating a new clone as well, as covered in the [**Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/clones.md) section.) Please see [**Focus View \> Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-focus-view.md#clone-focus-view) section for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Common Amp and Preamp Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
Below are parameters available on numerous Amp models. Please note that you may occasionally see additional and slightly different parameters for certain amps. We typically include the same parameters as included on the original amps we model, along with their functions and sometimes quirky interactions, which can make classic amps special!
|
||||
**Note:** Amp+Cab, Amp, and Preamp Clones offer their own parameter set. Please see [**Selecting and Managing Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/selecting-and-managing-clones.md).
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|-----------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Bypass** | **Tap**  **in the inspector to turn the block on and off, independent of any footswitch assignment.** **Note:**An Amp/Preamp block's Bypass is not automatically assigned to a Stomp mode footswitch. But you can manually assign any Amp/Preamp block by selecting the block within the signal flow, touching a Stomp mode footswitch, and tapping Assign Block when prompted. |
|
||||
| **Channel** | Many Agoura amps have two or more channels of the amp baked in, letting you freely change them with the knob, from an assigned Stomp switch, or via snapshots. |
|
||||
| **Drive** or**Gain** | Adjusts the amount of gain applied to the signal, which influences the level of distortion. Use lower settings for cleaner tones and higher settings for added distortion and increased volume levels. |
|
||||
| **Bass** **Mid** **Treble** | Adjusts the low, medium, and high frequency EQ of the tonestack, respectively. Note that some amps instead include only a simple **Tone** parameter and/or **High** **Cut** or **Low Cut** as alternative EQ parameters. Bass amp models often include **Low Mid** and **High Mid** controls rather than a single **Mid** knob. |
|
||||
| **Level** | Controls the overall level of the Amp or Preamp block. Unlike the Master volume, it has no effect on the block's tone. Tweaking an Amp block's Level parameter is a helpful method of balancing apparent preset levels against one another. |
|
||||
| **Presence** | Boosts the upper mid and high frequencies in the power amp, resulting in additional punch and bite and an overall brighter tone. |
|
||||
| **Master** | Controls the Master Volume of the amplifier. This parameter is highly interactive with all other parameters---the lower the Master is set, the less effect the other controls will have. Different textures can be achieved using the Master volume in combination with the amp's Drive/Gain and Level. Higher Master settings typically result in more "power tube" type saturation, which can alter the amount of distortion and affect the amp's "feel." Amp models often have the Master turned up by default, because that's where the real amp's sweet spot is. However, tube amps are loud, so if you're playing at bedroom volumes, of course, it won't sound like a roaring full stack. Turn your playback system up! If you can't (or aren't allowed to) play at louder volumes, turn the Master down (if your model has one) to approximate your playback system's level. |
|
||||
| **Level** | Adjusts the amplifier's overall output volume. Unlike Drive, Gain, Volume, and Master Volume parameters, the Level adjusts the overall volume with minimum distortion or coloration. The Level can be used to balance the overall volume between presets. |
|
||||
| **Sag** | Controls the amount of sag, or how much the power supply compresses or "droops" in response to striking the strings hard. Higher values provide more touch dynamics, sustain, and organic feel inherent in vintage tube amps; lower values offer a "tighter" responsiveness for a more modern feel. |
|
||||
| **Hum** | Adjusts the level of power supply hum that interacts with the signal. Preamp tube heaters in tube amps will leak a bit of 60 cycle hum into the audio signal. When this hum mixes with the distorted audio signal, a non-musical distortion is created at low levels. To some players, this low-level, non-harmonic distortion adds a bit of realism to the amp model. |
|
||||
| **Ripple** | Controls how much AC ripple interacts with your tone. Power amp circuits will sometimes let a little bit of rectified 120Hz hum (that the power supply filter caps can't quite fully remove) into the audio signal when the power supply is being pushed hard. Much like Hum, Ripple provides a bit of non-musical distortion to the power amp at distorted settings. |
|
||||
| **Bias** | Adjusts the bias of the power amp tubes, altering tonality and distortion characteristics. |
|
||||
| **Bias X** | Short for "Bias Excursion." Determines how the power amp tubes' voicing reacts when pushed hard. Set low for a tighter feel. Set high for more tube compression. This parameter is highly reactive with the Drive/Gain and Master settings. |
|
||||
| **Z PrePost** | Determines the location of speaker impedance characteristics in the power amp, primarily due to negative feedback. Higher values mean the effects of the interaction appear at the output of the power amp (Post) and lower values mean more of the effect is fed back to the input of the power amp (Pre). |
|
||||
| **Hype** | The Stadium Agoura Amp models were designed as accurately as possible to sound like the original amplifiers they are based on. However, this may not always be optimal for every situation. For example, in cases where you might want to tighten the low end, smooth the high end, or achieve a more modern tone and feel. Depending on the amp and/or amp settings, increasing Hype may subtly or dramatically adjust various behind-the-scenes parameters to make the amp sound and feel smoother, fuller, punchier, tighter, and/or more forgiving, but at the expense of accuracy. **See the following video for a quick demo.** |
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip:** Tap any Amp or Preamp parameter in the Inspector to open its [**Parameter Panel**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md), where you'll find a handy description.
|
||||
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xRRj7UUpLRU>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Cabs and Cab IRs
|
||||
|
||||
By default, adding an Amp block automatically adds a matching cab block to ensure you attain the complete sound of a physical amp and speaker cabinet. However, Helix Stadium also works great with real power amps and wooden cabinets, in which case you should avoid adding a redundant Cab block to your signal flow. Read [**this blog**](https://blog.line6.com/2023/09/15/eric-klein-at-least-half-of-your-modelers-sound-is-determined-by-your-playback-system/) for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
Unlike in the world of physical amplifiers, Helix Stadium makes it easy to audition a multitude of classic and modern speaker cabs, with swappable mics and numerous parameters to tweak them further. You can also load Cab IRs (Impulse Responses) with or in place of Stadium's Cabs. A Cab block consists of any two of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
* Guitar Cab
|
||||
|
||||
* Bass Cab
|
||||
|
||||
* IR (Impulse Response)
|
||||
|
||||
**Tip!** For the complete, current lists of all Amp, Cab, and Effect Models included in Helix Stadium family products and the original gear they are based on, please see the [***Helix Stadium Models***](https://line6.com/helix-stadium-models/) on the Line 6 website.
|
||||
|
||||
## Selecting a Cab or Cab IR
|
||||
|
||||
By default, when you add an Amp block to a preset, a Cab block is automatically added to its right, and the "matched" Cab appears in the left tab of the Cab block. To disable this behavior, from the Model List \> Amp's sidebar, **tap the Add Cab Block**  **toggle off.** See the [**Amp \& Preamp Models**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/amp-blocks.md) page.
|
||||
**Note:** Amp Clone blocks do not offer the Add Cab Block option. If your Clone is captured from an amplifier signal without a speaker cab simulation or IR, you'll want to manually add a Cab block (see below) following the Amp Clone block for a complete amp and cab tone.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also add a Cab block manually:
|
||||
|
||||
1. **From the Home screen, tap an empty location on a path.** Block categories appear in the inspector.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Quick block selector (None block selected on the Home \> Edit screen)
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Tap the Cab button to open the Model List.** Tap the list view button  to choose to view more items in a condensed list (below left) or fewer items as large images in a grid (below right).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Model List \> List view
|
||||
|
||||
Model List \> Grid view
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Swipe the list up or down (or turn the Lower Knob) to find the desired item.**
|
||||
|
||||
* Tap GUITAR CAB, BASS CAB, or CAB IR in the sidebar to quickly scroll the list up or down to that subcategory.\*
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Note:** It is only possible to select **NO CAB** for the 2nd Cab slot.
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Tap to select the item and press Home**  **(or tap the Inspector header) to close the Model List. Alternatively, double-tap to select the item** ***and*** **close the Model List.**
|
||||
|
||||
5. To add a second Cab or Cab IR to the block, **tap the 2nd cab slot (in the right half of the Inspector Header) and repeat steps 3 and 4 above.**
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** The Cab block's **Amp \> Cab Link** toggle (found in the Cab's Focus view sidebar) automatically selects a matching Cab model when the linked Amp model is changed, but only applies when a Cab block is added via the[++**Add Cab Block toggle**++](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md).
|
||||
|
||||
##  Cabs
|
||||
|
||||
Each Cab in Helix Stadium is comprised of thousands of IRs. Cab blocks are unique in that they can contain one or two Cabs or Cab IRs (or one of each).
|
||||
|
||||
* When one Cab or Cab IR is loaded, the Cab block sums its incoming signal to mono.
|
||||
|
||||
* When two Cabs or two Cab IRs (or one of each) are selected in a single Cab block, the Cab block is stereo in and stereo out.
|
||||
|
||||
* Also see the [**Signal Path Routing**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/signal-path-routing.md) page for tips on mono/stereo routing.
|
||||
|
||||
### Hybrid Cabs from Helix/HX
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium does not include the older Hybrid Cab models from Helix/HX (pre-3.50 firmware). When importing a Helix/HX preset into Helix Stadium, any Hybrid Cab blocks are automatically converted to a new Cab. They may sound better right from the get go, but note that they will likely sound different.
|
||||
|
||||
### Cab \> Focus View
|
||||
|
||||
When a Cab block is selected on the Home \> Edit screen, **tap the Focus icon**  **in the Inspector to open Focus view. Tap and drag the Mic to set its Position and Distance relative to the Cab speaker, just as you would in the studio. Tap the 0°/45° toggle to set the Angle.** These parameters, along with all other Cab parameters, can also be adjusted within the Inspector at the bottom of the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
When a Cab IR is selected, Focus view shows a static frequency plot of the IR file for reference, along with **User Default** , **Factory Default** , and **Add to Favorites** sidebar options, as described below. Please see the [**Cab IRs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md#cab-irs) section below for more about using IRs.
|
||||
|
||||
The Cab model's Focus view
|
||||
|
||||
The Cab IR's Focus View
|
||||
|
||||
 **Focus:** While Focus view is shown, the icon appears white  . Tap to exit Focus view.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Cab or Cab IR:** Since a Cab block offers two tabbed slots, tap the desired slot to view its parameters. Loading a Cab IR is slightly different than loading a Cab---please see the following section on [**Cab IRs**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md#cab-irs).
|
||||
|
||||
 **Mic:** Tap and drag the mic to adjust the Position and Distance parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Angle:** Tap to set the preferred mic angle---0° or 45°
|
||||
|
||||
 **Sidebar:** Several additional options are available here for the selected Cab model/Cab IR.
|
||||
|
||||
* **User Default:** If you find yourself constantly re-tweaking your commonly-used Cabs the same way, **Tap User Default**  **to save the Cab's settings as its new defaults, so it always shows up the way you want.** See [**Creating User Defaults**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md#user-default).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Factory Default:** If you've stored User Default settings for the selected Cab model or Cab IR, **tap Factory Default**  **to return it to its original default settings for all future uses**.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Add to Favorites:** Once a Cab block is configured to your liking, add it as a Favorite to easily recall it for future presets. See [**Adding a Favorite**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/favorites.md).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Amp\>Cab Link:**  By default, changing an Amp model will automatically recall a "matched" cab for the left tab of its linked Cab block. When an Amp and Cab block are linked, selecting one of them will display a gold link icon (see below). When off, changing Amp models does not affect the Cab block. (Note that Amp \> Clone type blocks cannot be linked to Cabs.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
"Linked" Amp and Cab blocks
|
||||
|
||||
* **Amp\>Cab Link** is only active when you add the Amp \& Cab with the Amp Model List's [**Add Cab Block**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/amp-blocks.md) toggle. Note that Amp\>Cab Link is also not active when an Amp or Amp+Cab Clone is selected in the Amp block.
|
||||
|
||||
* The Cab block's right tab Cab model remains unchanged when **Amp\>Cab Link** is enabled unless you also have **Cab\>Cab Link** enabled (see the next item).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Cab\>Cab Link: Tap**  **on to link both sides of a Cab block.** When on, changing the left cab automatically loads the same cab on the right. This can be helpful when you want the same cab but different mics, or the same cab and mic but different mic positions or distances.
|
||||
|
||||
* Changing the right Cab does not affect the left Cab.
|
||||
|
||||
## Cab Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Cab parameters in the inspector (left cab selected)
|
||||
**Tip:** Cab blocks offer a lot of choices and possible speaker and mic combinations. Once you've edited and configured a Cab block exactly how you like, it is a good idea to add it as a Favorite so you can easily use it for future presets. See [**Adding a Favorite**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/favorites.md).
|
||||
**Tip:** Tap any Cab parameter in the Inspector to open its [**Parameter Panel**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md#a40a6151-8ad3-457a-a0bc-e65f4bc8aa32), where you'll find a handy description.
|
||||
**Note:** The following is the list of parameters offered when a Cab Model is selected. Cab IRs offer their own set of parameters---see the [**Cab IR Parameters**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md#24a57b1c-bae4-41db-ac32-a5d9ff67210d) section.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Cab Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|-------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Bypass** | **Tap**  **in the inspector to turn the block on and off, independent of any footswitch assignment.** **Note:**A Cab block's Bypass is not automatically assigned to a Stomp mode footswitch. But you can manually assign any Cab block by selecting the block within the signal flow, touching a Stomp mode footswitch, and tapping Assign Block when prompted. |
|
||||
| **Mic** | Selects the mic pointed at the cabinet. (Guitar and Bass cabs have different sets of mics available; see [**Cab Mics**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/cab-blocks.md#cab-mic-models).) Mic selection can have as big an impact on your tone as tweaking the Amp's tonestack or even applying an EQ block, so experimentation is key here. |
|
||||
| **Position** | Sets the lateral location of the mic in relation to the speaker cone, from the center of the speaker to the edge. The "Cab Edge" value may appear in a different location depending on the selected cab. |
|
||||
| **Distance** | Sets the distance of the mic from the speaker. Choose from 1.00" to 12.00" in 1/4" increments. |
|
||||
| **Angle** | Sets the angle of the mic relative to the front of the speaker cabinet. 0 degrees is pointing directly at the speaker; 45 degrees is pointing off-axis. |
|
||||
| **Low Cut** | Applies a low cut (high pass) filter, letting you remove all audio below a certain frequency. May be useful in removing undesirable low end rumble. |
|
||||
| **High Cut** | Applies a high cut (low pass) filter, letting you remove all audio above a certain frequency. May be useful in removing high end harshness. |
|
||||
| **Level** | Sets the overall level of the Cab. Use to adjust level against the other side of the Cab block. |
|
||||
| **Pan** | Controls the panning of the Cab between the left and right channels. For stereo setups, the Cab block can sound much wider if the two sides are panned opposite of one another ("Left 100" and "Right 100"). **Note:** It is best to keep this set to Center when using a single Cab or when mono output is desired. |
|
||||
| **Delay** | Delays the signal slightly to purposely impart a bit of phase incoherence or at higher values, increase the Cab block's apparent stereo width (or at extreme values, a bit of doubling effect). A little goes a long way here. When set to "Auto" (all the way left, before 0.0 ms), it approximates the delay through the air when changing the mic Distance parameter. For most use cases, however, we recommend leaving Delay set to "0.0 ms." |
|
||||
|
||||
## Cab IRs
|
||||
|
||||
Instead of Cabs, you can load one or two Cab IRs to a Cab block. **Impulse Responses** , or "**IRs**" are mathematical functions representing the sonic measurements of audio systems (in this case, speaker cabinet and mic combinations)---resulting in very short audio files that can then be loaded into an IR loader to provide a virtual recreation of the entire system---cabinet, speaker, mic, and perhaps even some post-processing like EQ. This process of "capturing" speaker cabs as IRs has made it possible to have an endless number of combinations of speakers, cabinets, microphones, mic placement, etc., for use with Helix Stadium and other amps and devices. Helix Stadium can load thousands of Cab IRs in nested folders, organized however you like.
|
||||
|
||||
### Importing IRs
|
||||
|
||||
Importing IR files is easily accomplished using the free **Helix Stadium application** for macOS and Windows^®^ computers. Please see the **Helix Stadium Application -** [**Importing IR Files**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/librarian-view.md#importing-irs) section.
|
||||
**Note:** If you import several hundred IR files, the next time you power on Helix Stadium, it may take a few extra minutes to complete initial indexing for the IR Library. Subsequent startups will not require this additional indexing time.
|
||||
|
||||
**Helix Stadium supports IRs in WAV (.wav)** **format**. Regardless of the source WAV file's length, sample rate, bit depth, and mono/stereo format, Cab IRs are processed internally as 2048-sample, 48kHz, 32-bit float, mono files.
|
||||
**Tip:** WAV IR files supported by Helix^®^, HX^®^, POD^®^ Go devices, as well as Helix Native and Metallurgy^®^ software, are also compatible with Helix Stadium.
|
||||
|
||||
### Loading an IR within a Cab Block
|
||||
|
||||
Once you've imported IRs into Helix Stadium, you can select, audition, and load an IR within the Model List.
|
||||
|
||||
1. **With a Cab block selected, tap the left or right side of the Inspector header to open the Model List (also see the next section).**
|
||||
|
||||
2. Tap **Cab IR**  in the sidebar to scroll to the bottom of the list, then tap on **2048 IR**  **(below left).**
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Tap on the pink \<EMPTY\> box to open the USER CAB IRs file browser. Navigate the browser to find the IR you want and tap to audition it (below right). Return to the Home \> Edit screen once you've selected the desired IR file.**
|
||||
|
||||
* To clear the IR file from the Cab, tap the small X icon in the pink box  .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Model List \> Cab \> IR
|
||||
|
||||
Selecting an IR file from the User Cab IR list
|
||||
|
||||
### The USER CAB IR List
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The Cab IR File List offers the following options
|
||||
|
||||
 **Search Field:** Tap to type a search term in this field to filter the list of IRs.
|
||||
|
||||
 **User Cab IRs Folder:** Tap on this folder in the left column to display the list of all your imported User Cab IR files within the middle column.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Cab IR list:** Once IR files have been imported into Helix Stadium, the middle column shows your library of User Cab IRs.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Sidebar:** Allows you to manage your IR files.
|
||||
|
||||
**Manage Files:** Tap  to show a list of options in the sidebar to manage the IR files. Check the box to select one or more IRs to apply the sidebar commands, as shown below.
|
||||
|
||||
The Manage IRs option is selected, allowing IRs or subfolders to be checked
|
||||
|
||||
* **Select All**: "Checks" all IRs in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Deselect All**: "Unchecks" all checked IRs in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Copy Files** : Copies all checked IR files to the clipboard, letting you copy one or more User IRs and then **paste** them into a different folder or subfolder.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Paste Files**: Pastes the clipboard contents into the currently selected folder or subfolder.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Move to Folder** : Allows you to select one or more IRs and *move* them from their current list location into a selected subfolder.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Delete Files** : Permanently clears the selected User IR(s) from Helix Stadium.^\*^
|
||||
|
||||
^**\***^**Important!**Deleting an IR file from the IR Library that is used within any saved preset will result in the preset's Cab block changing to "UNRESOLVED," with no IR loaded in the respective tab. Tap the UNRESOLVED tab and choose a new IR or Cab model, then save the preset to retain your change.
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure to keep backup copies of all your purchased IR files before deleting them from Helix Stadium!
|
||||
|
||||
**Rename File/Rename Folder** : Tap  to rename the current IR file or subfolder with your own custom name.
|
||||
|
||||
**New Folder** : Tap  to create and name a new empty subfolder. Use the **Manage Files** functions to copy or move IRs into the subfolders you create.
|
||||
|
||||
**Snapshot Control:** By default, this switch is **Off** . Toggle the switch to its right position to **On**  . When enabled, loading a different IR file in the current tab will be stored and recalled per snapshot for the preset.
|
||||
|
||||
 **Inspector**: Displays two Cab tabs and parameters for the selected tab.
|
||||
|
||||
* **Cab/IR Tabs:** A Cab block always lets you load two Cabs or two Cab IRs (or one of each). In the image above, the left tab has the Cab IR "LRS GOLD 1PC4" loaded, and the right tab is empty (No Cab).
|
||||
|
||||
* **Focus Icon:** **Tap to open Focus view. Tap and drag the Mic to set its Position and Distance relative to the Cab speaker, just as you would in the studio. Tap the 0°/45° toggle to set the Angle.** See [**Focus View**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/the-focus-view.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Cab IR Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
| **Cab IR Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|----------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Low Cut** | Applies a low cut (high pass) filter, letting you remove all audio below a certain frequency. May be useful in removing undesirable low end rumble. |
|
||||
| **High Cut** | Applies a high cut (low pass) filter, letting you remove all audio above a certain frequency. May be useful in removing high end harshness. |
|
||||
| **Polarity** | Inverts the polarity of the signal. Using two Cab IRs from different 3rd party vendors or trying to blend a Cab with a Cab IR can sometimes result in a thin or anemic sound. Try setting Polarity to "Inverted" to see if it helps. |
|
||||
| **Delay** | Delays the signal slightly to time-align with the other side of the Cab block (helping to avoid phase issues). It can also be used to purposely impart a bit of phase incoherence or at higher values, increase the Cab block's apparent stereo width. A little goes a long way here. |
|
||||
| **Mix** | Controls the blend between the incoming "dry" signal and the Cab IR-processed "wet" signal. A 0%, no IR is heard; at 100%, no dry signal is heard. Normally, this should be left at 100%. |
|
||||
| **Level** | Sets the overall level of the Cab IR. This can be handy for balancing the level with the other Cab or Cab IR in the Cab block. |
|
||||
| **Pan** | Controls the panning of the IR between the left and right channels. For stereo setups, the Cab block can sound much wider if the two sides are panned opposite of one another ("Left 100" and "Right 100"). |
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||
---
|
||||
version: "Rev D_v1.3"
|
||||
language: "en"
|
||||
---
|
||||
# Effects
|
||||
|
||||
Helix Stadium effect blocks offer hundreds of effects of all types, most available in both **Mono** and **Stereo** versions. Also included are selected effects from the classic Line 6 DL4™, DM4™, MM4™, and FM4™ stompboxes, as well as M13^®^, M9^®^, and M5^®^ processors---these are offered within the Amp and Effect models' **Legacy** subcategory.
|
||||
**Tip!** For the complete, current lists of all Amps, Cabs, and Effects included in Helix Stadium, along with the original gear they are based on, please see the [***Helix Stadium Model List***](https://line6.com/helix-stadium-models/) on the Line 6 website.
|
||||
|
||||
##  Distortion
|
||||
|
||||
Boosts, Overdrives, Distortions, Fuzzes, and other forms of dirt. Using the Stadium **Proxy** feature (firmware v1.3 and later), you can create Clones of your own distortion pedals. Once one or more Distortion Clones are created, they are available within the Distortion category of the Model List, as shown below. Please see the following [**Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/clones.md) page for additional details.
|
||||
|
||||
### Selecting a Distortion Clone
|
||||
|
||||
Once you've created one or more Distortion Clones, tap the **Distortion** category button in the Inspector  to open its Model List, and select the **CLONE** subcategory within the sidebar to the block to your preset (shown below). Then tap on the "Empty" Clone file box at the top of the Inspector to open the Distortion - Clone file browser, where you can audition and load a Clone file. Please see the [**Selecting \& Managing Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/selecting-and-managing-clones.md) page for additional details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
##  Delay
|
||||
|
||||
Echo and Delay units of all flavors: Slapback, Doubler, Tape Machine, Platter, Analog, Digital, Reverse, and more.
|
||||
|
||||
##  Reverb
|
||||
|
||||
Ambiences of all types are offered: Room, Plate, Hall, Chamber, Spring, Shimmer, Nonlinear, and more.
|
||||
|
||||
##  Modulation
|
||||
|
||||
Add some swirl and dimension with this large assortment of Modulation effects: Tremolo, Vibrato, Phase Shift, Flanger, Chorus, Rotary, and more.
|
||||
|
||||
##  Dynamics
|
||||
|
||||
Level up with Dynamics tools for all stages of your signal flow: Compressors, Gates, AutoSwell, Feedbacker, and more.
|
||||
|
||||
##  EQ
|
||||
|
||||
Expertly sculpt and shape your tone with this assortment of Equalization tools.
|
||||
|
||||
##  Pitch and Synth
|
||||
|
||||
The Pitch-based and Synthesis models in this category provide a multitude of extreme effects, including pedal-controlled and polyphonic pitch shifting, intelligent harmonization, 12-string emulation, ring modulation, oscillating synth filters, and more.
|
||||
|
||||
##  Wah and Filter
|
||||
|
||||
A collection of classic wahs and a stash of familiar to bizarre filter-based effects are found here.
|
||||
|
||||
##  Volume and Pan
|
||||
|
||||
This category's tools are excellent for building tones with even greater functionality: Volume for a volume pedal, Gain for a clean boost, and Stereo Width, Imaging, and Pan for modifying your stereo image.
|
||||
|
||||
##  Looper
|
||||
|
||||
Choose from a variety of Loopers to put Helix Stadium to work as a creative sketchpad or serious performance rig. Note that only one Looper block can be added per preset. Please see the full [**Looper Block**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/looper-block.md) page for details on using the different Looper types.
|
||||
|
||||
## Common Effect Parameters
|
||||
|
||||
Due to the sheer number of effect models available, it would take numerous pages to document all their individual parameters! However, many parameters are common among effects, so we've included a table here for your reference. For details on editing Helix Stadium models, please refer to the [**Creating and Editing Tones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/building-and-editing-tones.md) section.
|
||||
|
||||
**Tap any Home \> Edit parameter to read a description of that parameter.**
|
||||
**Tip:** We've meticulously recreated effects from the classic and vintage pedals on which they are based, typically including their quirks and all. Therefore, you might also find it helpful to visit manufacturer and enthusiast websites about the original pedals and read the specifics of their knobs and switches.
|
||||
|
||||
| **Parameter** | **Description** |
|
||||
|------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| **Drive / Gain** | Adjusts the amount of overdrive, distortion, or fuzz. |
|
||||
| **Bass** | Adjusts the low frequency level of the effect. |
|
||||
| **Mid** | Adjusts the midrange frequency level of the effect. |
|
||||
| **Treble** | Adjusts the high frequency level of the effect. |
|
||||
| **Speed / Rate** | Common in Modulation and some Delay and Reverb effects, adjusts the rate of the amplitude or pitch modulation, with higher settings providing faster rates. **Press the knob to toggle between Hz and note values.** Not all Rate parameters can be synced to note values, as they may be non-linear and highly interactive. (Note that stepping on TAP once resets the modulation any LFO-based effects, such as tremolos and rotary speakers.) |
|
||||
| **Time** | Found in Delays, adjusts the delay/repeat time, with higher settings providing longer delays. **Press the knob to toggle between ms and note values.** Choosing a **ms** value provides a specific time in milliseconds; choosing a **note division** value provides a time based on the current tempo. |
|
||||
| **Depth** | Adjusts the intensity of the modulation. Higher settings result in more extreme pitch bending, wobble, or throb, depending on the effect. |
|
||||
| **Feedback** | Adjusts the amount of delayed signal fed back into the effect. Higher settings can provide more dramatic textures. |
|
||||
| **Decay** | Sets the length of time the reverb effect sustains. |
|
||||
| **Predelay** | Determines the time before the reverb effect is heard. Can sometimes result in more definition between the dry and effected signals. |
|
||||
| **Scale** | On stereo delays, the Scale offers control over the left \& right channel repeats proportionately. The left channel repeats follow the Time value, and the right channel repeats at some percentage of the left time. For example, if a delay's Time is set for 1 second and its Scale set to 75%, the left channel will repeat at 1 second and the right at 750 milliseconds (ms). |
|
||||
| **Spread** | Spread differs slightly among stereo delay effects. For most delays, it adjusts how widely the repeats bounce left and right. For example, with the Ping Pong Delay, 0 is centered (mono), and 10 is full left to right panning for the repeats. For modulated stereo delays, Spread affects the LFOs' (low frequency oscillators) stereo modulation behavior. At 0, the LFOs are in sync. At 10, the two LFOs are 180 degrees out of sync, so that when one side is modulating up, the other side is modulating down. |
|
||||
| **Headroom** | Some mod and delay pedals' internal signal paths exhibit a bit of grit, especially when placed after a high-gain amp block. Negative values increase the perceived amount of grit; positive values clean things up a bit. At 0dB, the model behaves like the original pedal. |
|
||||
| **Low Cut** | Filters a portion of the block's bass and/or treble frequencies, which can help remove rumble and/or high-end harshness. For delays, these typically affect the repeats only. |
|
||||
| **High Cut** | Filters a portion of the block's bass and/or treble frequencies, which can help remove rumble and/or high-end harshness. For delays, these typically affect the repeats only. |
|
||||
| **Mix** | Blends the effected "wet" signal vs. the "dry" signal passed through the block. When set to 0%, the path bypasses the effect completely. When set to 100%, the entire path is fed through the effect, and no dry signal is heard. |
|
||||
| **Level** | Adjusts the overall output level of the effects block. Be careful not to boost this parameter on multiple blocks, as digital clipping may occur. You should typically leave this at 0.0dB for most blocks. Where the original pedal's level or volume knob behavior doesn't really apply to dB values, 0.0-10 may be used. |
|
||||
| **Trails** | *Trails Off:* Any delay repeats or reverb decays are instantly muted when the block is bypassed. *Trails On:* Any delay repeats or reverb decays continue to fade out naturally when the block is bypassed, or a different snapshot is selected. |
|
||||
| **Sidechain** | Offered for all Dynamics models (except Feedbacker), the *Sidechain* setting lets you configure the compressor/limiter/gate's Threshold to be triggered by the signal received at the block's input (Off, the default), or by one of several other input signal levels, such as an Instrument, Mic, Return, USB, or S/PDIF. This provides some different options for dynamic control, like ducking, where one sound---for example, a gate or compressor placed after a distortion or amp block might have difficulty reacting to the incoming signal, but setting Sidechain to that path's input can improve the effect's response. |
|
||||
|
||||
**Note:** Distortion clones offer their own set of parameters---please see the following [**Selecting and Managing Clones**](https://manuals.line6.com/en/helix-stadium/live/selecting-and-managing-clones.md) page.
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 42 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M47,13V7c0-3.313-2.687-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v6H47z M24.186,4.766c1.524,0,2.761,1.236,2.761,2.76
|
||||
c0,1.525-1.236,2.761-2.761,2.761s-2.761-1.236-2.761-2.761C21.425,6.002,22.661,4.766,24.186,4.766z M16.497,4.766
|
||||
c1.525,0,2.761,1.236,2.761,2.76c0,1.525-1.236,2.761-2.761,2.761c-1.524,0-2.76-1.236-2.76-2.761
|
||||
C13.736,6.002,14.972,4.766,16.497,4.766z M8.808,4.766c1.525,0,2.761,1.236,2.761,2.76c0,1.525-1.236,2.761-2.761,2.761
|
||||
c-1.524,0-2.76-1.236-2.76-2.761C6.047,6.002,7.283,4.766,8.808,4.766z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M1,16v25c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6V16H1z M24.394,43.261c-6.613,0-11.975-5.361-11.975-11.975
|
||||
s5.361-11.975,11.975-11.975s11.975,5.361,11.975,11.975S31.007,43.261,24.394,43.261z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<circle cx="24.394" cy="31.286" r="3.993"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<line display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" x1="23.5" y1="10" x2="23.5" y2="22"/>
|
||||
<line display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" x1="43" y1="13.546" x2="19.938" y2="53.489"/>
|
||||
<line display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" x1="5" y1="13.545" x2="11.904" y2="25.504"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h13.798l20.037-34.704l4.33,2.5L26.571,47H41c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6V7
|
||||
C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z M9.739,26.754L2.835,14.795l4.33-2.5l6.904,11.958L9.739,26.754z M26,22h-5V10h5V22z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.2 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<circle cx="24" cy="23.999" r="23"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<path id="full_sin_1_" display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" d="M-6.638,31.942
|
||||
M-6.64,31.94c1.398,3.74,2.795,7.481,4.388,7.481 M2.129,31.94c-1.397,3.739-2.793,7.481-4.386,7.481 M2.128,31.94
|
||||
c1.397-3.74,2.795-7.481,4.387-7.481 M10.896,31.941C9.5,28.2,8.104,24.459,6.511,24.459 M10.896,31.942
|
||||
c1.398,3.741,2.795,7.481,4.385,7.481 M19.665,31.942c-1.398,3.741-2.795,7.481-4.387,7.481 M19.665,31.943
|
||||
c1.396-3.741,2.792-7.481,4.385-7.481 M28.432,31.943c-1.397-3.741-2.794-7.481-4.386-7.481 M28.432,31.941
|
||||
c1.397,3.74,2.792,7.481,4.386,7.481 M37.197,31.941c-1.396,3.74-2.792,7.481-4.386,7.481 M37.197,31.941
|
||||
c1.399-3.74,2.796-7.48,4.387-7.48 M45.966,31.942c-1.396-3.741-2.794-7.481-4.385-7.481 M45.966,31.941
|
||||
c1.396,3.74,2.793,7.481,4.389,7.481 M54.733,31.941c-1.396,3.74-2.791,7.481-4.385,7.481 M54.733,31.942
|
||||
c1.398-3.741,2.793-7.481,4.387-7.481 M63.501,31.942c-1.398-3.741-2.793-7.481-4.387-7.481 M63.501,31.94
|
||||
c1.395,3.74,2.793,7.481,4.387,7.481 M72.269,31.94c-1.395,3.739-2.793,7.481-4.385,7.481 M72.269,31.94
|
||||
c1.396-3.74,2.791-7.481,4.385-7.481 M81.038,31.941c-1.398-3.741-2.797-7.482-4.387-7.482 M81.038,31.942
|
||||
c1.396,3.741,2.795,7.481,4.385,7.481 M89.806,31.942c-1.396,3.741-2.795,7.481-4.385,7.481 M89.806,31.943"/>
|
||||
<path id="full_sin_2_" display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" d="M-4.638,16.942
|
||||
M-4.64,16.94c1.398,3.74,2.795,7.481,4.388,7.481 M4.129,16.94c-1.397,3.739-2.793,7.481-4.386,7.481 M4.128,16.94
|
||||
c1.397-3.74,2.795-7.481,4.387-7.481 M12.896,16.941C11.5,13.2,10.104,9.459,8.511,9.459 M12.896,16.942
|
||||
c1.398,3.741,2.795,7.481,4.385,7.481 M21.665,16.942c-1.398,3.741-2.795,7.481-4.387,7.481 M21.665,16.943
|
||||
c1.396-3.741,2.792-7.481,4.385-7.481 M30.432,16.943c-1.397-3.741-2.794-7.481-4.386-7.481 M30.432,16.941
|
||||
c1.397,3.74,2.792,7.481,4.386,7.481 M39.197,16.941c-1.396,3.74-2.792,7.481-4.386,7.481 M39.197,16.941
|
||||
c1.399-3.74,2.796-7.48,4.387-7.48 M47.966,16.942c-1.396-3.741-2.794-7.481-4.385-7.481 M47.966,16.941
|
||||
c1.396,3.74,2.793,7.481,4.389,7.481 M56.733,16.941c-1.396,3.74-2.791,7.481-4.385,7.481 M56.733,16.942
|
||||
c1.398-3.741,2.793-7.481,4.387-7.481 M65.501,16.942c-1.398-3.741-2.793-7.481-4.387-7.481 M65.501,16.94
|
||||
c1.395,3.74,2.793,7.481,4.387,7.481 M74.269,16.94c-1.395,3.739-2.793,7.481-4.385,7.481 M74.269,16.94
|
||||
c1.396-3.74,2.791-7.481,4.385-7.481 M83.038,16.941c-1.398-3.741-2.797-7.482-4.387-7.482 M83.038,16.942
|
||||
c1.396,3.741,2.795,7.481,4.385,7.481 M91.806,16.942c-1.396,3.741-2.795,7.481-4.385,7.481 M91.806,16.943"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Composed">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<polygon points="2.15,32 2.148,31.998 2.147,32 "/>
|
||||
<path d="M35.904,31.415C37.664,26.709,38.952,23,41.573,23c0.002,0,0.005,0,0.01,0h0.001c0.003,0,0.006,0,0.008,0
|
||||
c2.533,0,3.745,3.462,5.408,7.938V18.679c-0.141-0.374-0.283-0.753-0.428-1.141c-0.004-0.01-0.008-0.056-0.012-0.066
|
||||
c-0.801-2.146-2.11-5.649-2.978-6.419c-0.864,0.768-2.173,4.273-2.974,6.413c-0.002,0.006-0.004,0.032-0.007,0.039
|
||||
C38.845,22.216,37.455,26,34.834,26c-0.006,0-0.014,0-0.02,0c-0.008,0-0.014,0-0.02,0c-2.613,0-4-3.763-5.752-8.451
|
||||
c-0.006-0.014-0.011-0.067-0.017-0.081l-0.002-0.004c-0.801-2.146-2.11-5.652-2.977-6.42c-0.868,0.768-2.177,4.277-2.978,6.424
|
||||
c-0.004,0.01-0.008,0.021-0.012,0.031c-1.759,4.705-3.15,8.418-5.773,8.425c-0.002,0-0.003-0.002-0.006,0
|
||||
c-0.002-0.002-0.004,0-0.006,0c-2.625-0.007-4.016-3.73-5.778-8.444c-0.004-0.011-0.008-0.021-0.011-0.032
|
||||
c-0.802-2.148-2.105-5.639-2.971-6.406c-0.866,0.769-2.177,4.277-2.979,6.423l-1.405-0.52l0.166,0.067l-0.147-0.045l1.378,0.559
|
||||
c-1.458,3.9-2.664,7.153-4.526,8.152v5.03c1.636-4.362,3.016-7.735,5.5-7.749c0.004,0,0.008,0.002,0.013,0
|
||||
c0.003,0.001,0.009,0,0.013,0c2.625,0.014,4.016,3.742,5.775,8.458c0.004,0.01,0.007,0.02,0.011,0.029
|
||||
c0.802,2.145,1.978,5.631,2.84,6.396C16.017,37.076,17,33.576,18,31.434v0.005c0-0.003,0.13,0.003,0.132-0.001
|
||||
C19.891,26.723,21.409,23,24.035,23c0.004,0,0.007,0,0.013,0c0.002,0,0.009-0.019,0.013-0.019
|
||||
c2.615,0.014,4.005,3.699,5.759,8.393c0.006,0.014,0.011,0.029,0.017,0.043l0.009,0.023c0.799,2.139,2.209,5.636,3.072,6.403
|
||||
C33.785,37.074,35,33.568,36,31.422v0.004C36,31.419,35.902,31.422,35.904,31.415z"/>
|
||||
<polygon points="2.11,32 2.108,31.999 2.108,32 "/>
|
||||
<path d="M44.572,32.497c-0.004-0.01-0.008-0.02-0.012-0.03c-0.801-2.146-2.11-5.654-2.978-6.424
|
||||
c-0.864,0.768-2.173,4.264-2.974,6.403c-0.002,0.007-0.004,0.013-0.007,0.02c-1.758,4.711-3.147,8.436-5.769,8.457
|
||||
c-0.006,0-0.014,0.002-0.02,0c-0.008,0.002-0.014,0.001-0.02,0.001c-2.613-0.021-4-3.959-5.752-8.646
|
||||
C27.037,32.264,27.032,32,27.026,32h-0.002c-0.801-2-2.111-5.413-2.977-6.181c-0.867,0.768-2.176,4.403-2.977,6.55
|
||||
c-0.004,0.01-0.008,0.099-0.012,0.109C19.3,37.183,17.908,41,15.286,41c-0.002,0-0.005,0-0.006,0
|
||||
c-0.004,0-0.004-0.037-0.006-0.037c-2.625-0.007-4.016-3.769-5.778-8.482c-0.004-0.01-0.008-0.02-0.011-0.03
|
||||
c-0.802-2.148-2.105-5.636-2.971-6.402c-0.866,0.769-2.177,4.282-2.979,6.429l-1.228-0.445l1.219,0.495
|
||||
C2.658,34.848,1.88,36.94,1,38.466V41c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6v-2.769
|
||||
C46.159,36.735,45.406,34.731,44.572,32.497z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M2.716,16.453l0.011,0.004C4.487,11.748,5.879,8,8.5,8c0.004,0,0.008,0,0.013,0c0.003,0,0.009-0.02,0.013-0.02
|
||||
c2.625,0.014,4.016,3.721,5.775,8.438c0.004,0.01,0.007,0.02,0.011,0.03c0.802,2.145,1.978,5.631,2.84,6.397
|
||||
C18.017,22.077,19,18.577,20,16.433v0.005c0-0.004,0.13,0.003,0.132,0C21.891,11.722,23.409,8,26.035,8c0.004,0,0.007,0,0.013,0
|
||||
c0.004,0,0.009,0,0.013,0c2.615,0,4.019,3.699,5.772,8.393c0.006,0.014,0.024,0.009,0.03,0.023l0.034,0.023
|
||||
c0.799,2.139,2.157,5.634,3.021,6.401C35.785,22.072,37,18.563,38,16.417c0,0,0-0.001,0-0.001c0-0.007-0.098,0.006-0.096-0.001
|
||||
C39.664,11.709,40.952,8,43.573,8c0.002,0,0.005,0,0.01,0h0.001c0.003,0,0.006,0,0.008,0c1.464,0,2.485,1.156,3.408,2.995V7
|
||||
c0-3.313-2.687-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v13.737C1.619,19.383,2.252,17.693,2.716,16.453z"/>
|
||||
<polygon points="1,31.557 1,31.558 1.046,31.575 "/>
|
||||
<polygon points="4.11,17 4.108,17 4.108,17 "/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 6.6 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<polyline id="Limiter_Path" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" points="5.5,53.25 24,12.5 65.5,12.5 "/>
|
||||
<path id="Compressor_Path" display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" d="M8.5,53.25
|
||||
c0,0,15.445-34.126,16.146-35.565c1.929-3.964,2.947-5.192,8.477-5.186c1.39,0.001,35.378,0,35.378,0"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Composed">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M8.585,47c4.368-9.646,13.269-29.291,13.813-30.409C24.576,12.113,26.345,10,33.088,10c0.013,0,0.024,0,0.037,0
|
||||
C33.703,10,39.93,10,47,10V7c0-3.313-2.688-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6H8.585z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M33.119,15c-0.021,0-0.043,0-0.063,0c-4.323,0-4.574,0.515-6.162,3.779C26.449,19.691,19.506,35.006,14.074,47H41
|
||||
c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V15C39.928,15,33.698,15,33.119,15z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<text transform="matrix(1 0 0 1 9.8389 32.5723)" fill="#FFFFFF" font-family="'PalatinoLinotype-BoldItalic'" font-size="34">fx</text>
|
||||
|
||||
<text id="k" transform="matrix(1 0 0 1 14.5454 35.5723)" display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" font-family="'PalatinoLinotype-BoldItalic'" font-size="34">k</text>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Composed">
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z M26.805,26.91
|
||||
c0.648,1.788,1.178,3.092,1.586,3.91c0.41,0.819,0.711,1.303,0.904,1.453c0.195,0.148,0.375,0.224,0.541,0.224
|
||||
c0.42,0,1.211-0.398,2.373-1.195l0.184,0.017l0.365,0.647l-0.051,0.232c-0.441,0.276-0.885,0.57-1.328,0.88
|
||||
c-2.113,1.472-3.529,2.208-4.25,2.208c-0.199,0-0.381-0.044-0.547-0.133s-0.369-0.302-0.607-0.64
|
||||
c-0.236-0.337-0.492-0.852-0.763-1.543c-0.271-0.692-0.681-1.777-1.229-3.254c-0.548-1.479-0.911-2.493-1.087-3.047
|
||||
c-0.62,0.643-1.054,1.148-1.303,1.52s-0.429,0.708-0.54,1.012c-0.111,0.305-0.26,0.922-0.448,1.852
|
||||
c-0.188,0.93-0.315,1.613-0.382,2.051c-0.066,0.437-0.1,0.882-0.1,1.336c-1.118,0.056-2.374,0.276-3.769,0.664l-0.282-0.415
|
||||
c0.93-3.243,1.887-7.509,2.872-12.8c0.985-5.29,1.478-8.19,1.478-8.699c0-0.266-0.075-0.465-0.224-0.598s-0.379-0.208-0.689-0.224
|
||||
c-0.31-0.017-0.896-0.03-1.76-0.042L17.6,12.177l0.116-0.714l0.149-0.149c2.413-0.299,4.665-0.819,6.757-1.561l0.414,0.365
|
||||
c-0.553,2.214-1.776,7.836-3.668,16.867c0.044-0.044,0.47-0.559,1.278-1.544c1.04-1.272,1.961-2.341,2.764-3.204
|
||||
c0.802-0.863,1.612-1.607,2.433-2.233c0.818-0.625,1.537-1.054,2.158-1.287c0.619-0.232,1.268-0.349,1.941-0.349
|
||||
c0.299,0,0.604,0.033,0.914,0.1l0.066,0.199c-0.332,1.118-0.537,1.959-0.615,2.523l-0.182,0.133
|
||||
c-0.654-0.21-1.156-0.315-1.512-0.315c-0.719,0-1.521,0.21-2.406,0.631c-0.887,0.421-1.738,1.107-2.557,2.059
|
||||
C25.773,24.053,26.158,25.123,26.805,26.91z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.4 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<line display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" x1="-11" y1="18.5" x2="28" y2="18.5"/>
|
||||
<line display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" x1="-18" y1="29.5" x2="28" y2="29.5"/>
|
||||
<polyline display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" points="19.25,9.504 33.746,24 19.25,38.496 "/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<polygon points="30.211,24 27.211,21 1,21 1,27 27.211,27 "/>
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v9h21.21l-4.728-4.728l3.535-3.535L37.281,24L21.018,40.264l-3.535-3.535L22.211,32H1v9
|
||||
c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<polyline display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-miterlimit="10" points="-47,33.5 9,33.5
|
||||
11.353,22.952 15.154,40.249 19.336,33.5 83,33.5 "/>
|
||||
<polyline display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-miterlimit="10" points="-27,20.5 29,20.5
|
||||
31.354,9.952 35.154,27.249 39.336,20.5 103,20.5 "/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<polygon points="31.343,16.89 30.202,22 12.68,22 15.826,36.317 18.501,32 47,32 47,22 40.171,22 34.482,31.182 "/>
|
||||
<path d="M10.698,19l0.666-2.986L12.02,19h15.778l3.566-15.986l4.462,20.303L38.501,19H47V7c0-3.313-2.687-6-6-6H7
|
||||
C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v12H10.698z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M20.171,35l-5.688,9.181l-3.14-14.29L10.202,35H1v6c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6v-6H20.171z"/>
|
||||
<polygon points="7.798,32 10.028,22 1,22 1,32 "/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1">
|
||||
<path d="M31.5,2.262v8.767C35.976,13.628,39,18.462,39,24c0,8.271-6.729,15-15,15c-8.271,0-15-6.729-15-15
|
||||
c0-5.538,3.024-10.372,7.5-12.971V2.262C7.49,5.38,1,13.943,1,24c0,12.682,10.318,23,23,23c12.683,0,23-10.318,23-23
|
||||
C47,13.943,40.51,5.379,31.5,2.262z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M20,25.5h8V1.354C26.7,1.126,25.365,1,24,1s-2.7,0.126-4,0.354V25.5z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Composed">
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 857 B |
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Original" display="none">
|
||||
<circle display="inline" cx="24" cy="23.999" r="23"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="4" stroke-linecap="round" d="M-29.056,27.166 M-15.749,27.162
|
||||
c-0.524,2.555-1.05,5.108-1.578,7.51l-10.135,0.07c-0.534-2.42-1.064-4.999-1.594-7.58 M-2.44,27.164
|
||||
c-1.035-5.03-2.067-10.06-3.134-13.896l-7.039-0.01c-1.068,3.837-2.102,8.872-3.136,13.904 M-2.44,27.162 M-2.44,27.166
|
||||
M10.868,27.162c-0.524,2.555-1.05,5.108-1.579,7.51l-10.134,0.07c-0.534-2.42-1.063-4.999-1.595-7.58 M24.176,27.164
|
||||
c-1.034-5.031-2.066-10.06-3.133-13.896l-7.04-0.01c-1.067,3.837-2.101,8.872-3.136,13.904 M24.176,27.162 M24.176,27.166
|
||||
M37.483,27.162c-0.525,2.555-1.052,5.11-1.58,7.51l-10.132,0.07c-0.536-2.418-1.065-4.999-1.596-7.58 M50.791,27.164
|
||||
c-1.035-5.031-2.065-10.06-3.134-13.896l-7.04-0.01c-1.065,3.837-2.099,8.872-3.134,13.904 M50.791,27.162 M50.791,27.166
|
||||
M64.102,27.162c-0.524,2.555-1.052,5.11-1.581,7.51l-10.133,0.07c-0.536-2.418-1.064-4.999-1.597-7.58 M77.408,27.164
|
||||
c-1.037-5.031-2.066-10.06-3.137-13.896l-7.037-0.01c-1.063,3.837-2.1,8.872-3.133,13.904 M77.408,27.162 M77.408,27.166
|
||||
M90.714,27.162c-0.523,2.555-1.048,5.108-1.575,7.51l-10.137,0.07c-0.534-2.42-1.063-4.999-1.594-7.58 M104.024,27.164
|
||||
c-1.037-5.031-2.066-10.06-3.136-13.896l-7.039-0.01c-1.069,3.837-2.1,8.872-3.136,13.904 M104.024,27.162 M104.024,27.166
|
||||
M117.33,27.162c-0.521,2.555-1.048,5.108-1.574,7.51l-10.137,0.07c-0.536-2.42-1.063-4.999-1.595-7.58 M130.641,27.164
|
||||
c-1.037-5.031-2.065-10.06-3.137-13.896l-7.037-0.01c-1.067,3.837-2.1,8.872-3.137,13.904 M130.641,27.162 M130.641,27.166
|
||||
M143.947,27.162c-0.524,2.555-1.052,5.112-1.58,7.51l-10.133,0.07c-0.534-2.416-1.065-4.999-1.594-7.58 M157.253,27.164
|
||||
c-1.032-5.031-2.063-10.06-3.132-13.896l-7.037-0.01c-1.071,3.837-2.101,8.872-3.137,13.904 M157.253,27.162 M157.253,27.166
|
||||
M170.563,27.162c-0.519,2.555-1.052,5.112-1.578,7.51l-10.133,0.07c-0.535-2.416-1.067-4.999-1.599-7.58 M183.869,27.164
|
||||
c-1.033-5.031-2.062-10.06-3.133-13.896l-7.037-0.01c-1.066,3.837-2.1,8.872-3.137,13.904 M183.869,27.162"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M7.674,32.683c0.413-1.925,0.824-3.923,1.234-5.922c0-0.003,0.001-0.005,0.001-0.008l0.02-0.094
|
||||
c1.017-4.945,2.069-10.059,3.147-13.937l0.408-1.467l10.079,0.015l0.406,1.462c1.079,3.879,2.13,8.994,3.146,13.94
|
||||
c0.003,0.012,0.005,0.022,0.007,0.034c0.004,0.018,0.008,0.035,0.012,0.053l0.038,0.183c0.401,1.956,0.803,3.909,1.207,5.789
|
||||
l7.147-0.049C34.939,30.759,35,28.759,36,26.759c0-0.002,0-0.004,0-0.006l-0.212-0.12c1.015-4.936,1.946-10.039,3.021-13.91
|
||||
l0.349-1.467l4.022,0.006C39.058,5.077,32.006,1,24.015,1C11.312,1,1.007,11.296,1.007,23.999c0,3.087,0.609,6.029,1.711,8.719
|
||||
L7.674,32.683z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M42.153,15.261c-0.907,3.534-1.809,7.919-2.685,12.178l-0.026,0.127c-0.001,0.002-0.001,0.005-0.002,0.007
|
||||
c-0.526,2.562-1.054,5.124-1.584,7.529l-0.343,1.56l-13.345,0.092l-0.35-1.578c-0.525-2.37-1.045-4.896-1.564-7.427l-0.029-0.143
|
||||
c-0.003-0.013-0.006-0.025-0.008-0.039l-0.018-0.088c-0.878-4.271-1.782-8.669-2.692-12.212l-3.967-0.005
|
||||
c-0.91,3.541-1.814,7.936-2.692,12.204l-0.021,0.101c0,0.002-0.001,0.004-0.001,0.006c-0.525,2.563-1.053,5.123-1.583,7.53
|
||||
l-0.343,1.56l-6.071,0.042C8.947,42.908,15.994,47,24,47c12.703,0,23-10.297,23-23.001c0-3.093-0.614-6.041-1.722-8.734
|
||||
L42.153,15.261z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.8 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="48px" height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 477 B |
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" d="M-5,12.5c0,0,11.333,0.167,21,0
|
||||
c6.754-0.116,11.413,19.888,18.167,20c10,0.167,24.833,0,24.833,0"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M15.957,10c4.848-0.12,8.015,5.42,11.34,11.248c1.981,3.473,4.976,8.72,6.912,8.752c3.898,0.066,8.564,0.08,12.791,0.072
|
||||
V7c0-3.313-2.687-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v3.057C5.137,10.082,10.806,10.089,15.957,10z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M45.021,35.073c-3.692,0-7.569-0.018-10.896-0.073c-4.784-0.08-7.887-5.518-11.171-11.273
|
||||
C20.97,20.249,17.975,15,16.061,15c-0.006,0-0.012,0-0.018,0C10.861,15,5.165,15,1,15.001V41c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34
|
||||
c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6v-5.929C46.349,35.072,45.689,35.073,45.021,35.073z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="48px" height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="x">
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<path fill="#800000" d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z
|
||||
M39.436,34.23l-5.205,5.205L24,29.205l-10.23,10.23L8.564,34.23L18.795,24L8.564,13.769l5.205-5.204L24,18.795l10.23-10.23
|
||||
l5.205,5.204L29.205,24L39.436,34.23z"/>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 784 B |
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" d="M-7,20.5c0,0,6.632,0,14.601,0
|
||||
c7.815,0,10.993-10.467,13.093-10.467c3.335,0,5.959,26.467,36.474,26.467c10.001,0,24.833,0,24.833,0"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M7.601,18c3.835,0,6.455-3.792,8.367-6.561c1.507-2.182,2.698-3.906,4.726-3.906c2.401,0,3.453,2.191,5.047,5.507
|
||||
c2.885,6.005,7.812,16.245,21.26,19.743V7c0-3.313-2.687-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v11H7.601z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M21.233,15.206c-0.235-0.49-0.494-1.028-0.74-1.518c-0.143,0.204-0.283,0.407-0.412,0.593
|
||||
C17.829,17.542,14.059,23,7.601,23H1v18c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6v-3.056
|
||||
C30.383,34.247,24.371,21.74,21.233,15.206z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
Executable
+19
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="48px" height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1_1_" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" d="M-7,20.5c0,0,6.632,0,14.601,0
|
||||
c7.815,0,10.993-10.467,13.093-10.467c3.335,0,5.958,26.467,36.474,26.467c10.001,0,24.833,0,24.833,0"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M47.001,18V7c0-3.313-2.687-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v25.783c13.448-3.498,18.375-13.738,21.26-19.743
|
||||
c1.594-3.316,2.646-5.507,5.047-5.507c2.028,0,3.219,1.724,4.727,3.906C33.945,14.208,36.564,18,40.4,18H47.001z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M1.001,37.943V41c0,3.313,2.688,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V23H40.4c-6.459,0-10.229-5.458-12.48-8.719
|
||||
c-0.129-0.187-0.27-0.389-0.412-0.593c-0.246,0.49-0.505,1.028-0.74,1.518C23.63,21.74,17.618,34.247,1.001,37.943z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" style="enable-background:new 0 0 48 48;" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_2">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M8.5,17.824c0.004,0.003,0.008,0.006,0.013,0.006c0.003,0.002,0.009,0.003,0.013,0.004
|
||||
c2.625,0.971,4.016,5.203,5.775,10.561c0.004,0.012,0.007,0.021,0.011,0.033c0.802,2.437,2.106,6.396,2.968,7.477
|
||||
c0.865-0.452,2.175-3.479,2.976-5.33c0.001-0.002,0.002-0.006,0.003-0.008c1.759-4.076,3.149-7.297,5.775-6.355
|
||||
c0.004,0.001,0.007,0.002,0.013,0.005c0.003-0.001,0.01,0.003,0.014,0.005c2.614,0.966,4.006,5.175,5.76,10.507
|
||||
c0.006,0.018,0.011,0.032,0.017,0.049l0.009,0.027c0.799,2.43,2.104,6.398,2.969,7.48c0.867-0.452,2.178-3.485,2.979-5.34v-0.002
|
||||
c0.003-0.006,0.006-0.012,0.008-0.018c1.762-4.064,3.152-7.277,5.773-6.333c0.002,0.001,0.005,0.001,0.01,0.003l0.001,0.002
|
||||
c0.003,0,0.006,0.002,0.008,0.002c1.409,0.519,2.461,1.983,3.407,4.051V22.409c-0.506-1.334-1.013-2.493-1.422-3.005
|
||||
c-0.864,0.453-2.174,3.473-2.975,5.321c-0.002,0.006-0.004,0.012-0.006,0.018c-1.759,4.07-3.147,7.29-5.77,6.357
|
||||
c-0.006-0.002-0.014-0.006-0.02-0.008c-0.009-0.003-0.015-0.005-0.021-0.008c-2.613-0.973-4-5.18-5.752-10.505
|
||||
c-0.007-0.017-0.011-0.033-0.017-0.049l-0.002-0.005c-0.802-2.438-2.11-6.42-2.978-7.504c-0.868,0.452-2.177,3.485-2.978,5.341
|
||||
c-0.004,0.008-0.008,0.018-0.013,0.026c-1.759,4.064-3.15,7.271-5.773,6.323c-0.002,0-0.003-0.003-0.006-0.002
|
||||
c-0.002-0.002-0.004-0.001-0.006-0.002c-2.625-0.962-4.016-5.193-5.778-10.548c-0.004-0.013-0.008-0.024-0.011-0.036
|
||||
c-0.802-2.44-2.105-6.406-2.971-7.487c-0.866,0.453-2.177,3.483-2.979,5.338l-1.314-0.967L6.14,10.954l1.378,1.041
|
||||
c-1.757,4.063-3.146,7.272-5.764,6.338c-0.006-0.003-0.01-0.003-0.017-0.007c-0.004,0.001-0.011-0.004-0.017-0.006
|
||||
C1.468,18.227,1.23,18.094,1,17.942v9.917c0.619-1.13,1.251-2.591,1.714-3.66l1.412,1.018L4.108,25.2l0.002,0.001l-1.386-1.024
|
||||
C4.486,20.104,5.877,16.885,8.5,17.824z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M1.744,15.247c0.864-0.453,2.171-3.474,2.97-5.322l1.412,1.019l-0.02-0.015L6.11,10.93L4.724,9.904
|
||||
C6.485,5.831,7.877,2.612,10.5,3.553c0.004,0.002,0.008,0.002,0.013,0.005c0.003-0.001,0.009,0.003,0.013,0.005
|
||||
c2.625,0.97,4.016,5.203,5.775,10.56c0.004,0.011,0.007,0.022,0.011,0.033c0.802,2.437,2.106,6.396,2.968,7.477
|
||||
c0.865-0.453,2.175-3.479,2.976-5.331v0.001c0.001-0.003,0.002-0.006,0.003-0.009c1.759-4.076,3.148-7.297,5.775-6.355
|
||||
c0.004,0.002,0.007,0.002,0.013,0.005c0.004,0.001,0.01,0.003,0.014,0.005c2.614,0.966,4.006,5.176,5.76,10.509
|
||||
c0.006,0.017,0.011,0.032,0.017,0.048l0.009,0.026c0.799,2.43,2.104,6.399,2.969,7.481c0.867-0.453,2.178-3.484,2.979-5.341
|
||||
c0,0,0,0,0-0.001c0.003-0.006,0.006-0.012,0.008-0.018c1.762-4.065,3.152-7.276,5.773-6.333c0.002,0.001,0.005,0.002,0.01,0.004
|
||||
h0.001c0.003,0.001,0.006,0.002,0.008,0.003c0.513,0.188,0.977,0.505,1.407,0.926V7c0-3.313-2.688-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7
|
||||
v6.901C1.267,14.491,1.521,14.967,1.744,15.247z"/>
|
||||
<polygon points="4.157,25.236 4.175,25.25 4.188,25.26 4.147,25.229 "/>
|
||||
<path d="M46.568,41.219c-0.004-0.012-0.008-0.023-0.012-0.035c-0.802-2.438-2.111-6.422-2.979-7.508
|
||||
c-0.864,0.453-2.174,3.473-2.975,5.321c-0.002,0.006-0.004,0.011-0.006,0.017c-1.759,4.071-3.147,7.291-5.77,6.357
|
||||
c-0.006-0.002-0.014-0.002-0.02-0.007c-0.009-0.001-0.015-0.005-0.021-0.007c-2.613-0.974-4-5.182-5.752-10.506
|
||||
c-0.007-0.017-0.011-0.033-0.017-0.05l0.004-0.002c-0.801-2.437-2.109-6.421-2.978-7.503c-0.866,0.451-2.176,3.484-2.977,5.34
|
||||
c-0.004,0.01-0.008,0.019-0.012,0.027c-1.759,4.063-3.15,7.271-5.773,6.322c-0.002,0-0.005-0.004-0.006-0.002
|
||||
c-0.004-0.004-0.004-0.002-0.006-0.002c-2.625-0.963-4.016-5.193-5.778-10.549c-0.004-0.012-0.008-0.022-0.011-0.035
|
||||
c-0.802-2.439-2.105-6.405-2.971-7.486c-0.866,0.453-2.177,3.482-2.979,5.337L4.188,25.26L4.18,25.254l1.345,1.018
|
||||
C4.068,29.64,2.861,32.414,1,32.732V41c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c2.91,0,5.336-2.075,5.883-4.825
|
||||
C46.779,41.86,46.675,41.542,46.568,41.219z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" style="display:none;">
|
||||
<circle cx="24" cy="23.999" r="23"/>
|
||||
<path style="display:inline;" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6
|
||||
V41z"/>
|
||||
<path style="display:inline;fill:#FFFFFF;" d="M87.423,64.516L87.423,64.516h-0.002c-0.002-0.002-0.004-0.002-0.006-0.002
|
||||
c-2.628-0.965-4.021-5.201-5.782-10.563c-0.004-0.012-0.007-0.021-0.011-0.033c-0.804-2.443-2.106-6.398-2.972-7.479
|
||||
c-0.863,0.451-2.172,3.476-2.971,5.326l0,0c-0.003,0.004-0.005,0.01-0.007,0.015c-1.759,4.075-3.147,7.297-5.774,6.354
|
||||
c-0.004-0.001-0.01-0.003-0.014-0.004c-0.006-0.003-0.009-0.004-0.013-0.005c-2.621-0.968-4.011-5.178-5.761-10.51
|
||||
c-0.006-0.018-0.012-0.031-0.018-0.049l-0.009-0.027c-0.8-2.43-2.104-6.398-2.97-7.479c-0.864,0.45-2.17,3.472-2.971,5.317
|
||||
l-1.414-1.017l0.051,0.037l-0.021-0.016l1.37,1.028c-1.756,4.063-3.144,7.274-5.762,6.344c-0.007-0.003-0.013-0.003-0.021-0.007
|
||||
c-0.007-0.001-0.013-0.005-0.02-0.008c-2.616-0.975-4.008-5.188-5.76-10.521c-0.004-0.012-0.008-0.023-0.012-0.035
|
||||
c-0.802-2.438-2.111-6.422-2.979-7.508c-0.864,0.453-2.174,3.473-2.975,5.321l0,0c-0.002,0.006-0.004,0.011-0.006,0.017
|
||||
c-1.759,4.071-3.147,7.291-5.77,6.357c-0.006-0.002-0.014-0.002-0.02-0.007c-0.009-0.001-0.015-0.005-0.021-0.007
|
||||
c-2.613-0.974-4-5.182-5.752-10.506c-0.007-0.017-0.011-0.033-0.017-0.05l0.004-0.002c-0.801-2.437-2.109-6.421-2.978-7.503
|
||||
c-0.866,0.451-2.176,3.484-2.977,5.34c-0.004,0.01-0.008,0.019-0.012,0.027c-1.759,4.063-3.15,7.271-5.773,6.322
|
||||
c-0.002,0-0.005-0.004-0.006-0.002c-0.004-0.004-0.004-0.002-0.006-0.002c-2.625-0.963-4.016-5.193-5.778-10.549
|
||||
c-0.004-0.012-0.008-0.022-0.011-0.035c-0.802-2.439-2.105-6.405-2.971-7.486c-0.866,0.453-2.177,3.482-2.979,5.337l-1.405-1.034
|
||||
l0.166,0.123l-0.147-0.109l1.378,1.043c-1.757,4.062-3.146,7.271-5.764,6.336c-0.006-0.002-0.011-0.002-0.017-0.006
|
||||
c-0.005,0-0.01-0.004-0.017-0.006C-2.89,31.625-4.28,27.4-6.039,22.057c-0.29-0.882,0.101-1.611,0.876-1.619
|
||||
c0.774-0.01,1.637,0.691,1.927,1.572l0.006,0.021c0.8,2.432,2.109,6.405,2.974,7.489c0.864-0.453,2.171-3.474,2.97-5.321
|
||||
l1.412,1.018L4.108,25.2l0.002,0.001l-1.386-1.024c1.762-4.073,3.153-7.292,5.776-6.353c0.004,0.003,0.008,0.006,0.013,0.006
|
||||
c0.003,0.002,0.009,0.003,0.013,0.004c2.625,0.971,4.016,5.203,5.775,10.561c0.004,0.012,0.007,0.021,0.011,0.033
|
||||
c0.802,2.437,2.106,6.396,2.968,7.477c0.865-0.452,2.175-3.479,2.976-5.33l0,0c0.001-0.002,0.002-0.006,0.003-0.008
|
||||
c1.759-4.076,3.149-7.297,5.775-6.355c0.004,0.001,0.007,0.002,0.013,0.005c0.003-0.001,0.01,0.003,0.014,0.005
|
||||
c2.614,0.966,4.006,5.175,5.76,10.507c0.006,0.018,0.011,0.032,0.017,0.049l0.009,0.027c0.799,2.43,2.104,6.398,2.969,7.48
|
||||
c0.867-0.452,2.178-3.485,2.979-5.34v-0.002l1.405,1.037l-1.405-1.037c0.003-0.006,0.006-0.012,0.008-0.018l0,0
|
||||
c1.762-4.064,3.152-7.277,5.773-6.333c0.002,0.001,0.005,0.001,0.01,0.003l0.001,0.002c0.003,0,0.006,0.002,0.008,0.002
|
||||
c2.621,0.965,4.013,5.184,5.769,10.524c0.004,0.012,0.008,0.022,0.012,0.034l0.001,0.003c0.802,2.438,2.11,6.425,2.979,7.506
|
||||
c0.864-0.452,2.172-3.476,2.972-5.327l1.411,1.023l-0.071-0.053l0.043,0.03l-1.367-1.034c1.757-4.06,3.144-7.268,5.761-6.337
|
||||
c0.006,0.003,0.014,0.005,0.02,0.009c0.008,0,0.014,0.004,0.02,0.006c2.613,0.974,4,5.18,5.754,10.506
|
||||
c0.006,0.017,0.012,0.033,0.017,0.05c0.801,2.438,2.108,6.425,2.979,7.509c0.868-0.451,2.178-3.484,2.979-5.341
|
||||
c0.002-0.004,0.004-0.009,0.006-0.015l0,0c1.76-4.07,3.148-7.287,5.775-6.338c0.002,0,0.004,0.002,0.007,0.002h0.001h0.001
|
||||
c0.002,0.002,0.004,0.002,0.006,0.004c2.625,0.962,4.021,5.199,5.784,10.562c0.004,0.013,0.008,0.022,0.011,0.035
|
||||
c0.804,2.442,2.104,6.396,2.968,7.476c0.868-0.453,2.178-3.484,2.979-5.34c0.29-0.672,1.153-0.75,1.93-0.179
|
||||
s1.171,1.579,0.881,2.25c-1.762,4.079-3.153,7.302-5.782,6.353C87.427,64.518,87.425,64.516,87.423,64.516z M21.665,31.6
|
||||
l1.405,1.037L21.665,31.6z M72.863,49.708l1.404,1.036L72.863,49.708z"/>
|
||||
<path style="display:inline;fill:#FFFFFF;" d="M89.423,50.243L89.423,50.243l-0.002-0.001c-0.002,0-0.004-0.001-0.006-0.002
|
||||
c-2.628-0.963-4.021-5.199-5.782-10.563c-0.004-0.011-0.007-0.021-0.011-0.033c-0.804-2.441-2.106-6.398-2.972-7.478
|
||||
c-0.863,0.45-2.172,3.476-2.971,5.326l0,0c-0.003,0.004-0.005,0.01-0.007,0.014c-1.759,4.076-3.147,7.298-5.774,6.354
|
||||
c-0.004-0.002-0.01-0.004-0.014-0.004c-0.006-0.002-0.009-0.004-0.013-0.006c-2.621-0.968-4.011-5.178-5.761-10.51
|
||||
c-0.006-0.016-0.012-0.031-0.018-0.047l-0.009-0.027c-0.8-2.43-2.104-6.399-2.97-7.48c-0.864,0.452-2.17,3.472-2.971,5.318
|
||||
l-1.414-1.017l0.051,0.036l-0.021-0.014l1.37,1.027c-1.756,4.063-3.144,7.274-5.762,6.344c-0.007-0.002-0.015-0.006-0.021-0.008
|
||||
c-0.008-0.002-0.013-0.005-0.02-0.007c-2.616-0.975-4.008-5.188-5.76-10.522c-0.004-0.01-0.008-0.021-0.012-0.033
|
||||
c-0.802-2.438-2.111-6.423-2.979-7.508c-0.864,0.453-2.174,3.473-2.975,5.321l0,0c-0.002,0.006-0.004,0.012-0.006,0.018
|
||||
c-1.759,4.07-3.147,7.29-5.77,6.357c-0.006-0.002-0.014-0.006-0.02-0.008c-0.009-0.003-0.015-0.005-0.021-0.008
|
||||
c-2.613-0.973-4-5.18-5.752-10.505c-0.007-0.017-0.011-0.033-0.017-0.049l-0.002-0.005c-0.802-2.438-2.11-6.42-2.978-7.504
|
||||
c-0.868,0.452-2.177,3.485-2.978,5.341c-0.004,0.008-0.008,0.018-0.013,0.026c-1.759,4.064-3.15,7.271-5.773,6.323
|
||||
c-0.002,0-0.003-0.003-0.006-0.002c-0.002-0.002-0.004-0.001-0.006-0.002c-2.625-0.962-4.016-5.193-5.778-10.548
|
||||
c-0.004-0.013-0.008-0.024-0.011-0.036c-0.802-2.44-2.105-6.406-2.971-7.487c-0.866,0.453-2.177,3.483-2.979,5.338L6.121,10.94
|
||||
l0.166,0.122L6.14,10.954l1.378,1.041c-1.757,4.063-3.146,7.272-5.764,6.338c-0.006-0.003-0.01-0.003-0.017-0.007
|
||||
c-0.004,0.001-0.011-0.004-0.017-0.006c-2.61-0.967-4-5.191-5.759-10.536c-0.29-0.882,0.101-1.612,0.876-1.619
|
||||
c0.776-0.009,1.637,0.691,1.927,1.573l0.006,0.018c0.8,2.433,2.109,6.408,2.974,7.491c0.864-0.453,2.171-3.474,2.97-5.322
|
||||
l1.412,1.019l-0.02-0.015L6.11,10.93L4.724,9.904C6.485,5.831,7.877,2.612,10.5,3.553c0.004,0.002,0.008,0.002,0.013,0.005
|
||||
c0.003-0.001,0.009,0.003,0.013,0.005c2.625,0.97,4.016,5.203,5.775,10.56c0.004,0.011,0.007,0.022,0.011,0.033
|
||||
c0.802,2.437,2.106,6.396,2.968,7.477c0.865-0.453,2.175-3.479,2.976-5.331v0.001c0.001-0.003,0.002-0.006,0.003-0.009
|
||||
c1.759-4.076,3.148-7.297,5.775-6.355c0.004,0.002,0.007,0.002,0.013,0.005c0.004,0.001,0.01,0.003,0.014,0.005
|
||||
c2.614,0.966,4.006,5.176,5.76,10.509c0.006,0.017,0.011,0.032,0.017,0.048l0.009,0.026c0.799,2.43,2.104,6.399,2.969,7.481
|
||||
c0.867-0.453,2.178-3.484,2.979-5.341c0,0,0,0,0-0.001l1.405,1.037l-1.405-1.037c0.003-0.006,0.006-0.012,0.008-0.018l0,0
|
||||
c1.762-4.065,3.152-7.276,5.773-6.333c0.002,0.001,0.005,0.002,0.01,0.004h0.001c0.003,0.001,0.006,0.002,0.008,0.003
|
||||
c2.621,0.964,4.013,5.183,5.769,10.523c0.004,0.013,0.008,0.023,0.012,0.035l0.001,0.004c0.802,2.438,2.11,6.424,2.979,7.504
|
||||
c0.864-0.451,2.172-3.476,2.972-5.326l1.411,1.023l-0.071-0.053l0.043,0.031l-1.367-1.036c1.757-4.06,3.144-7.267,5.761-6.335
|
||||
c0.006,0.002,0.014,0.005,0.02,0.007c0.008,0.003,0.014,0.005,0.02,0.007c2.613,0.973,4,5.18,5.754,10.506
|
||||
c0.006,0.018,0.012,0.033,0.017,0.051c0.801,2.438,2.108,6.424,2.979,7.508c0.868-0.452,2.178-3.484,2.979-5.34
|
||||
c0.002-0.006,0.004-0.011,0.006-0.016l0,0c1.76-4.07,3.148-7.287,5.775-6.338c0.002,0,0.004,0.001,0.007,0.002h0.001l0.001,0.001
|
||||
c0.002,0,0.004,0.001,0.006,0.002c2.625,0.962,4.021,5.199,5.784,10.562c0.004,0.014,0.008,0.024,0.011,0.035
|
||||
c0.804,2.441,2.104,6.396,2.968,7.477c0.868-0.454,2.178-3.485,2.979-5.34c0.29-0.674,1.155-0.749,1.93-0.18
|
||||
c0.776,0.572,1.171,1.58,0.881,2.25c-1.762,4.08-3.153,7.303-5.782,6.354C89.427,50.244,89.425,50.244,89.423,50.243z
|
||||
M23.665,17.328l1.405,1.037L23.665,17.328z M74.863,35.436l1.404,1.037L74.863,35.436z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 12 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Original" display="none">
|
||||
<circle display="inline" cx="24" cy="23.999" r="23"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" d="M70.464,39.718c-0.002,0-0.002,0-0.004,0c-0.006-0.002-0.012-0.003-0.017-0.003
|
||||
c-2.013-0.42-2.751-3.039-4.492-10.979c-0.002-0.009-0.004-0.016-0.005-0.024c-0.614-2.793-1.485-6.752-2.235-8.506
|
||||
c-0.751,1.455-1.621,5.067-2.233,7.609l-1.143-0.348l-1.131-0.396c1.745-7.239,2.48-9.554,4.498-9.159c0.002,0,0.006,0,0.008,0.001
|
||||
h0.001h0.001c0.003,0.001,0.005,0.001,0.008,0.002c2.021,0.411,2.756,3.027,4.503,10.982c0.002,0.006,0.004,0.016,0.005,0.022
|
||||
c0.614,2.794,1.483,6.755,2.234,8.506c0.75-1.451,1.618-5.06,2.231-7.6c0.001-0.012,0.003-0.021,0.007-0.034
|
||||
c1.748-7.271,2.485-9.587,4.514-9.182c0.637,0.127,1.153,0.613,1.153,1.088c0,0.376-0.325,0.631-0.776,0.657
|
||||
c-0.821,0.709-1.898,5.186-2.618,8.18l-1.135-0.372l1.135,0.372c-0.001,0-0.001,0-0.001,0c-0.001,0.007-0.003,0.016-0.005,0.022
|
||||
h0.002c-1.74,7.228-2.478,9.548-4.487,9.164C70.476,39.722,70.47,39.72,70.464,39.718z M16.458,28.942c-0.001,0-0.002,0-0.004,0
|
||||
c-0.004-0.002-0.008-0.002-0.012-0.003c-2.013-0.414-2.75-3.023-4.488-10.939c-0.003-0.015-0.008-0.028-0.01-0.043
|
||||
c-0.613-2.795-1.486-6.772-2.239-8.529c-0.752,1.456-1.625,5.081-2.238,7.628l-2.272-0.743c1.745-7.248,2.481-9.57,4.498-9.178
|
||||
c0.005,0,0.01,0.003,0.013,0.002c0.001,0.001,0.007,0.001,0.012,0.003c2.015,0.413,2.752,3.022,4.491,10.94
|
||||
c0.003,0.015,0.007,0.028,0.011,0.043c0.613,2.794,1.485,6.77,2.239,8.528c0.753-1.457,1.625-5.086,2.237-7.636
|
||||
c0.002-0.005,0.003-0.01,0.004-0.015c1.749-7.259,2.483-9.571,4.51-9.167C23.24,9.841,23.27,9.848,23.3,9.856
|
||||
c1.955,0.466,2.695,3.113,4.413,10.937c0.002,0.009,0.004,0.016,0.006,0.023c0.613,2.794,1.485,6.77,2.239,8.527
|
||||
c0.753-1.458,1.626-5.084,2.239-7.634c0-0.001,0-0.001,0-0.002c1.741-7.244,2.479-9.569,4.49-9.185
|
||||
c0.007,0.001,0.012,0.001,0.02,0.004c0.004-0.002,0.015,0.002,0.021,0.003c2.011,0.42,2.747,3.036,4.488,10.964
|
||||
c0.001,0.006,0.002,0.011,0.003,0.016c0.613,2.796,1.486,6.771,2.239,8.527c0.753-1.456,1.626-5.083,2.239-7.633
|
||||
c0.001-0.006,0.003-0.011,0.004-0.016c1.745-7.259,2.482-9.572,4.51-9.167c0.024,0.004,0.048,0.01,0.068,0.015
|
||||
c1.974,0.455,2.712,3.096,4.439,10.956c0.002,0.011,0.004,0.02,0.005,0.028c0.614,2.794,1.484,6.755,2.235,8.51
|
||||
c0.752-1.457,1.624-5.081,2.236-7.629l2.272,0.743c-1.742,7.246-2.479,9.567-4.495,9.179c-0.004,0-0.008-0.001-0.014-0.001
|
||||
c0-0.002-0.01-0.002-0.015-0.004c-2.017-0.416-2.754-3.033-4.496-10.98c-0.002-0.009-0.006-0.019-0.007-0.028
|
||||
c-0.613-2.789-1.482-6.745-2.232-8.497c-0.753,1.457-1.626,5.085-2.239,7.634c-0.001,0.005-0.003,0.01-0.004,0.016
|
||||
c-1.742,7.246-2.48,9.563-4.497,9.17c-0.004-0.003-0.006-0.003-0.01-0.003h-0.001l-0.001-0.001c-0.003,0-0.005,0-0.01-0.002
|
||||
c-2.017-0.411-2.754-3.021-4.497-10.963c0-0.005-0.001-0.01-0.003-0.017l-0.003-0.013c-0.613-2.79-1.485-6.759-2.238-8.515
|
||||
c-0.752,1.456-1.624,5.082-2.237,7.633c0,0,0,0,0,0.001c-1.744,7.247-2.48,9.571-4.494,9.186c-0.006-0.002-0.007,0.002-0.018-0.004
|
||||
c-0.006,0.002-0.012-0.003-0.017-0.003c-2.013-0.418-2.751-3.031-4.49-10.955c-0.002-0.008-0.004-0.016-0.006-0.023
|
||||
c-0.613-2.794-1.485-6.771-2.238-8.526c-0.752,1.455-1.623,5.075-2.236,7.622l0,0c-0.001,0.003-0.003,0.007-0.003,0.01
|
||||
c-1.744,7.252-2.48,9.576-4.497,9.188C16.467,28.944,16.463,28.944,16.458,28.942z M-37.549,18.168c-0.001,0-0.001,0-0.002-0.001
|
||||
c-0.003-0.001-0.005-0.001-0.009-0.002c-2.018-0.411-2.754-3.023-4.499-10.97c-0.002-0.008-0.004-0.016-0.005-0.022
|
||||
c-0.613-2.795-1.484-6.765-2.236-8.519c-0.753,1.456-1.626,5.083-2.24,7.633l-1.136-0.372l1.136,0.372
|
||||
c-0.002,0.008-0.004,0.017-0.007,0.025h0.001c-1.741,7.233-2.477,9.55-4.49,9.162c-0.005,0-0.008-0.002-0.015-0.003
|
||||
c-0.004-0.003-0.01-0.002-0.015-0.003c-2.015-0.415-2.752-3.032-4.498-10.981c-0.001-0.009-0.004-0.018-0.005-0.026
|
||||
c-0.613-2.792-1.482-6.749-2.233-8.499c-0.752,1.456-1.625,5.082-2.238,7.63l0,0c0,0.002-0.001,0.003-0.001,0.004
|
||||
c-1.744,7.25-2.48,9.574-4.497,9.185c-0.005-0.001-0.007-0.003-0.014-0.003c-0.004-0.003-0.01-0.002-0.015-0.003
|
||||
c-2.014-0.415-2.752-3.028-4.493-10.963c-0.001-0.005-0.003-0.011-0.004-0.016l-0.001-0.005c-0.613-2.793-1.486-6.768-2.238-8.523
|
||||
c-0.752,1.457-1.625,5.08-2.237,7.627l-2.273-0.743c1.745-7.249,2.481-9.569,4.498-9.178c0.005,0,0.011,0.001,0.012,0.002
|
||||
c0.003,0,0.009,0.001,0.014,0.002c2.016,0.414,2.753,3.026,4.495,10.964c0.002,0.006,0.003,0.011,0.004,0.017
|
||||
c0.613,2.795,1.486,6.77,2.239,8.528c0.752-1.458,1.625-5.086,2.238-7.635c0.001-0.005,0.002-0.009,0.004-0.014
|
||||
c1.747-7.26,2.482-9.573,4.509-9.168c0.022,0.004,0.044,0.009,0.066,0.014c1.976,0.451,2.715,3.091,4.443,10.964
|
||||
c0.002,0.01,0.004,0.019,0.006,0.028c0.613,2.793,1.483,6.749,2.233,8.502c0.75-1.454,1.621-5.068,2.233-7.609
|
||||
c0.002-0.008,0.004-0.017,0.005-0.025c1.745-7.253,2.483-9.576,4.5-9.185c0.004,0.001,0.008,0.002,0.013,0.002
|
||||
c0,0,0.008,0.002,0.013,0.002c2.017,0.415,2.754,3.031,4.498,10.981c0.002,0.008,0.003,0.015,0.005,0.023
|
||||
c0.613,2.792,1.483,6.753,2.234,8.507c0.753-1.456,1.626-5.085,2.239-7.635c0.001-0.005,0.003-0.01,0.004-0.015
|
||||
c1.746-7.259,2.483-9.572,4.51-9.167c0.031,0.006,0.062,0.014,0.092,0.021c1.955,0.468,2.695,3.115,4.412,10.938
|
||||
c0.002,0.008,0.003,0.015,0.005,0.023c0.613,2.794,1.486,6.77,2.239,8.527c0.751-1.452,1.621-5.062,2.233-7.61
|
||||
c0.002-0.009,0.003-0.017,0.005-0.025c1.746-7.253,2.482-9.575,4.499-9.185c0.004,0,0.007,0,0.013,0.002
|
||||
c-0.002,0,0.007,0.002,0.012,0.003c2.016,0.414,2.752,3.027,4.497,10.97c0.002,0.006,0.004,0.015,0.005,0.021
|
||||
c0.613,2.794,1.484,6.762,2.236,8.517c0.754-1.456,1.626-5.084,2.24-7.634c0.001-0.005,0.001-0.01,0.003-0.015
|
||||
c1.747-7.259,2.483-9.572,4.509-9.168C-3.773,4.45-3.751,4.455-3.729,4.46c1.976,0.45,2.714,3.09,4.442,10.963
|
||||
c0.001,0.002,0.001,0.003,0.001,0.003c0.613,2.796,1.485,6.771,2.239,8.528c0.752-1.454,1.625-5.079,2.238-7.628l2.272,0.743
|
||||
c-1.746,7.252-2.482,9.572-4.5,9.179c-0.003-0.001-0.006-0.001-0.01-0.001c-0.002-0.002-0.006-0.002-0.009-0.004
|
||||
c-2.02-0.41-2.757-3.024-4.501-10.974c0-0.002,0-0.004-0.001-0.005l0-0.005c-0.614-2.793-1.486-6.766-2.239-8.523
|
||||
c-0.753,1.457-1.625,5.085-2.239,7.635c-0.001,0.006-0.002,0.01-0.004,0.015c-1.74,7.236-2.477,9.557-4.491,9.17
|
||||
c-0.006,0-0.012,0.002-0.017-0.003c-0.011,0.001-0.012-0.002-0.017-0.003c-2.015-0.417-2.751-3.037-4.495-10.979
|
||||
c-0.002-0.008-0.003-0.015-0.005-0.022c-0.613-2.79-1.483-6.753-2.234-8.506c-0.75,1.452-1.62,5.061-2.232,7.609
|
||||
c-0.002,0.009-0.004,0.017-0.006,0.025c-1.745,7.25-2.482,9.574-4.498,9.185c-0.004,0-0.008-0.003-0.014-0.002
|
||||
c-0.004-0.003-0.01-0.003-0.015-0.003c-2.015-0.416-2.751-3.027-4.492-10.956c-0.002-0.007-0.003-0.016-0.006-0.022
|
||||
c-0.613-2.795-1.485-6.771-2.238-8.528c-0.752,1.457-1.625,5.084-2.239,7.635c-0.001,0.005-0.003,0.009-0.003,0.014
|
||||
c-1.743,7.245-2.479,9.564-4.499,9.17C-37.543,18.168-37.547,18.168-37.549,18.168z M-62.314,2.853l1.137,0.372L-62.314,2.853z
|
||||
M-78.053,10.083c-0.001,0-0.001,0-0.001,0c-0.001-0.001-0.009-0.001-0.013-0.002c-2.017-0.414-2.753-3.028-4.497-10.973
|
||||
c-0.001-0.005-0.002-0.01-0.004-0.016c-0.613-2.793-1.485-6.763-2.237-8.517c-0.753,1.457-1.625,5.084-2.238,7.634
|
||||
c-0.107,0.446-0.698,0.642-1.331,0.437c-0.628-0.206-1.049-0.733-0.942-1.179c1.749-7.271,2.484-9.587,4.513-9.183
|
||||
c0.031,0.006,0.061,0.013,0.091,0.02c1.957,0.468,2.696,3.118,4.418,10.958c0.001,0.005,0.002,0.01,0.003,0.016
|
||||
c0.613,2.792,1.484,6.76,2.236,8.515c0.752-1.456,1.625-5.081,2.238-7.63l2.272,0.743c-1.744,7.251-2.481,9.572-4.498,9.181
|
||||
C-78.046,10.085-78.049,10.084-78.053,10.083z"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" d="M144.627,63.129c-0.002,0-0.002,0-0.004,0c-0.006-0.002-0.012-0.004-0.017-0.004
|
||||
c-2.012-0.419-2.747-3.033-4.487-10.955c-0.002-0.009-0.003-0.016-0.006-0.023c0-0.002,0-0.003,0-0.003
|
||||
c-0.613-2.795-1.486-6.77-2.239-8.527c-0.749,1.449-1.618,5.052-2.228,7.583h-0.004c-0.001,0.017-0.005,0.032-0.009,0.049
|
||||
c-1.744,7.258-2.48,9.58-4.501,9.186c-0.003-0.001-0.005-0.001-0.009-0.001h-0.001l-0.001-0.003c-0.002,0-0.005,0-0.007-0.001
|
||||
c-2.019-0.41-2.757-3.024-4.504-10.978c-0.003-0.017-0.007-0.033-0.009-0.05c-0.613-2.791-1.481-6.73-2.229-8.478
|
||||
c-0.753,1.456-1.626,5.085-2.241,7.633c-0.001,0.006-0.002,0.011-0.004,0.014c-1.739,7.246-2.478,9.565-4.496,9.171
|
||||
c-0.002-0.001-0.006-0.001-0.009-0.001l-0.001-0.002h-0.002c-0.002,0-0.005,0-0.008-0.002c-2.016-0.411-2.754-3.021-4.499-10.964
|
||||
c-0.001-0.004-0.002-0.01-0.003-0.016l-0.005-0.025c-0.613-2.787-1.483-6.75-2.234-8.504c-0.754,1.457-1.626,5.085-2.24,7.636
|
||||
c0,0.001,0,0.003-0.001,0.003c-1.742,7.241-2.479,9.564-4.489,9.183c-0.008-0.002-0.012-0.002-0.02-0.003
|
||||
c-0.005,0-0.013-0.004-0.019-0.006c-2.014-0.419-2.752-3.033-4.488-10.954c-0.001-0.007-0.004-0.016-0.005-0.022
|
||||
c-0.614-2.795-1.486-6.77-2.24-8.527c-0.752,1.458-1.625,5.086-2.24,7.634c-0.001,0.005-0.002,0.01-0.003,0.015
|
||||
c-1.74,7.247-2.479,9.563-4.497,9.17c-0.003,0-0.006-0.001-0.009-0.001H90.62h-0.001c-0.002,0-0.005-0.003-0.009-0.003
|
||||
c-2.019-0.41-2.755-3.028-4.502-10.981c-0.002-0.009-0.003-0.015-0.006-0.023c-0.613-2.793-1.484-6.755-2.235-8.507
|
||||
c-0.751,1.452-1.622,5.067-2.232,7.61l-0.001-0.002c-0.002,0.008-0.004,0.017-0.006,0.025c-1.744,7.258-2.479,9.58-4.5,9.186
|
||||
c-0.003-0.001-0.006-0.001-0.01-0.001l0,0l-0.001-0.003c-0.002,0-0.007,0-0.008-0.001c-2.021-0.411-2.759-3.021-4.497-10.951
|
||||
c-0.003-0.009-0.006-0.02-0.007-0.026L72.6,38.649c-0.611-2.786-1.482-6.748-2.233-8.502c-0.75,1.454-1.62,5.069-2.232,7.61
|
||||
l-1.143-0.35l0.039,0.013l-0.021-0.005l1.113,0.389c-1.739,7.226-2.476,9.545-4.487,9.163c-0.006-0.002-0.014-0.003-0.019-0.005
|
||||
c-0.007,0-0.013-0.002-0.02-0.004c-2.014-0.419-2.749-3.036-4.488-10.963c-0.001-0.003-0.002-0.009-0.002-0.016
|
||||
c-0.616-2.795-1.488-6.77-2.241-8.528c-0.752,1.457-1.625,5.081-2.239,7.632c0,0,0,0.002-0.001,0.002
|
||||
c-1.74,7.246-2.477,9.571-4.493,9.188c-0.006-0.001-0.013-0.003-0.019-0.006c-0.007,0-0.012-0.002-0.019-0.003
|
||||
c-2.011-0.42-2.747-3.031-4.486-10.951v-0.002c-0.002-0.008-0.004-0.018-0.006-0.023c-0.613-2.795-1.486-6.771-2.239-8.528
|
||||
c-0.753,1.457-1.626,5.085-2.239,7.635c-0.001,0.005-0.002,0.011-0.003,0.015c-1.745,7.246-2.481,9.563-4.5,9.17
|
||||
c-0.002-0.002-0.006-0.002-0.007-0.002h-0.001l-0.002-0.001c-0.003,0-0.006,0-0.008,0c-2.019-0.413-2.754-3.025-4.5-10.972
|
||||
c-0.002-0.007-0.003-0.017-0.005-0.024c-0.612-2.793-1.484-6.762-2.236-8.518c-0.753,1.457-1.627,5.084-2.239,7.635l-1.136-0.372
|
||||
l1.136,0.372c-0.002,0.008-0.005,0.017-0.008,0.025h0.002c-1.741,7.232-2.478,9.549-4.491,9.16c-0.004,0-0.01-0.003-0.015-0.001
|
||||
c-0.006-0.006-0.009-0.004-0.014-0.004c-2.016-0.415-2.752-3.034-4.499-10.981c-0.001-0.009-0.002-0.017-0.004-0.026
|
||||
c-0.613-2.793-1.483-6.749-2.233-8.499c-0.753,1.455-1.625,5.082-2.238,7.63l0,0c-0.001,0.001-0.001,0.003-0.001,0.005
|
||||
c-1.745,7.25-2.481,9.573-4.497,9.185c-0.004-0.001-0.01,0-0.015-0.003c-0.006,0-0.01-0.003-0.015-0.003
|
||||
c-2.014-0.415-2.751-3.029-4.493-10.964C5.102,25.216,5.1,25.21,5.099,25.205l-0.001-0.006c-0.613-2.793-1.485-6.768-2.238-8.523
|
||||
c-0.753,1.456-1.624,5.081-2.237,7.629l-2.273-0.744c1.745-7.248,2.48-9.568,4.497-9.177c0.005,0,0.014,0.003,0.013,0.002
|
||||
c0.005,0.001,0.008,0.002,0.013,0.002c2.016,0.413,2.752,3.026,4.496,10.965c0.001,0.006,0.002,0.011,0.004,0.015
|
||||
c0.613,2.795,1.485,6.773,2.238,8.529c0.753-1.457,1.625-5.085,2.239-7.635c0.001-0.004,0.003-0.009,0.003-0.013
|
||||
c1.748-7.261,2.484-9.574,4.509-9.169c0.023,0.004,0.045,0.009,0.067,0.014c1.977,0.451,2.715,3.09,4.443,10.965
|
||||
c0.003,0.011,0.004,0.019,0.005,0.029c0.613,2.793,1.484,6.748,2.234,8.499c0.751-1.453,1.621-5.067,2.234-7.607
|
||||
c0.001-0.009,0.003-0.017,0.004-0.025c1.746-7.254,2.483-9.575,4.5-9.185c0.005,0.002,0.007,0,0.013,0.002
|
||||
c-0.001-0.002,0.009,0.003,0.013,0.003c2.018,0.414,2.754,3.03,4.499,10.982c0.002,0.007,0.003,0.014,0.004,0.021
|
||||
c0.613,2.79,1.484,6.754,2.235,8.507c0.751-1.455,1.623-5.078,2.236-7.625h0.001c0-0.003,0.001-0.005,0.002-0.009
|
||||
c1.749-7.271,2.484-9.587,4.513-9.183c0.032,0.007,0.063,0.013,0.093,0.021c1.955,0.468,2.694,3.114,4.411,10.938
|
||||
c0.002,0.008,0.004,0.016,0.005,0.021l0.008,0.027c0.61,2.785,1.48,6.748,2.231,8.501c0.755-1.455,1.626-5.082,2.239-7.632
|
||||
c0,0,0.001-0.001,0.001-0.003c1.747-7.257,2.482-9.578,4.501-9.185c0.004,0.002,0.006,0.002,0.01,0.002l0.001,0.001h0.001
|
||||
c0.004,0.001,0.006,0.001,0.009,0.002c2.018,0.411,2.754,3.023,4.498,10.966c0.001,0.007,0.004,0.011,0.005,0.016
|
||||
c0.613,2.794,1.484,6.771,2.238,8.528c0.751-1.454,1.621-5.068,2.233-7.611l1.142,0.347l-0.036-0.011l0.018,0.007l-1.111-0.389
|
||||
c1.746-7.253,2.481-9.565,4.508-9.159c0.023,0.003,0.047,0.008,0.069,0.015c1.97,0.452,2.709,3.09,4.432,10.937
|
||||
c0.004,0.011,0.007,0.02,0.008,0.028c0.613,2.797,1.484,6.773,2.239,8.53c0.753-1.456,1.626-5.087,2.238-7.637
|
||||
c0.002-0.009,0.003-0.017,0.006-0.023l0,0c1.743-7.24,2.479-9.555,4.498-9.161c0.002,0.002,0.005,0.002,0.007,0.002h0.001h0.003
|
||||
c0.002,0.001,0.004,0.001,0.008,0.003c2.019,0.411,2.755,3.026,4.502,10.98c0.003,0.009,0.004,0.017,0.005,0.023
|
||||
c0.614,2.795,1.484,6.755,2.235,8.507c0.753-1.454,1.625-5.085,2.237-7.634c0.002-0.006,0.004-0.01,0.005-0.015
|
||||
c1.746-7.26,2.484-9.571,4.51-9.167c0.03,0.005,0.061,0.013,0.09,0.02c1.955,0.467,2.696,3.112,4.415,10.938
|
||||
c0.003,0.009,0.005,0.018,0.006,0.023c0.612,2.796,1.483,6.769,2.238,8.528c0.752-1.458,1.625-5.083,2.238-7.629
|
||||
c0-0.002,0-0.004,0.002-0.005c1.74-7.246,2.477-9.571,4.491-9.188c0.007,0.003,0.012,0.001,0.02,0.005
|
||||
c0.006,0,0.013,0.002,0.019,0.003c2.012,0.419,2.747,3.033,4.487,10.954c0.001,0.003,0.001,0.005,0.002,0.008
|
||||
c0.001,0.006,0.002,0.012,0.003,0.017c0.615,2.795,1.486,6.771,2.24,8.528c0.753-1.457,1.625-5.085,2.238-7.634
|
||||
c0.001-0.004,0.002-0.009,0.004-0.014c1.747-7.26,2.483-9.572,4.51-9.168c0.023,0.004,0.047,0.01,0.07,0.015
|
||||
c1.973,0.454,2.712,3.097,4.44,10.968c0.003,0.018,0.007,0.033,0.009,0.047c0.613,2.792,1.481,6.73,2.229,8.479
|
||||
c0.753-1.458,1.625-5.085,2.239-7.636l0,0l1.135,0.372l-1.135-0.372c0.003-0.016,0.007-0.033,0.014-0.049h-0.004
|
||||
c1.744-7.219,2.478-9.528,4.492-9.136c0.002,0.002,0.007,0.002,0.009,0.002h0.001l0.001,0.002c0.003,0,0.006,0,0.009,0.002
|
||||
c2.019,0.41,2.754,3.026,4.502,10.979c0.002,0.009,0.003,0.017,0.006,0.025c0,0.002,0,0.002,0,0.002
|
||||
c0.612,2.785,1.482,6.748,2.233,8.504c0.751-1.455,1.621-5.07,2.233-7.612l0,0c0.002-0.006,0.004-0.014,0.007-0.022
|
||||
c1.744-7.271,2.481-9.588,4.513-9.182c0.638,0.126,1.152,0.613,1.152,1.087c0,0.376-0.324,0.631-0.775,0.657
|
||||
c-0.823,0.709-1.899,5.188-2.618,8.181c-0.001,0.007-0.005,0.016-0.006,0.022h0.001c-1.741,7.228-2.478,9.548-4.487,9.164
|
||||
C144.639,63.13,144.633,63.13,144.627,63.129z M39.988,32.022l1.136,0.372L39.988,32.022z M11.849,26.263l1.137,0.371
|
||||
L11.849,26.263z M-3.89,33.494c0,0-0.001-0.002-0.001-0.002c0.001,0.002-0.008-0.002-0.013-0.002
|
||||
c-2.017-0.414-2.753-3.027-4.498-10.973c-0.001-0.006-0.001-0.011-0.003-0.017c-0.613-2.792-1.485-6.762-2.237-8.517
|
||||
c-0.753,1.457-1.625,5.085-2.239,7.634c-0.107,0.447-0.7,0.645-1.331,0.437c-0.627-0.205-1.048-0.731-0.942-1.178
|
||||
c1.749-7.271,2.485-9.589,4.514-9.184c0.031,0.007,0.061,0.014,0.091,0.021c1.957,0.467,2.697,3.118,4.418,10.958
|
||||
c0.001,0.006,0.002,0.011,0.004,0.016c0.613,2.792,1.484,6.76,2.236,8.515c0.752-1.456,1.624-5.081,2.237-7.63l2.273,0.743
|
||||
c-1.745,7.251-2.48,9.571-4.498,9.181C-3.882,33.494-3.885,33.494-3.89,33.494z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M38.945,23.334c-0.613-2.79-1.485-6.759-2.238-8.515c-0.752,1.456-1.624,5.082-2.237,7.633c0,0,0,0,0,0.001
|
||||
c-0.391,1.622-0.729,2.984-1.044,4.138c0.288,1.193,0.598,2.567,0.948,4.166c0.002,0.007,0.003,0.014,0.004,0.021
|
||||
c0.613,2.79,1.484,6.754,2.235,8.507c0.751-1.455,1.623-5.078,2.236-7.625h0.001c0-0.003,0.001-0.005,0.002-0.009
|
||||
c0.39-1.622,0.729-2.984,1.043-4.138c-0.287-1.189-0.595-2.558-0.944-4.15c0-0.005-0.001-0.01-0.003-0.017L38.945,23.334z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M5.092,16.735c0.033-0.136,0.067-0.279,0.099-0.409l2.272,0.743c-0.389,1.617-0.727,2.977-1.042,4.128
|
||||
c0.288,1.19,0.596,2.561,0.946,4.155c0.001,0.006,0.002,0.011,0.004,0.015c0.613,2.795,1.485,6.773,2.238,8.529
|
||||
c0.753-1.457,1.625-5.085,2.239-7.635c0.001-0.004,0.003-0.009,0.003-0.013c0.389-1.615,0.726-2.973,1.04-4.124
|
||||
c-0.285-1.183-0.592-2.544-0.939-4.125c-0.003-0.015-0.008-0.028-0.01-0.043c-0.613-2.795-1.486-6.772-2.239-8.529
|
||||
c-0.752,1.456-1.625,5.081-2.238,7.628l-2.272-0.743c1.745-7.248,2.481-9.57,4.498-9.178c0.005,0,0.01,0.003,0.013,0.002
|
||||
c0.001,0.001,0.007,0.001,0.012,0.003c2.015,0.413,2.752,3.022,4.491,10.94c0.003,0.015,0.007,0.028,0.011,0.043
|
||||
c0.012,0.053,0.025,0.113,0.037,0.167c0.584-1.045,1.223-1.387,2.107-1.21c0.023,0.004,0.045,0.009,0.067,0.014
|
||||
c0.913,0.208,1.562,0.894,2.166,2.337c0.033-0.137,0.068-0.282,0.1-0.414c0.002-0.005,0.003-0.01,0.004-0.015
|
||||
c1.749-7.259,2.483-9.571,4.51-9.167c0.031,0.006,0.06,0.013,0.09,0.021c1.955,0.466,2.694,3.113,4.412,10.937
|
||||
c0.002,0.009,0.003,0.016,0.005,0.023c0.012,0.053,0.022,0.113,0.034,0.168c0.581-1.04,1.21-1.385,2.087-1.215
|
||||
c0.005,0.002-0.005,0,0.001,0.002c-0.001-0.002-0.016,0.003-0.012,0.003c0.941,0.193,1.555,0.878,2.172,2.353
|
||||
C32.031,21.989,32,21.843,32,21.71c0-0.001,0-0.001,0-0.002c2-7.244,2.577-9.569,4.589-9.185c0.007,0.001,0.11,0.001,0.118,0.004
|
||||
c0.004-0.002,0.015,0.002,0.021,0.003c2.011,0.42,2.747,3.036,4.488,10.964c0.001,0.006,0.002,0.011,0.003,0.016
|
||||
c0.012,0.054,0.025,0.115,0.037,0.17c0.585-1.045,1.224-1.387,2.108-1.211c0.032,0.007,0.063,0.013,0.093,0.021
|
||||
c0.899,0.215,1.541,0.901,2.14,2.331c0.033-0.138,0.068-0.284,0.101-0.417c0.001-0.006,0.003-0.011,0.004-0.016
|
||||
c0.377-1.566,0.705-2.889,1.011-4.018C44.973,9.393,35.469,1,24,1C14.707,1,6.707,6.514,3.079,14.446
|
||||
C3.911,14.694,4.523,15.375,5.092,16.735z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M42.244,27.984c0.402,1.631,0.824,3.142,1.215,4.053c0.359-0.695,0.746-1.892,1.119-3.224
|
||||
c-0.402-1.632-0.824-3.143-1.215-4.054C43.004,25.456,42.617,26.652,42.244,27.984z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M28.742,25.288c0.402,1.632,0.824,3.144,1.216,4.056c0.359-0.696,0.747-1.893,1.12-3.226
|
||||
c-0.402-1.632-0.825-3.144-1.216-4.056C29.503,22.759,29.115,23.956,28.742,25.288z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M4.074,20.726c-0.402-1.63-0.824-3.139-1.214-4.05c-0.36,0.697-0.748,1.896-1.121,3.23
|
||||
c0.401,1.629,0.823,3.137,1.214,4.048C3.313,23.258,3.7,22.06,4.074,20.726z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M23.207,12.127c-0.752,1.455-1.623,5.075-2.236,7.622c-0.001,0.003-0.003,0.007-0.003,0.01
|
||||
c-0.39,1.622-0.728,2.984-1.043,4.138c0.288,1.192,0.597,2.564,0.947,4.162c0.003,0.011,0.004,0.019,0.005,0.029
|
||||
c0.613,2.793,1.484,6.748,2.234,8.499c0.751-1.453,1.621-5.067,2.234-7.607c0.001-0.009,0.003-0.017,0.004-0.025
|
||||
c0.391-1.622,0.729-2.984,1.044-4.137c-0.286-1.187-0.594-2.552-0.942-4.14c-0.002-0.008-0.004-0.016-0.006-0.023
|
||||
C24.832,17.859,23.96,13.883,23.207,12.127z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M43.47,34.332c-0.004-0.003-0.006-0.002-0.01-0.002l-0.001,0.001h-0.001c-0.003,0-0.005,0.004-0.01,0.002
|
||||
c-0.943-0.192-1.605-0.869-2.223-2.344c-0.034,0.139-0.069,0.298-0.102,0.432c-0.001,0.005-0.002,0.037-0.003,0.041
|
||||
c-1.745,7.246-2.289,9.616-4.307,9.223C36.813,41.683,37,41.789,37,41.789V42h-0.389c-0.003,0-0.006,0-0.008,0
|
||||
c-2.019-1-2.754-3.236-4.5-11.183c-0.002-0.007-0.003-0.228-0.005-0.235c-0.011-0.05-0.023-0.104-0.034-0.154
|
||||
c-0.58,1.036-1.214,1.388-2.089,1.22c-0.006-0.002-0.007,0.011-0.018,0.005c-0.006,0.002-0.012,0.014-0.017,0.014
|
||||
c-0.94-0.195-1.602-0.845-2.218-2.316c-0.033,0.139-0.068,0.354-0.101,0.486C27.621,29.844,27.618,30,27.615,30h0.002
|
||||
c-1.741,7-2.478,9.41-4.491,9.021c-0.004,0-0.01-0.141-0.015-0.139c-0.006-0.006-0.009-0.003-0.014-0.003
|
||||
c-2.016-0.415-2.752-3.032-4.499-10.979c-0.001-0.009-0.002-0.014-0.004-0.023c-0.01-0.045-0.021-0.087-0.031-0.132
|
||||
c-0.581,1.039-1.215,1.399-2.092,1.229C16.467,28.973,16.463,29,16.458,29c-0.001,0-0.002,0-0.004,0
|
||||
c-0.004,0-0.008-0.031-0.012-0.032c-0.941-0.193-1.603-0.906-2.219-2.378c-0.033,0.137-0.067,0.28-0.099,0.411
|
||||
c-0.001,0.001-0.001,0.002-0.001,0.004c-1.745,7.25-2.481,9.572-4.497,9.184c-0.004-0.001-0.01-0.002-0.015-0.005
|
||||
c-0.006,0-0.01-0.007-0.015-0.007c-2.014-0.415-2.751-3.037-4.493-10.972C5.102,25.2,5.1,25.179,5.099,25.174l-0.001-0.037
|
||||
c-0.012-0.053-0.025-0.175-0.037-0.229C4.479,25.95,3.843,26,2.963,26c-0.003,0-0.006,0-0.01,0c-0.002,0-0.02,0.121-0.023,0.119
|
||||
c-0.783-0.159-1.382-0.58-1.916-1.558C1.314,37.005,11.486,47,24,47c9.046,0,16.868-5.225,20.624-12.818
|
||||
C44.284,34.374,43.907,34.417,43.47,34.332z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M15.241,22.597c0.402,1.632,0.825,3.144,1.216,4.056c0.36-0.696,0.747-1.894,1.119-3.227
|
||||
c-0.402-1.632-0.824-3.143-1.215-4.054C16.001,20.067,15.614,21.264,15.241,22.597z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 20 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
|
||||
<text transform="matrix(1 0 0 1 9.8389 32.5723)" display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" font-family="'PalatinoLinotype-BoldItalic'" font-size="34">fx</text>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Composed">
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.688,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.688,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z M18.538,18.776
|
||||
l-1.295,5.761c-0.531,2.369-1.052,4.46-1.561,6.275c-0.675,2.435-1.336,4.28-1.984,5.537c-0.647,1.256-1.469,2.385-2.465,3.387
|
||||
c-0.996,1.001-1.893,1.69-2.689,2.066c-0.498,0.232-0.974,0.349-1.428,0.349c-0.398,0-0.819-0.1-1.262-0.299
|
||||
c0.531-1.372,0.896-2.601,1.096-3.686l0.531-0.1c0.432,1.007,0.985,1.511,1.66,1.511c0.232,0,0.457-0.059,0.672-0.174
|
||||
c0.216-0.117,0.417-0.308,0.606-0.573c0.188-0.266,0.423-0.946,0.706-2.042s0.623-2.695,1.021-4.798l1.229-6.425l1.295-6.79
|
||||
c-0.631-0.022-1.135-0.033-1.511-0.033c-0.576,0-1.085,0.011-1.527,0.033l-0.116-0.149l0.116-0.598l0.183-0.183
|
||||
c0.254-0.088,0.758-0.243,1.511-0.465c0.752-0.221,1.333-0.426,1.743-0.614c0.033-0.077,0.105-0.382,0.216-0.913
|
||||
c0.188-0.819,0.354-1.408,0.498-1.768c0.144-0.359,0.393-0.755,0.747-1.187c0.354-0.432,1.001-1.046,1.942-1.843
|
||||
c0.94-0.797,1.812-1.48,2.615-2.05c0.802-0.57,1.405-0.932,1.81-1.087c0.404-0.155,0.849-0.232,1.336-0.232
|
||||
c0.52,0,1.018,0.094,1.494,0.282c-0.432,1.472-0.747,2.905-0.946,4.3l-0.498,0.116c-0.853-1.306-1.705-1.959-2.557-1.959
|
||||
c-0.31,0-0.601,0.097-0.872,0.291c-0.271,0.194-0.481,0.454-0.631,0.78c-0.149,0.327-0.363,1.06-0.639,2.2
|
||||
c-0.277,1.14-0.509,2.252-0.697,3.337h0.382c0.221,0,0.838-0.027,1.851-0.083c1.013-0.055,1.674-0.116,1.984-0.183l0.166,0.266
|
||||
c-0.232,0.631-0.393,1.157-0.481,1.577l-0.183,0.166c-0.388-0.022-1.151-0.033-2.291-0.033
|
||||
C19.396,18.743,18.804,18.754,18.538,18.776z M37.364,20.403l-0.714,0.133l-0.315-0.946c-0.232-0.11-0.448-0.166-0.647-0.166
|
||||
c-0.598,0-1.195,0.269-1.793,0.805c-0.598,0.537-1.483,1.658-2.656,3.362c0.343,2.258,0.642,3.833,0.896,4.724
|
||||
s0.515,1.475,0.78,1.751s0.537,0.415,0.813,0.415c0.498,0,1.345-0.515,2.54-1.544l0.199,0.017l0.382,0.614l-0.033,0.199
|
||||
c-1.937,1.693-3.201,2.703-3.794,3.03c-0.592,0.326-1.109,0.489-1.552,0.489c-0.509,0-0.969-0.199-1.378-0.598
|
||||
s-0.705-0.94-0.889-1.627c-0.182-0.687-0.423-2.003-0.722-3.951c-1.295,1.882-2.216,3.157-2.765,3.827
|
||||
c-0.547,0.669-0.995,1.164-1.344,1.485c-0.349,0.321-0.687,0.545-1.013,0.673c-0.327,0.127-0.667,0.19-1.021,0.19
|
||||
c-0.222,0-0.396-0.02-0.523-0.058c-0.127-0.039-0.435-0.169-0.921-0.391c0.177-0.487,0.321-1.106,0.432-1.859
|
||||
c0.11-0.753,0.166-1.192,0.166-1.32c0-0.127-0.006-0.251-0.017-0.373l0.83-0.083l0.199,1.063c0.332,0.133,0.625,0.199,0.88,0.199
|
||||
c0.387,0,0.808-0.142,1.262-0.423c0.454-0.283,1.096-0.966,1.926-2.051c0.83-1.084,1.367-1.82,1.61-2.208
|
||||
c-0.343-2.059-0.606-3.505-0.788-4.341c-0.184-0.835-0.449-1.383-0.797-1.644c-0.35-0.26-0.689-0.39-1.021-0.39
|
||||
c-0.421,0-0.853,0.144-1.295,0.432c-0.443,0.288-0.775,0.637-0.996,1.046l-0.199,0.066l-0.548-0.315l-0.033-0.183
|
||||
c1.106-1.749,1.749-2.883,1.926-3.403c0.886-0.454,1.721-0.681,2.507-0.681c1.052,0,1.849,0.285,2.391,0.855
|
||||
c0.542,0.57,0.907,1.201,1.096,1.893c0.188,0.692,0.371,1.729,0.548,3.113c1.594-2.335,2.676-3.791,3.245-4.366
|
||||
c0.57-0.575,1.077-0.963,1.52-1.162s0.863-0.299,1.262-0.299c0.321,0,0.703,0.089,1.146,0.266
|
||||
C37.757,17.609,37.497,18.854,37.364,20.403z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.8 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<polyline display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" points="-22,12.5 24.5,12.5 24.5,32.5 62,32.5 "/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M27,10v20h20V7c0-3.313-2.687-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v3H27z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M22,35V15H1v26c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6v-6H22z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 954 B |
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="48px" height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1_1_" display="none">
|
||||
<circle display="inline" cx="24" cy="23.999" r="23"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<path id="full_sin_2_" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" d="M-4.64,16.94
|
||||
c1.398,3.74,2.795,7.481,4.388,7.481 M4.129,16.94c-1.397,3.739-2.793,7.481-4.386,7.481 M4.128,16.94
|
||||
c1.397-3.74,2.795-7.481,4.387-7.481 M12.896,16.941C11.5,13.2,10.104,9.459,8.511,9.459 M12.896,16.942
|
||||
c1.398,3.741,2.795,7.481,4.385,7.481 M21.665,16.942c-1.398,3.741-2.795,7.481-4.387,7.481 M21.665,16.943
|
||||
c1.396-3.741,2.792-7.481,4.385-7.481 M30.432,16.943c-1.396-3.741-2.793-7.481-4.386-7.481 M30.432,16.941
|
||||
c1.397,3.74,2.793,7.481,4.387,7.481 M39.197,16.941c-1.396,3.74-2.793,7.481-4.387,7.481 M39.197,16.941
|
||||
c1.398-3.74,2.796-7.48,4.387-7.48 M47.966,16.942c-1.396-3.741-2.794-7.481-4.385-7.481 M47.966,16.941
|
||||
c1.396,3.74,2.793,7.481,4.39,7.481 M56.732,16.941c-1.396,3.74-2.791,7.481-4.385,7.481 M56.732,16.942
|
||||
c1.398-3.741,2.793-7.481,4.388-7.481 M65.501,16.942c-1.397-3.741-2.793-7.481-4.388-7.481 M65.501,16.94
|
||||
c1.396,3.74,2.793,7.481,4.388,7.481 M74.27,16.94c-1.396,3.739-2.793,7.481-4.386,7.481 M74.27,16.94
|
||||
c1.396-3.74,2.791-7.481,4.385-7.481 M83.038,16.941c-1.397-3.741-2.797-7.482-4.388-7.482 M83.038,16.942
|
||||
c1.396,3.741,2.795,7.481,4.385,7.481 M91.807,16.942c-1.396,3.741-2.795,7.481-4.386,7.481"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M2.705,16.465c0.006-0.017,0.012-0.033,0.018-0.05c1.761-4.714,3.153-8.439,5.775-8.456c0.006,0,0.01,0.001,0.015,0
|
||||
c0.003,0.001,0.01,0,0.015,0c2.623,0.017,4.014,3.742,5.773,8.456c0.004,0.01,0.007,0.02,0.011,0.03
|
||||
c0.803,2.147,2.106,5.629,2.969,6.396c0.866-0.769,2.177-4.275,2.979-6.421h0c0,0,0-0.001,0-0.001
|
||||
c1.76-4.716,3.15-8.442,5.775-8.457c0.004,0,0.007,0,0.013,0c0.004,0,0.009,0,0.013,0c2.616,0.014,4.007,3.717,5.76,8.412
|
||||
c0.006,0.014,0.011,0.028,0.017,0.042l0.006,0.015c0.8,2.141,2.106,5.639,2.972,6.408c0.867-0.77,2.176-4.276,2.978-6.421
|
||||
c0.001-0.003,0.002-0.007,0.003-0.01c1.763-4.712,3.155-8.436,5.778-8.446c0.002,0,0.005,0,0.01,0h0.001c0.003,0,0.006,0,0.008,0
|
||||
c1.41,0.005,2.463,1.087,3.408,2.811V7c0-3.313-2.688-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v13.725C1.614,19.38,2.242,17.704,2.705,16.465z"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<path d="M46.572,17.496c-0.004-0.01-0.008-0.02-0.012-0.03c-0.801-2.146-2.109-5.654-2.978-6.423
|
||||
c-0.866,0.768-2.176,4.271-2.978,6.415c-0.001,0.003-0.002,0.006-0.004,0.009c-1.757,4.706-3.146,8.427-5.761,8.455
|
||||
c-0.009,0-0.018,0.002-0.026,0c-0.01,0.001-0.018,0-0.026,0c-2.607-0.028-3.995-3.728-5.745-8.411
|
||||
c-0.006-0.014-0.011-0.029-0.017-0.043c-0.802-2.146-2.111-5.656-2.979-6.424c-0.867,0.768-2.176,4.277-2.978,6.424
|
||||
c-0.004,0.01-0.008,0.021-0.012,0.031c-1.757,4.701-3.148,8.412-5.767,8.425c-0.004,0-0.006-0.001-0.012,0
|
||||
c-0.006-0.001-0.009,0-0.012,0c-2.622-0.013-4.014-3.738-5.775-8.453c-0.004-0.01-0.008-0.021-0.011-0.031
|
||||
c-0.802-2.149-2.104-5.633-2.968-6.398c-0.867,0.768-2.178,4.277-2.98,6.423c0,0,0,0,0,0c-0.002,0.004-0.003,0.009-0.005,0.013
|
||||
h0.001C4.071,21.382,2.864,24.6,1,25.596V41c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V18.637
|
||||
C46.859,18.263,46.717,17.885,46.572,17.496z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 3.6 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="x">
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1_1_" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<g display="inline">
|
||||
<rect x="5" y="10.828" fill="#FFFFFF" width="4.673" height="21.398"/>
|
||||
<rect x="10.404" y="10.828" fill="#FFFFFF" width="4.674" height="21.398"/>
|
||||
<rect x="15.81" y="10.828" fill="#FFFFFF" width="4.673" height="21.398"/>
|
||||
<rect x="21.215" y="10.828" fill="#FFFFFF" width="4.673" height="21.398"/>
|
||||
<rect x="8.417" y="10.828" width="3.243" height="12.333"/>
|
||||
<rect x="13.823" y="10.828" width="3.243" height="12.333"/>
|
||||
<rect x="26.619" y="10.828" fill="#FFFFFF" width="4.673" height="21.398"/>
|
||||
<rect x="19.227" y="10.828" width="3.244" height="12.333"/>
|
||||
<rect x="32.023" y="10.828" fill="#FFFFFF" width="4.674" height="21.398"/>
|
||||
<rect x="30.036" y="10.828" width="3.243" height="12.333"/>
|
||||
<rect x="37.429" y="10.828" fill="#FFFFFF" width="4.673" height="21.398"/>
|
||||
<rect x="35.441" y="10.828" width="3.243" height="12.333"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z M5,32.227V10.828
|
||||
h3.417V23.5h1.256v8.727H5z M10.404,32.227V23.5h1.256V10.828h2.163V23.5h1.256v8.727H10.404z M15.81,32.227V23.5h1.256V10.828
|
||||
h2.162V23.5h1.255v8.727H15.81z M25.888,32.227h-4.673V23.5h1.256V10.828h3.417V32.227z M26.619,32.227V10.828h3.417V23.5h1.256
|
||||
v8.727H26.619z M32.023,32.227V23.5h1.256V10.828h2.162V23.5h1.256v8.727H32.023z M42.102,32.227h-4.673V23.5h1.256V10.828h3.417
|
||||
V32.227z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.1 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="48px" height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1_1_" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<polyline display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" points="5.5,53.25 24,12.5 65.5,12.5 "/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M22.389,10H47V7c0-3.313-2.688-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,2.853,1.994,5.236,4.662,5.845L22.389,10z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M25.61,15L11.083,47H41c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V15H25.61z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<path d="M109,15"/>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 982 B |
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="48px" height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1_1_" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="6" d="M24,9.328c0,4.971-4.029,9-9,9H-0.605
|
||||
c-4.971,0-9-4.029-9-9V-9.328c0-4.971,4.029-9,9-9H15c4.971,0,9,4.029,9,9V9.328z"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="6" d="M24,57.328c0,4.971-4.029,9-9,9H-0.605
|
||||
c-4.971,0-9-4.029-9-9V38.672c0-4.971,4.029-9,9-9H15c4.971,0,9,4.029,9,9V57.328z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H28v8.328c0,6.617-5.383,12-12,12H1v5.344h15c6.617,0,12,5.383,12,12V47h13c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7
|
||||
C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M16,32.672H1V41c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h15v-8.328C22,35.363,19.309,32.672,16,32.672z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M22,9.328V1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v8.328h15C19.309,15.328,22,12.636,22,9.328z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="x">
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<g display="inline">
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" stroke-linecap="round" x1="11.5" y1="29" x2="11.5" y2="38.5"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="#FFFFFF" cx="11.5" cy="13.5" r="2.5"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="#FFFFFF" cx="11.5" cy="20.5" r="2.5"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g display="inline">
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" stroke-linecap="round" x1="21.5" y1="29" x2="21.5" y2="38.5"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="#FFFFFF" cx="21.5" cy="13.5" r="2.5"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="#FFFFFF" cx="21.5" cy="20.5" r="2.5"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g display="inline">
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" stroke-linecap="round" x1="31.5" y1="29" x2="31.5" y2="38.5"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="#FFFFFF" cx="31.5" cy="13.5" r="2.5"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="#FFFFFF" cx="31.5" cy="20.5" r="2.5"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Compound">
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z M14,38.5
|
||||
c0,1.381-1.119,2.5-2.5,2.5S9,39.881,9,38.5V29c0-1.381,1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5S14,27.619,14,29V38.5z M11.5,23
|
||||
C10.119,23,9,21.88,9,20.5s1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.12,2.5,2.5S12.881,23,11.5,23z M11.5,16C10.119,16,9,14.88,9,13.5
|
||||
s1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.12,2.5,2.5S12.881,16,11.5,16z M24,38.5c0,1.381-1.119,2.5-2.5,2.5S19,39.881,19,38.5V29
|
||||
c0-1.381,1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5S24,27.619,24,29V38.5z M21.5,23c-1.381,0-2.5-1.12-2.5-2.5s1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.12,2.5,2.5
|
||||
S22.881,23,21.5,23z M21.5,16c-1.381,0-2.5-1.12-2.5-2.5s1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.12,2.5,2.5S22.881,16,21.5,16z M34,38.5
|
||||
c0,1.381-1.119,2.5-2.5,2.5S29,39.881,29,38.5V29c0-1.381,1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5S34,27.619,34,29V38.5z M31.5,23
|
||||
c-1.381,0-2.5-1.12-2.5-2.5s1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.12,2.5,2.5S32.881,23,31.5,23z M31.5,16c-1.381,0-2.5-1.12-2.5-2.5
|
||||
s1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.12,2.5,2.5S32.881,16,31.5,16z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.4 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<circle cx="24" cy="23.999" r="23"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<path id="full_sin_1_" display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" d="M-12.638,28.917
|
||||
M-12.64,28.914c1.498,5.253,2.994,10.507,4.7,10.507 M-3.248,28.914c-1.497,5.251-2.992,10.507-4.698,10.507 M-3.249,28.914
|
||||
c1.497-5.253,2.994-10.507,4.699-10.507 M6.143,28.915c-1.495-5.254-2.991-10.508-4.697-10.508 M6.143,28.917
|
||||
c1.498,5.254,2.994,10.507,4.696,10.507 M15.536,28.917c-1.498,5.254-2.994,10.507-4.699,10.507 M15.536,28.918
|
||||
c1.495-5.254,2.99-10.507,4.697-10.507 M24.926,28.918c-1.497-5.254-2.993-10.507-4.698-10.507 M24.926,28.915
|
||||
c1.496,5.253,2.99,10.508,4.697,10.508 M34.314,28.915c-1.495,5.253-2.99,10.508-4.697,10.508 M34.314,28.915
|
||||
c1.499-5.252,2.994-10.505,4.698-10.505 M43.706,28.917c-1.495-5.254-2.992-10.507-4.696-10.507 M43.706,28.915
|
||||
c1.496,5.253,2.992,10.508,4.701,10.508 M53.098,28.915c-1.496,5.253-2.99,10.508-4.697,10.508 M53.098,28.917
|
||||
c1.498-5.254,2.991-10.507,4.698-10.507 M62.488,28.917C60.99,23.663,59.497,18.41,57.79,18.41 M62.488,28.914
|
||||
c1.494,5.253,2.991,10.507,4.698,10.507 M71.879,28.914c-1.493,5.251-2.991,10.507-4.696,10.507 M71.879,28.914
|
||||
c1.496-5.253,2.99-10.507,4.697-10.507 M81.272,28.915c-1.498-5.254-2.996-10.508-4.698-10.508 M81.272,28.917
|
||||
c1.496,5.254,2.993,10.507,4.696,10.507 M90.663,28.917c-1.495,5.254-2.993,10.507-4.696,10.507 M90.663,28.918"/>
|
||||
<path id="full_sin_2_" display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" d="M-3.998,19.851
|
||||
M-4,19.848c1.498,5.253,2.994,10.508,4.7,10.508 M5.392,19.848C3.896,25.1,2.4,30.355,0.694,30.355 M5.391,19.848
|
||||
C6.888,14.595,8.385,9.341,10.09,9.341 M14.782,19.849c-1.495-5.254-2.991-10.508-4.697-10.508 M14.782,19.851
|
||||
c1.498,5.254,2.994,10.507,4.696,10.507 M24.176,19.851c-1.498,5.254-2.994,10.507-4.699,10.507 M24.176,19.852
|
||||
c1.494-5.254,2.99-10.507,4.695-10.507 M33.564,19.852c-1.496-5.254-2.992-10.507-4.697-10.507 M33.564,19.849
|
||||
c1.498,5.252,2.992,10.506,4.699,10.506 M42.953,19.849c-1.494,5.252-2.99,10.506-4.697,10.506 M42.953,19.849
|
||||
c1.5-5.253,2.996-10.506,4.699-10.506 M52.346,19.851C50.85,14.596,49.354,9.343,47.65,9.343 M52.346,19.849
|
||||
c1.496,5.252,2.992,10.506,4.701,10.506 M61.736,19.849c-1.494,5.252-2.988,10.506-4.695,10.506 M61.736,19.851
|
||||
c1.498-5.254,2.992-10.507,4.699-10.507 M71.129,19.851c-1.498-5.254-2.992-10.507-4.699-10.507 M71.129,19.848
|
||||
c1.492,5.253,2.99,10.508,4.697,10.508 M80.52,19.848c-1.494,5.252-2.992,10.508-4.697,10.508 M80.52,19.848
|
||||
c1.496-5.253,2.988-10.507,4.695-10.507 M89.912,19.849c-1.498-5.254-2.996-10.508-4.699-10.508 M89.912,19.851
|
||||
c1.496,5.254,2.994,10.507,4.697,10.507 M99.303,19.851c-1.496,5.254-2.992,10.507-4.695,10.507 M99.303,19.852"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Composed">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M32.137,20.311c-0.006-0.016-0.011-0.032-0.015-0.048c-0.858-3.013-2.245-7.882-3.253-9.208
|
||||
c-1.01,1.325-2.394,6.195-3.251,9.207c-0.003,0.012-0.006,0.023-0.01,0.035c-0.293,1.029-0.569,1.985-0.835,2.88
|
||||
c0.492,1.501,1.004,3.257,1.581,5.28c0.005,0.016,0.01,0.031,0.014,0.047l0.007,0.023c0.855,3.005,2.239,7.861,3.245,9.185
|
||||
c1.008-1.325,2.394-6.191,3.25-9.202l2.239,0.637c-0.006-0.01-0.011-0.021-0.017-0.031l-0.778-0.2l-1.432-0.449
|
||||
c0.293-1.027,0.569-1.982,0.835-2.877C33.225,24.089,32.714,22.333,32.137,20.311z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M36.87,25.533c0.485,1.389,0.97,2.558,1.39,3.11c0.64-0.841,1.43-3.104,2.141-5.415c-0.484-1.389-0.969-2.557-1.389-3.108
|
||||
C38.373,20.96,37.582,23.225,36.87,25.533z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M1.433,17c0.005,0,0.009,0,0.015,0c0.009,0,0.011,0,0.015,0c1.069,0,1.911,0.599,2.674,1.826
|
||||
c2.052-7.168,3.316-10.967,5.936-10.984c0.004,0,0.007,0.004,0.015,0.001c0.007,0.003,0.01,0.003,0.015,0.002
|
||||
c2.702,0.017,3.959,3.999,6.123,11.604c0.003,0.011,0.006,0.033,0.009,0.044c0.109,0.383,0.227,0.818,0.351,1.249
|
||||
C17.616,18.25,18.683,17,20.213,17c0.006,0,0.011,0,0.017,0c0.007,0,0.012,0,0.017,0c1.069,0,1.911,0.68,2.673,1.909
|
||||
C24.969,11.737,26.232,8,28.855,8c0.005,0,0.009,0,0.014,0s0.009,0,0.014,0c2.694,0,3.953,3.901,6.11,11.475
|
||||
c0.005,0.015,0.01-0.042,0.014-0.026l0.012,0.051c0.108,0.381,0.226,0.814,0.35,1.243C36.401,18.247,37.469,17,39.001,17
|
||||
c0.004,0,0.011,0,0.01,0c0.005,0,0.007,0,0.011,0c1.071,0,1.915,0.675,2.679,1.903c1.88-6.559,3.102-10.227,5.3-10.811V7
|
||||
c0-3.313-2.687-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v10.046C1.142,17.022,1.283,17,1.433,17z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M44.396,20.26c-0.296,1.041-0.574,2.006-0.842,2.91c0.493,1.504,1.006,3.266,1.584,5.296
|
||||
c0.004,0.013,0.008,0.025,0.011,0.038l0.002,0.006c0.497,1.747,1.173,4.115,1.85,6.058V12.255
|
||||
c-0.894,2.018-1.911,5.579-2.595,7.97C44.402,20.236,44.399,20.248,44.396,20.26z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M1.448,20.117C1.306,20.305,1.155,20.571,1,20.885v7.27c0.576-1.054,1.235-2.969,1.838-4.927
|
||||
C2.353,21.838,1.868,20.669,1.448,20.117z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M4.602,19.619c0.003,0.007,0.007,0.014,0.011,0.021l0.778,0.208l-0.015-0.004l0.003,0.001L4.602,19.619z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M18.089,25.536c0.485,1.391,0.97,2.56,1.389,3.111c0.639-0.84,1.43-3.103,2.142-5.414
|
||||
c-0.485-1.391-0.971-2.56-1.391-3.112C19.59,20.961,18.8,23.225,18.089,25.536z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M42.275,29.424c-0.004-0.014-0.009-0.047-0.012-0.061c-0.111-0.392-0.232-0.779-0.359-1.223
|
||||
C40.876,30.627,39.812,32,38.286,32c-0.009,0-0.019,0-0.026,0c-0.011,0-0.019,0-0.026,0c-1.064,0-1.903-0.722-2.663-1.947
|
||||
c-2.049,7.167-3.313,10.85-5.93,10.871c-0.007,0-0.013,0.003-0.021,0.001c-0.006,0.002-0.014,0.003-0.021,0.003
|
||||
c-2.691-0.022-3.947-3.977-6.102-11.543c-0.005-0.016-0.01-0.022-0.014-0.038l-0.002,0.011c-0.111-0.391-0.231-0.776-0.359-1.217
|
||||
C22.088,30.64,21.02,32,19.484,32c-0.002,0-0.004,0-0.006,0c-0.003,0-0.005,0-0.006,0c-1.073,0-1.917-0.674-2.681-1.905
|
||||
C14.734,37.272,13.471,41,10.844,41c-0.001,0-0.003,0-0.005,0c-0.001,0-0.001,0-0.002,0c-0.002,0-0.004,0-0.005,0
|
||||
c-2.703,0-3.96-4-6.128-11.605c-0.004-0.012-0.007-0.046-0.011-0.059c-0.109-0.385-0.228-0.763-0.352-1.195
|
||||
C3.376,30.472,2.376,31.804,1,31.967V41c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6v-0.422
|
||||
C45.185,39.368,44.025,35.57,42.275,29.424z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M7.585,28.505c0.003,0.013,0.007,0.025,0.01,0.038c0.858,3.011,2.239,7.85,3.243,9.171
|
||||
c1.006-1.323,2.392-6.183,3.249-9.188h0c0.001-0.006,0.003-0.012,0.005-0.018c0.296-1.042,0.575-2.009,0.843-2.914
|
||||
c-0.496-1.511-1.012-3.28-1.593-5.321c-0.003-0.012-0.006-0.023-0.009-0.035c-0.857-3.015-2.239-7.865-3.246-9.187
|
||||
c-1.008,1.325-2.395,6.19-3.252,9.2l-1.444-0.404l0.053,0.015l-0.041-0.012l1.424,0.431c-0.294,1.032-0.571,1.992-0.837,2.889
|
||||
C6.487,24.686,7.003,26.459,7.585,28.505z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 7.0 KiB |
Executable
+15
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="48px" height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="x">
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z M19.996,38.5
|
||||
c0,1.381-1.119,2.5-2.5,2.5s-2.5-1.119-2.5-2.5V8.984c0-1.381,1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.119,2.5,2.5V38.5z M17.496,28.019
|
||||
c-1.381,0-2.5-1.12-2.5-2.5s1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.12,2.5,2.5S18.877,28.019,17.496,28.019z M29.996,38.5
|
||||
c0,1.381-1.119,2.5-2.5,2.5s-2.5-1.119-2.5-2.5V8.984c0-1.381,1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.119,2.5,2.5V38.5z M37.504,31.021
|
||||
c-1.381,0-2.5-1.12-2.5-2.5s1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.12,2.5,2.5S38.885,31.021,37.504,31.021z M40.004,38.5
|
||||
c0,1.381-1.119,2.5-2.5,2.5s-2.5-1.119-2.5-2.5V8.984c0-1.381,1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.119,2.5,2.5V38.5z M27.496,23.016
|
||||
c-1.381,0-2.5-1.12-2.5-2.5s1.119-2.5,2.5-2.5s2.5,1.12,2.5,2.5S28.877,23.016,27.496,23.016z"/>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.3 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="48px" height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1_1_" display="none">
|
||||
<circle cx="24" cy="23.999" r="23"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<path id="full_sin_2_" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" d="M-4.64,16.94
|
||||
c1.398,3.74,2.795,7.481,4.388,7.481 M4.129,16.94c-1.397,3.739-2.793,7.481-4.386,7.481 M4.128,16.94
|
||||
c1.397-3.74,2.795-7.481,4.387-7.481 M12.896,16.941C11.5,13.2,10.104,9.459,8.511,9.459 M12.896,16.942
|
||||
c1.398,3.741,2.795,7.481,4.385,7.481 M21.665,16.942c-1.398,3.741-2.795,7.481-4.387,7.481 M21.665,16.943
|
||||
c1.396-3.741,2.792-7.481,4.385-7.481 M30.432,16.943c-1.396-3.741-2.793-7.481-4.386-7.481 M30.432,16.941
|
||||
c1.397,3.74,2.793,7.481,4.387,7.481 M39.197,16.941c-1.396,3.74-2.793,7.481-4.387,7.481 M39.197,16.941
|
||||
c1.398-3.74,2.796-7.48,4.387-7.48 M47.966,16.942c-1.396-3.741-2.794-7.481-4.385-7.481 M47.966,16.941
|
||||
c1.396,3.74,2.793,7.481,4.39,7.481 M56.732,16.941c-1.396,3.74-2.791,7.481-4.385,7.481 M56.732,16.942
|
||||
c1.398-3.741,2.793-7.481,4.388-7.481 M65.501,16.942c-1.397-3.741-2.793-7.481-4.388-7.481 M65.501,16.94
|
||||
c1.396,3.74,2.793,7.481,4.388,7.481 M74.27,16.94c-1.396,3.739-2.793,7.481-4.386,7.481 M74.27,16.94
|
||||
c1.396-3.74,2.791-7.481,4.385-7.481 M83.038,16.941c-1.397-3.741-2.797-7.482-4.388-7.482 M83.038,16.942
|
||||
c1.396,3.741,2.795,7.481,4.385,7.481 M91.807,16.942c-1.396,3.741-2.795,7.481-4.386,7.481"/>
|
||||
<polyline id="Saw" display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" points="-6.75,27.423
|
||||
8.747,12.459 8.747,27.402 23.467,12.462 23.467,27.423 38.316,12.459 38.316,27 54.096,12.459 53.385,27.423 69.167,12.459 "/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M10.247,8.925v14.817l14.72-14.94v14.979l14.85-14.964v14.76L47,16.958V7c0-3.313-2.688-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7
|
||||
v10.854L10.247,8.925z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M36.816,30.422V16.1L21.967,31.064V16.122L7.247,31.062V15.993L1,22.024V41c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6
|
||||
V21.038L36.816,30.422z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.5 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
|
||||
<svg
|
||||
version="1.1"
|
||||
id="Layer_1"
|
||||
x="0px"
|
||||
y="0px"
|
||||
width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px"
|
||||
viewBox="0 0 48 48"
|
||||
enable-background="new 0 0 48 48"
|
||||
xml:space="preserve"
|
||||
sodipodi:docname="fx_multiband_eq.svg"
|
||||
inkscape:version="1.4.3 (1:1.4.3+202512261035+0d15f75042)"
|
||||
xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
|
||||
xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
|
||||
xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
|
||||
xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"><defs
|
||||
id="defs1" /><sodipodi:namedview
|
||||
id="namedview1"
|
||||
pagecolor="#ffffff"
|
||||
bordercolor="#000000"
|
||||
borderopacity="0.25"
|
||||
inkscape:showpageshadow="2"
|
||||
inkscape:pageopacity="0.0"
|
||||
inkscape:pagecheckerboard="0"
|
||||
inkscape:deskcolor="#d1d1d1"
|
||||
inkscape:zoom="16"
|
||||
inkscape:cx="17.75"
|
||||
inkscape:cy="23.34375"
|
||||
inkscape:window-width="2192"
|
||||
inkscape:window-height="1161"
|
||||
inkscape:window-x="0"
|
||||
inkscape:window-y="0"
|
||||
inkscape:window-maximized="1"
|
||||
inkscape:current-layer="Layer_1" />
|
||||
|
||||
<path
|
||||
id="path1"
|
||||
style="display:inline"
|
||||
d="M 7,47 C 3.687,47 1,44.313 1,41 V 26.449219 h 6.9863281 c 3.4778329,0 4.5452949,0.863465 5.6289059,2.421875 1.083611,1.55841 1.841011,4.189524 3.126954,7.115234 0.414273,0.942222 1.373242,1.525093 2.40039,1.458984 1.0274,-0.06636 1.903735,-0.767895 2.19336,-1.755859 0.665691,-2.267781 1.974127,-6.82443 4.236328,-10.693359 2.262201,-3.86893 5.126754,-6.712891 9.136718,-6.712891 h 0.002 l 12.285156,-0.05078 -0.01953,-4.900391 -12.287109,0.05078 c -6.324566,0.02448 -10.662115,4.549066 -13.345703,9.138672 -1.12249,1.919738 -1.901359,3.854631 -2.609375,5.683594 C 18.383581,27.490279 18.117026,26.762101 17.63872,26.074219 15.837793,23.484191 12.594172,21.550781 7.9863761,21.550781 H 1 V 7 C 1,3.687 3.687,1 7,1 h 34 c 3.313,0 6,2.688 6,6 v 34 c 0,3.313 -2.687,6 -6,6 z"
|
||||
sodipodi:nodetypes="sscsscccssccccscsscsssssss" />
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.0 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Original" display="none">
|
||||
<circle display="inline" cx="24" cy="23.999" r="23"/>
|
||||
|
||||
<ellipse transform="matrix(0.9257 -0.3782 0.3782 0.9257 -6.8006 11.0334)" display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" cx="24.693" cy="22.832" rx="8.86" ry="12.838"/>
|
||||
<line display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="5" x1="35.209" y1="-0.569" x2="13.625" y2="48.241"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M28.602,32.402c1.899-0.775,2.621-2.884,2.882-4.072c0.517-2.352,0.188-5.232-0.903-7.903
|
||||
c-0.302-0.739-0.646-1.417-1.017-2.049l-5.817,13.155c1.183,0.759,2.367,1.15,3.388,1.15
|
||||
C27.652,32.684,28.146,32.589,28.602,32.402z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M20.783,13.264c-1.898,0.775-2.62,2.884-2.881,4.071c-0.517,2.352-0.188,5.232,0.903,7.902
|
||||
c0.354,0.866,0.763,1.655,1.208,2.373l5.883-13.304c-1.268-0.873-2.551-1.323-3.647-1.323
|
||||
C21.733,12.983,21.24,13.077,20.783,13.264z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M35.807,4.261l-3.896,8.812c1.318,1.549,2.452,3.392,3.299,5.464c1.486,3.64,1.898,7.499,1.158,10.867
|
||||
c-0.803,3.65-2.943,6.431-5.875,7.628c-1.059,0.433-2.188,0.652-3.357,0.652c-1.847,0-3.696-0.549-5.431-1.532l-4.363,9.866
|
||||
C19.45,46.654,21.684,47,24,47c12.703,0,23-10.297,23-23.001C47,15.613,42.511,8.279,35.807,4.261z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M17.699,32.847c-1.414-1.601-2.628-3.531-3.522-5.719c-1.486-3.639-1.898-7.498-1.158-10.866
|
||||
c0.802-3.65,2.942-6.43,5.874-7.627c1.059-0.433,2.189-0.652,3.358-0.652c1.942,0,3.889,0.598,5.701,1.68l3.311-7.486
|
||||
C28.979,1.417,26.538,1,24,1C11.297,1,1,11.296,1,23.999c0,8.612,4.736,16.114,11.742,20.056L17.699,32.847z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.0 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="x">
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<line display="inline" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="4" x1="-2.085" y1="35.585" x2="51.918" y2="35.585"/>
|
||||
<g display="inline">
|
||||
<line x1="-3.085" y1="17.585" x2="50.918" y2="17.585"/>
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="4" x1="-3.085" y1="17.585" x2="-0.585" y2="17.585"/>
|
||||
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="4" stroke-dasharray="5.0003,4.0003" x1="3.415" y1="17.585" x2="46.418" y2="17.585"/>
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="4" x1="48.418" y1="17.585" x2="50.918" y2="17.585"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Compound">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M47,33.585V7c0-3.313-2.688-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v26.585H47z M39.418,15.585h5v4h-5V15.585z M30.417,15.585h5v4h-5
|
||||
V15.585z M21.417,15.585h5v4h-5V15.585z M12.416,15.585h5v4h-5V15.585z M3.415,15.585h5v4h-5V15.585z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M1,37.585V41c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6v-3.415H1z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.5 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<path d="M35.819,27C34.863,32.666,29.935,37,24,37c-4.43,0-8.298-2.419-10.376-6h5.103c1.41,1.24,3.253,2,5.274,2
|
||||
c4.411,0,8-3.589,8-8s-3.589-8-8-8c-2.021,0-3.864,0.759-5.274,2h-5.103c2.079-3.581,5.947-6,10.376-6
|
||||
c5.935,0,10.862,4.334,11.819,10H47V7c0-3.313-2.687-6-6-6H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v16h18.799c0.75-1.572,2.342-2.667,4.201-2.667
|
||||
c2.577,0,4.667,2.089,4.667,4.667c0,2.577-2.09,4.667-4.667,4.667c-1.858,0-3.45-1.095-4.201-2.667H1v14c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34
|
||||
c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6V27H35.819z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 900 B |
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<circle cx="24" cy="23.999" r="23"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<g display="inline">
|
||||
<circle fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" cx="9.938" cy="59.874" r="10.865"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" cx="9.938" cy="59.874" r="25.055"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" cx="9.938" cy="59.874" r="37.472"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" cx="9.938" cy="60.761" r="52.327"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g display="inline">
|
||||
<circle fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" cx="50.938" cy="46.874" r="10.865"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" cx="50.938" cy="46.874" r="25.055"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" cx="50.938" cy="46.874" r="37.472"/>
|
||||
<circle fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="round" cx="50.938" cy="47.761" r="52.327"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Composed">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M43.872,40.746c0.706,1.248,1.34,2.542,1.908,3.869C46.542,43.609,47,42.359,47,41v-2.618
|
||||
C45.798,38.944,44.733,39.755,43.872,40.746z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M34.719,29.817c2.885,2.382,5.421,5.171,7.522,8.277c1.326-1.313,2.952-2.32,4.759-2.931V26.06
|
||||
c-0.636-0.679-1.277-1.352-1.949-1.995C41.114,25.081,37.578,27.097,34.719,29.817z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M28.225,40.646c1.944,1.851,3.607,3.993,4.924,6.354h5.429c-0.001-0.042-0.005-0.084-0.005-0.126
|
||||
c0-2.287,0.635-4.423,1.722-6.263c-2.072-3.253-4.646-6.156-7.622-8.59C30.634,34.523,29.102,37.45,28.225,40.646z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M9.938,36.319c-3.144,0-6.144,0.624-8.889,1.747C1.03,38.161,1.018,38.259,1,38.354V41c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h4.969
|
||||
c0-0.042-0.003-0.084-0.003-0.126c0-3.566,0.491-7.019,1.393-10.304C12.241,36.407,11.1,36.319,9.938,36.319z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M24.383,46.874c0-1.773,0.178-3.506,0.512-5.184c-2.49-2.051-5.409-3.596-8.596-4.491
|
||||
c-0.862,3.08-1.333,6.323-1.333,9.675c0,0.042,0.003,0.084,0.003,0.126h9.417C24.386,46.958,24.383,46.916,24.383,46.874z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M45.951,20.795c0.347-0.066,0.697-0.123,1.049-0.175v-9.5c-3.709,0.408-7.249,1.382-10.535,2.832
|
||||
C39.874,15.893,43.058,18.185,45.951,20.795z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M42.103,43.797c-0.338,0.966-0.53,1.998-0.53,3.077c0,0.033,0.006,0.064,0.006,0.097c0.615-0.059,1.203-0.209,1.749-0.439
|
||||
C42.954,45.602,42.55,44.688,42.103,43.797z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M27.534,44.238c-0.097,0.866-0.151,1.744-0.151,2.636c0,0.042,0.006,0.084,0.006,0.126h2.236
|
||||
C28.989,46.032,28.301,45.101,27.534,44.238z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M33.163,12.209C37.389,10.034,42.061,8.618,47,8.116V7c0-3.313-2.687-6-6-6h-9.932c-4.141,1.77-8.006,4.064-11.5,6.813
|
||||
C24.346,8.681,28.911,10.167,33.163,12.209z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M7.774,20.965c0.716-0.04,1.437-0.063,2.163-0.063c3.709,0,7.295,0.532,10.696,1.504c2.637-3.26,5.789-6.083,9.331-8.354
|
||||
c-4.212-1.813-8.716-3.062-13.419-3.675C13.167,13.487,10.214,17.05,7.774,20.965z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M1,10.736v11.208c1.008-0.237,2.029-0.442,3.065-0.6c2.35-4.152,5.228-7.965,8.554-11.339
|
||||
c-0.888-0.046-1.782-0.072-2.682-0.072C6.887,9.934,3.904,10.219,1,10.736z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M9.938,6.934c1.904,0,3.785,0.103,5.639,0.297c2.699-2.358,5.641-4.441,8.771-6.23H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v0.689
|
||||
C3.909,7.201,6.892,6.934,9.938,6.934z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M5.96,24.127c-1.736,3.29-3.122,6.79-4.107,10.455c2.551-0.817,5.266-1.263,8.084-1.263c1.476,0,2.921,0.127,4.333,0.359
|
||||
c1.118-3.097,2.616-6.013,4.439-8.69c-2.809-0.707-5.747-1.086-8.772-1.086C8.593,23.902,7.267,23.982,5.96,24.127z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M1,27.711c0.406-1.01,0.834-2.007,1.299-2.985C1.863,24.821,1.431,24.927,1,25.038V27.711z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M17.221,34.344c3.104,0.887,5.979,2.319,8.508,4.197c1.013-3.056,2.563-5.866,4.544-8.318
|
||||
c-2.617-1.8-5.482-3.259-8.533-4.322C19.881,28.482,18.351,31.314,17.221,34.344z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M23.699,23.419c3.07,1.163,5.954,2.704,8.599,4.564c2.834-2.797,6.292-4.958,10.145-6.262
|
||||
c-2.834-2.364-5.933-4.417-9.237-6.126C29.603,17.646,26.389,20.299,23.699,23.419z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 4.6 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<text transform="matrix(1 0 0 1 8.8398 22.1665)" display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" font-family="'MyriadPro-Bold'" font-size="24">0</text>
|
||||
|
||||
<text transform="matrix(1 0 0 1 24.8398 22.1665)" display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" font-family="'MyriadPro-Bold'" font-size="24">1</text>
|
||||
<text transform="matrix(1 0 0 1 25.3398 41.166)" display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" font-family="'MyriadPro-Bold'" font-size="24">0</text>
|
||||
<text transform="matrix(1 0 0 1 8.3398 41.166)" display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" font-family="'MyriadPro-Bold'" font-size="24">1</text>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M32.013,28.062c-1.345,0-2.257,1.704-2.232,5.328c-0.024,3.577,0.84,5.28,2.256,5.28s2.185-1.775,2.185-5.328
|
||||
C34.221,29.886,33.477,28.062,32.013,28.062z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z M31.009,7H34v15
|
||||
h-3V10h-0.544l-2.976,1.428L26.88,8.703L31.009,7z M18,41h-4V29h-0.044l-2.976,1.428l-0.601-2.725L14.509,26H18V41z M15.44,22.431
|
||||
c-4.032,0-5.809-3.625-5.833-8.041c0-4.512,1.921-8.088,5.953-8.088c4.176,0,5.809,3.72,5.809,7.993
|
||||
C21.369,19.118,19.425,22.431,15.44,22.431z M31.94,41.431c-4.032,0-5.809-3.624-5.833-8.041c0-4.513,1.921-8.089,5.953-8.089
|
||||
c4.176,0,5.809,3.721,5.809,7.993C37.869,38.118,35.925,41.431,31.94,41.431z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M15.513,9.062c-1.345,0-2.257,1.704-2.232,5.328c-0.024,3.577,0.84,5.281,2.256,5.281s2.185-1.776,2.185-5.329
|
||||
C17.721,10.886,16.977,9.062,15.513,9.062z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 2.1 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="x">
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<g display="inline">
|
||||
<line x1="24" y1="24" x2="31.413" y2="11.541"/>
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="square" x1="24" y1="24" x2="28.11" y2="17.091"/>
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<polygon fill="#FFFFFF" points="31.296,20.515 31.413,11.541 23.583,15.925 "/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<circle display="inline" fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="2" stroke-linecap="round" cx="24" cy="24" r="15.928"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Compound">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z M24,40.928
|
||||
c-9.334,0-16.928-7.594-16.928-16.928S14.666,7.072,24,7.072S40.928,14.666,40.928,24S33.334,40.928,24,40.928z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M24,9.072C15.769,9.072,9.072,15.769,9.072,24c0,8.231,6.697,14.928,14.928,14.928c8.231,0,14.928-6.696,14.928-14.928
|
||||
C38.928,15.769,32.231,9.072,24,9.072z M31.296,20.515l-2.568-1.528l-4.205,7.069l-2.579-1.533l4.206-7.07l-2.567-1.527
|
||||
l7.831-4.384L31.296,20.515z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.6 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="x">
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1">
|
||||
<path d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="square" x1="10.167" y1="32.584" x2="38.584" y2="32.584"/>
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="square" x1="12.5" y1="32.584" x2="12.5" y2="12"/>
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="square" x1="20.5" y1="32.584" x2="20.5" y2="19"/>
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="square" x1="28.5" y1="32.584" x2="28.5" y2="15"/>
|
||||
<line fill="none" stroke="#FFFFFF" stroke-width="3" stroke-linecap="square" x1="36.5" y1="32.584" x2="36.5" y2="23"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Compound" display="none">
|
||||
<g display="inline">
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z M24,40.928
|
||||
c-9.334,0-16.928-7.594-16.928-16.928S14.666,7.072,24,7.072S40.928,14.666,40.928,24S33.334,40.928,24,40.928z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M24,9.072C15.769,9.072,9.072,15.769,9.072,24c0,8.231,6.697,14.928,14.928,14.928c8.231,0,14.928-6.696,14.928-14.928
|
||||
C38.928,15.769,32.231,9.072,24,9.072z M31.296,20.515l-2.568-1.528l-4.205,7.069l-2.579-1.533l4.206-7.07l-2.567-1.527
|
||||
l7.831-4.384L31.296,20.515z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.8 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="#004000" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34
|
||||
c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<text transform="matrix(1 0 0 1 11.7305 36.5205)" display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" font-family="'Roboto-Black'" font-size="36">A</text>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Composed">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<polygon fill="#004000" points="21.223,26.976 26.725,26.976 23.965,18.099 "/>
|
||||
<path fill="#004000" d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z
|
||||
M29.695,36.521l-1.494-4.781h-8.455l-1.477,4.781h-6.592l9.387-25.594h5.801l9.457,25.594H29.695z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.1 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="#8A0000" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.688,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.688-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34
|
||||
c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<text transform="matrix(1 0 0 1 12.3809 36.5205)" display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" font-family="'Roboto-Black'" font-size="36">B</text>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Composed">
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path fill="#8A0000" d="M24.809,25.64h-4.324v6.135h4.043c1.113,0,1.969-0.255,2.566-0.765s0.896-1.228,0.896-2.153
|
||||
C27.99,26.724,26.93,25.651,24.809,25.64z"/>
|
||||
<path fill="#8A0000" d="M26.584,20.856c0.574-0.482,0.861-1.193,0.861-2.133c0-1.082-0.311-1.86-0.932-2.336
|
||||
c-0.621-0.476-1.623-0.714-3.006-0.714h-3.023v5.924h3.217C25.049,21.585,26.01,21.338,26.584,20.856z"/>
|
||||
<path fill="#8A0000" d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.688,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z
|
||||
M31.761,34.596c-1.588,1.26-3.94,1.901-7.058,1.925H14.314V10.927h9.193c3.293,0,5.798,0.604,7.515,1.811
|
||||
s2.575,2.959,2.575,5.256c0,1.324-0.305,2.455-0.914,3.393s-1.506,1.629-2.689,2.074c1.336,0.352,2.361,1.008,3.076,1.969
|
||||
s1.072,2.133,1.072,3.516C34.143,31.452,33.349,33.336,31.761,34.596z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.6 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="48px" height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<circle cx="24" cy="24" r="14"/>
|
||||
<path display="none" fill="none" stroke="#000000" stroke-width="3" d="M45.5,39.392c0,3.098-2.011,6.108-5.108,6.108H8.609
|
||||
c-3.098,0-6.109-3.011-6.109-6.108V7.609C2.5,4.511,5.511,2.5,8.609,2.5h31.783c3.098,0,5.108,2.011,5.108,5.109V39.392z"/>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 755 B |
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px" width="48px"
|
||||
height="48px" viewBox="0 0 48 48" enable-background="new 0 0 48 48" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<g id="Layer_1" display="none">
|
||||
<path display="inline" d="M47,41c0,3.313-2.687,6-6,6H7c-3.313,0-6-2.687-6-6V7c0-3.313,2.687-6,6-6h34c3.313,0,6,2.687,6,6V41z"/>
|
||||
<path display="inline" fill="#FFFFFF" d="M37.636,33.571L25.244,21.105c1.226-3.152,0.545-6.849-2.042-9.453
|
||||
c-2.723-2.739-6.808-3.288-10.075-1.78l5.855,5.89l-4.085,4.11l-5.992-5.891c-1.633,3.287-0.952,7.397,1.771,10.136
|
||||
c2.586,2.603,6.263,3.289,9.394,2.055L32.461,38.64c0.545,0.547,1.362,0.547,1.906,0l3.131-3.15
|
||||
C38.18,34.94,38.18,33.981,37.636,33.571z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
<g id="Combined">
|
||||
<path d="M41,1H7C3.687,1,1,3.687,1,7v34c0,3.313,2.687,6,6,6h34c3.313,0,6-2.687,6-6V7C47,3.687,44.313,1,41,1z M37.498,35.489
|
||||
l-3.131,3.15c-0.544,0.547-1.361,0.547-1.906,0L20.07,26.173c-3.131,1.233-6.808,0.548-9.394-2.055
|
||||
c-2.723-2.739-3.404-6.849-1.771-10.136l5.992,5.891l4.085-4.11l-5.855-5.89c3.267-1.507,7.352-0.959,10.075,1.78
|
||||
c2.587,2.604,3.268,6.301,2.042,9.453l12.392,12.466C38.18,33.981,38.18,34.94,37.498,35.489z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1.4 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="24px" height="24px" viewBox="0 0 24 24" enable-background="new 0 0 24 24" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<path d="M18.993,8.993L18.99,5c0-1.1-0.891-2-1.99-2h-4h-3H6C4.9,3,4.01,3.9,4.01,5L4.007,8.993L4,9v10c0,1.1,0.891,2,1.99,2H6h11
|
||||
h0.01c1.1,0,1.99-0.9,1.99-2V9L18.993,8.993z M17,10v9H6v-9V5h5h1h5V10z"/>
|
||||
<rect x="8" y="7" width="2" height="2"/>
|
||||
<rect x="12" y="7" width="3" height="2"/>
|
||||
<rect x="8" y="11" width="2" height="2"/>
|
||||
<rect x="12" y="11" width="3" height="2"/>
|
||||
<rect x="8" y="15" width="2" height="2"/>
|
||||
<rect x="12" y="15" width="3" height="2"/>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 939 B |
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 870 KiB |
Executable
+47
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="249px" height="64px" viewBox="0 0 249 64" enable-background="new 0 0 249 64" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<path fill="#FFFFFF" stroke="#231F20" stroke-width="2" stroke-miterlimit="10" d="M204,35.183c0,7.907-6.41,14.317-14.317,14.317
|
||||
H79.317C71.41,49.5,65,43.09,65,35.183v-0.365C65,26.91,71.41,20.5,79.317,20.5h110.365C197.59,20.5,204,26.91,204,34.817V35.183z"
|
||||
/>
|
||||
<circle fill="#BE1E2D" cx="80.767" cy="33.983" r="9.634"/>
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path d="M94.364,24.717h7.509c2.534,0,4.56,0.571,6.077,1.713c1.642,1.231,2.463,3.003,2.463,5.314
|
||||
c0,2.409-0.866,4.327-2.597,5.755c-1.642,1.348-3.748,2.021-6.318,2.021H96.84v4.149h-2.476V24.717z M101.833,37.271
|
||||
c1.821,0,3.257-0.455,4.31-1.365c1.098-0.945,1.646-2.279,1.646-4.002c0-1.65-0.616-2.909-1.847-3.774
|
||||
c-1.106-0.776-2.592-1.165-4.457-1.165H96.84v10.307H101.833z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M116.972,24.783c0,0.5-0.152,0.901-0.455,1.205c-0.303,0.303-0.705,0.455-1.205,0.455s-0.901-0.152-1.205-0.455
|
||||
c-0.303-0.304-0.455-0.705-0.455-1.205c0-0.499,0.152-0.898,0.455-1.198c0.303-0.299,0.705-0.448,1.205-0.448
|
||||
s0.901,0.149,1.205,0.448C116.82,23.885,116.972,24.284,116.972,24.783z M114.041,30.285h2.543V43.67h-2.543V30.285z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M121.509,24.717h7.508c2.535,0,4.561,0.571,6.078,1.713c1.641,1.231,2.463,3.003,2.463,5.314
|
||||
c0,2.409-0.865,4.327-2.598,5.755c-1.641,1.348-3.748,2.021-6.316,2.021h-4.659v4.149h-2.476V24.717z M128.979,37.271
|
||||
c1.82,0,3.256-0.455,4.311-1.365c1.098-0.945,1.646-2.279,1.646-4.002c0-1.65-0.617-2.909-1.848-3.774
|
||||
c-1.107-0.776-2.592-1.165-4.457-1.165h-4.646v10.307H128.979z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M151.833,33.25c0.272,0.718,0.409,1.475,0.409,2.269s-0.09,1.727-0.269,2.797h-9.315c0.196,1.08,0.633,1.93,1.312,2.55
|
||||
c0.678,0.621,1.638,0.931,2.878,0.931c1.659,0,3.181-0.303,4.564-0.91l0.428,1.914c-0.919,0.535-2.23,0.888-3.935,1.058
|
||||
c-0.474,0.054-1.089,0.08-1.848,0.08s-1.553-0.151-2.383-0.455c-0.829-0.303-1.517-0.749-2.061-1.339
|
||||
c-1.08-1.168-1.62-2.882-1.62-5.14c0-1.98,0.647-3.641,1.941-4.979c1.312-1.338,2.948-2.008,4.912-2.008
|
||||
c1.615,0,2.904,0.482,3.868,1.446C151.188,31.936,151.562,32.531,151.833,33.25z M149.819,36.349l0.053-0.724
|
||||
c0-1.633-0.611-2.717-1.833-3.252c-0.411-0.179-0.901-0.268-1.473-0.268s-1.096,0.111-1.573,0.334
|
||||
c-0.477,0.224-0.89,0.527-1.237,0.91c-0.715,0.785-1.116,1.785-1.205,2.999H149.819z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M165.722,42.398c-1.259,1.026-2.775,1.539-4.552,1.539c-1.918,0-3.467-0.634-4.645-1.9
|
||||
c-1.151-1.231-1.727-2.829-1.727-4.792c0-2.133,0.839-3.891,2.517-5.273c1.598-1.303,3.542-1.955,5.836-1.955
|
||||
c0.901,0,1.687,0.067,2.355,0.201v-7.442h2.544V43.67h-1.941L165.722,42.398z M165.507,32.479
|
||||
c-0.937-0.214-1.798-0.321-2.583-0.321s-1.518,0.112-2.195,0.335c-0.678,0.224-1.268,0.545-1.767,0.964
|
||||
c-1.08,0.91-1.62,2.119-1.62,3.627c0,1.321,0.349,2.423,1.044,3.307c0.741,0.937,1.728,1.405,2.959,1.405
|
||||
c1.392,0,2.543-0.348,3.453-1.044c0.285-0.223,0.521-0.481,0.709-0.776V32.479z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M181.716,41.957c-1.633,1.32-3.351,1.98-5.153,1.98c-1.258,0-2.315-0.33-3.172-0.99c-0.919-0.714-1.379-1.646-1.379-2.798
|
||||
c0-2.373,1.579-3.957,4.738-4.752c1.276-0.321,2.807-0.499,4.592-0.535c-0.054-1.454-0.764-2.311-2.129-2.57
|
||||
c-0.446-0.089-0.865-0.134-1.258-0.134s-0.741,0.019-1.044,0.054c-0.304,0.036-0.616,0.085-0.938,0.147
|
||||
c-0.705,0.134-1.303,0.299-1.793,0.495l-0.71-1.9c1.249-0.625,2.758-0.938,4.524-0.938c2.757,0,4.573,0.88,5.447,2.638
|
||||
c0.295,0.606,0.442,1.329,0.442,2.168v4.27c0,0.91,0.066,1.518,0.2,1.82c0.241,0.581,0.665,0.951,1.271,1.111l-0.374,1.646
|
||||
C183.313,43.866,182.225,43.295,181.716,41.957z M176.904,37.492c-0.835,0.317-1.435,0.665-1.801,1.045
|
||||
c-0.365,0.379-0.549,0.787-0.549,1.225s0.063,0.77,0.188,0.997s0.29,0.417,0.495,0.568c0.42,0.313,0.91,0.469,1.473,0.469
|
||||
s1.068-0.061,1.52-0.181c0.45-0.12,0.867-0.278,1.251-0.476c0.75-0.374,1.37-0.838,1.861-1.392v-2.892
|
||||
C179.218,36.964,177.738,37.176,176.904,37.492z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M189.052,22.775h2.543v16.316c0,0.91,0.063,1.518,0.188,1.82c0.25,0.581,0.678,0.951,1.285,1.111l-0.375,1.646
|
||||
c-1.383,0.179-2.369-0.188-2.958-1.098c-0.455-0.714-0.683-1.812-0.683-3.293V22.775z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 4.3 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="218px" height="64px" viewBox="0 0 218 64" enable-background="new 0 0 218 64" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<rect x="-1" y="1" display="none" fill="#0032B1" width="219" height="64"/>
|
||||
<g>
|
||||
<path fill="#FFFFFF" d="M55.069,23.069c2.359,2.28,3.54,5.4,3.54,9.36c0,1.24-0.12,2.521-0.36,3.84
|
||||
c-0.6,3.4-1.791,6.351-3.57,8.851c-1.78,2.5-3.98,4.42-6.6,5.76c-2.62,1.341-5.47,2.01-8.55,2.01c-3.76,0-6.75-0.999-8.97-3
|
||||
c-2.22-2-3.471-4.62-3.75-7.86l-4.56,25.681h-1.14l8.4-47.64h1.14l-1.8,10.44c1.44-3.24,3.62-5.859,6.54-7.86
|
||||
c2.919-2,6.26-3,10.02-3C49.489,19.649,52.708,20.789,55.069,23.069z M51.049,47.639c3.12-2.779,5.12-6.57,6-11.37
|
||||
c0.24-1.319,0.36-2.56,0.36-3.72c0-3.72-1.08-6.62-3.24-8.7c-2.16-2.079-5.16-3.12-9-3.12c-2.8,0-5.421,0.651-7.86,1.95
|
||||
c-2.44,1.3-4.5,3.12-6.18,5.46c-1.68,2.34-2.781,5.051-3.3,8.13c-0.201,1.001-0.3,2.141-0.3,3.42c0,3.721,1.1,6.671,3.3,8.851
|
||||
c2.2,2.181,5.16,3.27,8.88,3.27C44.149,51.809,47.929,50.419,51.049,47.639z"/>
|
||||
<path fill="#FFFFFF" d="M70.788,20.069l-5.76,32.4h-1.2l5.76-32.4H70.788z M70.878,9.089c0.38-0.36,0.83-0.54,1.35-0.54
|
||||
c0.36,0,0.669,0.12,0.93,0.36c0.259,0.24,0.39,0.54,0.39,0.9c0,0.6-0.19,1.08-0.57,1.44c-0.381,0.36-0.831,0.54-1.35,0.54
|
||||
c-0.36,0-0.67-0.12-0.93-0.36c-0.261-0.24-0.39-0.54-0.39-0.9C70.308,9.929,70.498,9.449,70.878,9.089z"/>
|
||||
<path fill="#FFFFFF" d="M112.248,8.069l-7.86,44.4h-1.14l1.86-10.44c-1.44,3.24-3.621,5.86-6.54,7.86c-2.92,2.001-6.261,3-10.02,3
|
||||
c-4.08,0-7.3-1.14-9.66-3.42c-2.36-2.28-3.54-5.4-3.54-9.36c0-1.239,0.12-2.52,0.36-3.84c0.6-3.399,1.779-6.35,3.54-8.85
|
||||
c1.76-2.5,3.96-4.419,6.6-5.76c2.64-1.34,5.499-2.01,8.58-2.01c3.72,0,6.69,1,8.91,3c2.22,2,3.489,4.62,3.81,7.86l3.96-22.44
|
||||
H112.248z M82.848,24.899c-3.12,2.78-5.1,6.57-5.94,11.37c-0.24,1.32-0.36,2.561-0.36,3.72c0,3.721,1.07,6.621,3.21,8.7
|
||||
c2.14,2.081,5.13,3.12,8.97,3.12c2.799,0,5.43-0.649,7.89-1.95c2.46-1.299,4.52-3.12,6.18-5.46c1.66-2.34,2.77-5.049,3.33-8.13
|
||||
c0.2-1.319,0.3-2.438,0.3-3.36c0-3.72-1.11-6.68-3.33-8.88c-2.22-2.199-5.17-3.3-8.85-3.3
|
||||
C89.767,20.729,85.967,22.119,82.848,24.899z"/>
|
||||
<path fill="#FFFFFF" d="M152.507,8.069l-7.86,44.4h-1.14l1.86-10.44c-1.44,3.24-3.621,5.86-6.54,7.86c-2.92,2.001-6.261,3-10.02,3
|
||||
c-4.08,0-7.3-1.14-9.66-3.42c-2.36-2.28-3.54-5.4-3.54-9.36c0-1.239,0.12-2.52,0.36-3.84c0.6-3.399,1.779-6.35,3.54-8.85
|
||||
c1.76-2.5,3.96-4.419,6.6-5.76c2.64-1.34,5.499-2.01,8.58-2.01c3.72,0,6.69,1,8.91,3c2.22,2,3.489,4.62,3.81,7.86l3.96-22.44
|
||||
H152.507z M123.107,24.899c-3.12,2.78-5.1,6.57-5.94,11.37c-0.24,1.32-0.36,2.561-0.36,3.72c0,3.721,1.07,6.621,3.21,8.7
|
||||
c2.14,2.081,5.13,3.12,8.97,3.12c2.799,0,5.43-0.649,7.89-1.95c2.46-1.299,4.52-3.12,6.18-5.46c1.66-2.34,2.77-5.049,3.33-8.13
|
||||
c0.2-1.319,0.3-2.438,0.3-3.36c0-3.72-1.11-6.68-3.33-8.88c-2.22-2.199-5.17-3.3-8.85-3.3
|
||||
C130.026,20.729,126.227,22.119,123.107,24.899z"/>
|
||||
<path fill="#FFFFFF" d="M165.046,8.069l-7.8,44.4h-1.2l7.8-44.4H165.046z"/>
|
||||
<path fill="#FFFFFF" d="M194.176,21.239c1.898,1.06,3.318,2.451,4.26,4.17c0.939,1.72,1.41,3.621,1.41,5.7
|
||||
c0,0.52-0.08,1.34-0.24,2.459c-0.281,1.44-0.561,2.521-0.84,3.24h-29.04c-0.201,1.32-0.3,2.421-0.3,3.3
|
||||
c0,3.841,1.14,6.75,3.42,8.73c2.28,1.979,5.16,2.97,8.64,2.97c3.64,0,6.87-0.93,9.69-2.79c2.821-1.859,4.77-4.369,5.85-7.53h1.199
|
||||
c-1.16,3.4-3.238,6.15-6.239,8.25c-3,2.101-6.561,3.15-10.68,3.15c-3.96,0-7.12-1.13-9.48-3.39c-2.36-2.26-3.54-5.39-3.54-9.391
|
||||
c0-1.2,0.12-2.479,0.36-3.84c0.6-3.399,1.79-6.36,3.57-8.88c1.779-2.52,3.969-4.44,6.57-5.76c2.6-1.32,5.4-1.98,8.4-1.98
|
||||
C189.945,19.649,192.275,20.179,194.176,21.239z M198.705,31.529c0-3.56-1.119-6.25-3.359-8.07c-2.241-1.82-5.021-2.73-8.34-2.73
|
||||
c-2.56,0-5.021,0.551-7.38,1.65c-2.361,1.101-4.41,2.77-6.15,5.01c-1.74,2.241-2.91,5.021-3.51,8.34h28.201
|
||||
C198.525,34.169,198.705,32.769,198.705,31.529z"/>
|
||||
</g>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 4.1 KiB |
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
<svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" height="24" width="24"><path d="M14 18.2 7.8 12 14 5.8 15.6 7.4 11 12 15.6 16.6Z"/></svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 129 B |
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
<svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" height="24" width="24"><path d="M9.4 18.2 7.8 16.6 12.4 12 7.8 7.4 9.4 5.8 15.6 12Z"/></svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 132 B |
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="24px" height="24px" viewBox="0 0 24 24" enable-background="new 0 0 24 24" xml:space="preserve">
|
||||
<path d="M20.953,7.993L20.949,4c0-1.1-0.891-2-1.99-2h-4h-3h-3c-1.1,0-1.99,0.9-1.99,2h1.99h4h1h5h0.006v16h0.004
|
||||
c1.1,0,1.99-0.9,1.99-2V8L20.953,7.993z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M17.993,10.993L17.99,7c0-1.1-0.891-2-1.99-2h-4H9H6C4.9,5,4.01,5.9,4.01,7l-0.003,3.993L4,11v10c0,1.1,0.891,2,1.99,2H6h10
|
||||
h0.01c1.1,0,1.99-0.9,1.99-2V11L17.993,10.993z M16,12v9H6v-9V7h4h1h5V12z"/>
|
||||
<rect x="8" y="9" width="6" height="2"/>
|
||||
<circle cx="11" cy="15.859" r="2"/>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 919 B |
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
|
||||
<!-- Generator: Adobe Illustrator 16.0.0, SVG Export Plug-In . SVG Version: 6.00 Build 0) -->
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/1.1/DTD/svg11.dtd">
|
||||
<svg version="1.1" id="Layer_1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" x="0px" y="0px"
|
||||
width="24px" height="24px" viewBox="0 0 24 24" enable-background="new 0 0 24 24" xml:space="preserve" fill="#FFFFFF">
|
||||
<path d="M20.953,7.993L20.949,4c0-1.1-0.891-2-1.99-2h-4h-3h-3c-1.1,0-1.99,0.9-1.99,2h1.99h4h1h5h0.006v16h0.004
|
||||
c1.1,0,1.99-0.9,1.99-2V8L20.953,7.993z"/>
|
||||
<path d="M17.993,10.993L17.99,7c0-1.1-0.891-2-1.99-2h-4H9H6C4.9,5,4.01,5.9,4.01,7l-0.003,3.993L4,11v10c0,1.1,0.891,2,1.99,2H6h10
|
||||
h0.01c1.1,0,1.99-0.9,1.99-2V11L17.993,10.993z M16,12v9H6v-9V7h4h1h5V12z"/>
|
||||
<rect x="8" y="9" width="6" height="2"/>
|
||||
<circle cx="11" cy="15.859" r="2"/>
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 934 B |
+239
-35
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
|
||||
import { useState, useRef, useEffect, useCallback, useMemo } from "react";
|
||||
import BlockChain from "./BlockChain.jsx";
|
||||
import FootswitchBar from "./FootswitchBar.jsx";
|
||||
import TunerScreen from "./Tuner.jsx";
|
||||
import FocusView from "./FocusView.jsx";
|
||||
|
||||
// ── API Layer ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────
|
||||
const API_BASE = "";
|
||||
@@ -23,12 +25,14 @@ const API = {
|
||||
listModels: () => api("GET", "/api/models"),
|
||||
loadModel: (path) => api("POST", "/api/models/load", { path }),
|
||||
listPresets: () => api("GET", "/api/presets"),
|
||||
loadPreset: (bank, program) => api("GET", "/api/presets/{bank}/{program}".replace("{bank}",bank).replace("{program}",program)),
|
||||
getPreset: (bank, program) => api("GET", `/api/presets/${bank}/${program}`),
|
||||
activatePreset:(bank, program) => api("POST", `/api/presets/${bank}/${program}/activate`),
|
||||
savePreset: (bank, program, name, tags) => api("PUT", "/api/presets", { bank, program, name, tags }),
|
||||
searchModels: (q) => api("GET", `/api/tonehub/search?q=${encodeURIComponent(q)}`),
|
||||
searchIrs: (q) => api("GET", `/api/tonehub/search/irs?q=${encodeURIComponent(q)}`),
|
||||
installModel: (url, name) => api("POST", "/api/models/tonedownload/install", { download_url: url, name }),
|
||||
installIr: (url, name) => api("POST", "/api/irs/tonedownload/install", { download_url: url, name }),
|
||||
tunerToggle: (enabled) => api("POST", "/api/tuner", { enabled }),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Design tokens ──────────────────────────────────────────────
|
||||
@@ -49,6 +53,13 @@ const T = {
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Block parameter definitions ─────────────────────────────────
|
||||
const SPLIT_TYPES = [
|
||||
{ value:'y', label:'Y — Split evenly', pan:true },
|
||||
{ value:'ab', label:'A/B — Route to A or B', pan:false },
|
||||
{ value:'cascade', label:'Cascade — A feeds B', pan:true },
|
||||
{ value:'a_to_b', label:'A→B — Serial extension', pan:false },
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
const BLOCK_PARAMS = {
|
||||
overdrive: [{ key:'drive', label:'Drive', min:0, max:100, def:30 }, { key:'tone', label:'Tone', min:0, max:100, def:50 }, { key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:70 }],
|
||||
distortion: [{ key:'drive', label:'Drive', min:0, max:100, def:50 }, { key:'tone', label:'Tone', min:0, max:100, def:40 }, { key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:60 }],
|
||||
@@ -64,14 +75,36 @@ const BLOCK_PARAMS = {
|
||||
eq: [{ key:'low', label:'Low', min:-12, max:12, def:0 }, { key:'mid', label:'Mid', min:-12, max:12, def:0 }, { key:'high', label:'High', min:-12, max:12, def:0 }, { key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:70 }],
|
||||
cabinet: [{ key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:75 }],
|
||||
ir: [{ key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:75 }],
|
||||
split: [{ key:'splitType', label:'Split Type', type:'select', options:SPLIT_TYPES, def:'y' },
|
||||
{ key:'panA', label:'Pan A', min:0, max:100, def:50, conditional: (p) => p.splitType !== 'ab' },
|
||||
{ key:'panB', label:'Pan B', min:0, max:100, def:50, conditional: (p) => p.splitType !== 'ab' },
|
||||
{ key:'activePath', label:'Active Path', type:'select', options:[{value:'A',label:'A'},{value:'B',label:'B'}], def:'A', conditional: (p) => p.splitType === 'ab' }],
|
||||
merge: [{ key:'blend', label:'Blend', min:0, max:100, def:100 },
|
||||
{ key:'levelA', label:'Level A', min:0, max:100, def:100 },
|
||||
{ key:'panA', label:'Pan A', min:-100, max:100, def:0 },
|
||||
{ key:'levelB', label:'Level B', min:0, max:100, def:100 },
|
||||
{ key:'panB', label:'Pan B', min:-100, max:100, def:0 }],
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const BLOCK_COLORS = {
|
||||
overdrive: T.amber, distortion: T.red, fuzz: '#C07030',
|
||||
delay: T.blue, echo: T.blue, reverb: '#60B0D0',
|
||||
chorus: T.green, flanger: '#50C080', phaser: '#80C050',
|
||||
compressor: '#D09040', gate: T.textSec, eq: '#7080D0',
|
||||
cabinet: '#D07090', ir: '#D07090',
|
||||
tremolo: T.green, compressor: '#D09040', gate: T.textSec, eq: '#7080D0',
|
||||
cabinet: '#D07090', ir: '#D07090', nam: '#E0A040', boost: T.amber,
|
||||
wah: '#D0A060', volume: T.textSec, tuner: '#80D0A0',
|
||||
split: '#B080C0', merge: '#80B0C0',
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const BLOCK_DISPLAY_NAMES = {
|
||||
overdrive: "OD-808", distortion: "RAT", fuzz: "Big Muff",
|
||||
delay: "Digital Delay", echo: "Tape Echo", reverb: "Hall Reverb",
|
||||
chorus: "Chorus", flanger: "Flanger", phaser: "Phase 90",
|
||||
tremolo: "Tremolo", compressor: "Compressor", gate: "Noise Gate",
|
||||
eq: "EQ", cabinet: "Cabinet", ir: "IR Loader", nam: "NAM Model",
|
||||
boost: "Clean Boost", wah: "Wah", volume: "Volume", tuner: "Tuner",
|
||||
loop: "FX Loop",
|
||||
split: "Split", merge: "Merge",
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
function getBlockParams(type) {
|
||||
@@ -80,6 +113,20 @@ function getBlockParams(type) {
|
||||
function getBlockColor(type) {
|
||||
return BLOCK_COLORS[(type || '').toLowerCase()] || T.amber;
|
||||
}
|
||||
function getBlockDisplayName(block) {
|
||||
const key = (block.type || '').toLowerCase();
|
||||
// If it has a NAM model path, show the model filename
|
||||
if (block.nam_model_path) {
|
||||
const parts = block.nam_model_path.split('/').pop()?.replace(/\.(nam|wav|aiff?)$/i, '') || '';
|
||||
return parts || 'NAM Model';
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If it has an IR file path, show the filename
|
||||
if (block.ir_file_path) {
|
||||
const parts = block.ir_file_path.split('/').pop()?.replace(/\.(wav|aiff?|ir)$/i, '') || '';
|
||||
return parts || 'IR Loader';
|
||||
}
|
||||
return BLOCK_DISPLAY_NAMES[key] || key.charAt(0).toUpperCase() + key.slice(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ── CSS ─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
|
||||
const css = `
|
||||
@@ -264,26 +311,70 @@ function ParamSlider({ label,value=50,onChange,onChangeEnd,min=0,max=100,color=T
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Select Param ────────────────────────────────────────────
|
||||
function SelectParam({ def, value, color, onChange }) {
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div className="param-row">
|
||||
<div className="param-header">
|
||||
<span className="param-label" style={{color}}>{def.label}</span>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
display: "flex", gap: 4, flexWrap: "wrap",
|
||||
background: "#0A0A10", borderRadius: 6, padding: 4,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{(def.options || []).map(opt => (
|
||||
<button key={opt.value}
|
||||
onClick={() => onChange?.(opt.value)}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
flex: 1, padding: "5px 8px", borderRadius: 4, border: "none",
|
||||
fontSize: 10, fontWeight: 600, cursor: "pointer",
|
||||
background: value === opt.value ? color : "transparent",
|
||||
color: value === opt.value ? "#000" : "#8888A0",
|
||||
transition: "all .1s", letterSpacing: ".03em",
|
||||
whiteSpace: "nowrap",
|
||||
}}
|
||||
>
|
||||
{opt.label}
|
||||
</button>
|
||||
))}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Parameter Panel ──────────────────────────────────────────
|
||||
function ParameterPanel({ block,params,onParamChange,onParamChangeEnd,viewMode,onToggleView }) {
|
||||
function ParameterPanel({ block,params,onParamChange,onParamChangeEnd,viewMode,onToggleView,onFocus }) {
|
||||
const defs=getBlockParams(block.type);const color=getBlockColor(block.type);
|
||||
const visibleDefs = defs.filter(d => !d.conditional || d.conditional(params));
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div className="param-panel">
|
||||
<div className="param-panel-header">
|
||||
<span className="param-panel-title"><span style={{color}}>●</span> {block.name||block.type||''}</span>
|
||||
<button className="btn-icon" style={{width:26,height:26,fontSize:11,flexShrink:0}}
|
||||
onClick={onToggleView}>{viewMode==='slider'?'◉':'▦'}</button>
|
||||
<div style={{display:'flex',gap:4,alignItems:'center'}}>
|
||||
{onFocus&&<button className="btn" style={{padding:'4px 8px',fontSize:9,fontWeight:600,background:`${T.amber}22`,border:`1px solid ${T.amber}44`,color:T.amber,borderRadius:5,letterSpacing:'.04em',cursor:'pointer'}}
|
||||
onClick={onFocus}>🔍 Focus</button>}
|
||||
<button className="btn-icon" style={{width:26,height:26,fontSize:11,flexShrink:0}}
|
||||
onClick={onToggleView}>{viewMode==='slider'?'◉':'▦'}</button>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
{viewMode==='slider'?defs.map(p=>(
|
||||
<ParamSlider key={p.key} label={p.label}
|
||||
value={params[p.key]!=null?params[p.key]:p.def} min={p.min} max={p.max} color={color}
|
||||
onChange={v=>onParamChange?.(p.key,v)} onChangeEnd={v=>onParamChangeEnd?.(p.key,v)}/>
|
||||
)):(
|
||||
<div className="param-knobs">{defs.map(p=>(
|
||||
<Knob key={p.key} label={p.label}
|
||||
value={params[p.key]!=null?params[p.key]:p.def} min={p.min} max={p.max} size={48} color={color}
|
||||
{viewMode==='slider'?visibleDefs.map(p=>(
|
||||
p.type === 'select' ? (
|
||||
<SelectParam key={p.key} def={p} value={params[p.key]!=null?params[p.key]:p.def}
|
||||
color={color}
|
||||
onChange={v=>{onParamChange?.(p.key,v);onParamChangeEnd?.(p.key,v);}}/>
|
||||
))}</div>
|
||||
) : (
|
||||
<ParamSlider key={p.key} label={p.label}
|
||||
value={params[p.key]!=null?params[p.key]:p.def} min={p.min} max={p.max} color={color}
|
||||
onChange={v=>onParamChange?.(p.key,v)} onChangeEnd={v=>onParamChangeEnd?.(p.key,v)}/>
|
||||
)
|
||||
)):(
|
||||
visibleDefs.filter(p => p.type !== 'select').length > 0 && (
|
||||
<div className="param-knobs">{visibleDefs.filter(p => p.type !== 'select').map(p=>(
|
||||
<Knob key={p.key} label={p.label}
|
||||
value={params[p.key]!=null?params[p.key]:p.def} min={p.min} max={p.max} size={48} color={color}
|
||||
onChange={v=>{onParamChange?.(p.key,v);onParamChangeEnd?.(p.key,v);}}/>
|
||||
))}</div>
|
||||
)
|
||||
)}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
);
|
||||
@@ -329,10 +420,11 @@ function CapturesScreen({onClose}){
|
||||
// ── MOCK DATA (used when pedal not connected) ────────────────
|
||||
const MOCK_BLOCKS=[
|
||||
{id:"gate",type:"gate",name:"Noise Gate",bypassed:false,params:{threshold:40,release:25,depth:70,mix:100}},
|
||||
{id:"drive",type:"overdrive",name:"OD-808",bypassed:false,params:{drive:65,tone:55,level:70}},
|
||||
{id:"dist",type:"distortion",name:"RAT",bypassed:true,params:{drive:75,filter:50,level:65}},
|
||||
{id:"mod",type:"phaser",name:"Phase 90",bypassed:false,params:{rate:35,depth:60,feedback:40,mix:50}},
|
||||
{id:"delay",type:"delay",name:"Digital Delay",bypassed:false,params:{time:45,feedback:25,mix:40}},
|
||||
{id:"split",type:"split",name:"Split",bypassed:false,params:{splitType:"y",panA:50,panB:50,activePath:"A"}},
|
||||
{id:"drive_a",type:"overdrive",name:"OD-808",path:"A",bypassed:false,params:{drive:65,tone:55,level:70}},
|
||||
{id:"delay_a",type:"delay",name:"Digital Delay",path:"A",bypassed:false,params:{time:45,feedback:25,mix:40}},
|
||||
{id:"fuzz_b",type:"fuzz",name:"Big Muff",path:"B",bypassed:false,params:{fuzz:75,tone:40,level:65}},
|
||||
{id:"merge",type:"merge",name:"Merge",bypassed:false,params:{blend:100,levelA:100,panA:0,levelB:100,panB:0}},
|
||||
{id:"reverb",type:"reverb",name:"Hall Reverb",bypassed:false,params:{decay:60,mix:35,tone:50}},
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -357,19 +449,25 @@ export default function App(){
|
||||
const[presets,setPresets]=useState(MOCK_PRESETS);
|
||||
const[globalBypass,setGlobalBypass]=useState(false);
|
||||
const[loadingPreset,setLoadingPreset]=useState(false);
|
||||
const[focusBlockId,setFocusBlockId]=useState(null);
|
||||
const[footswitchMode,setFootswitchMode]=useState("stomp");
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Poll pedal state from API ──
|
||||
const userChangedPreset = useRef(false);
|
||||
const userChangedBlock = useRef(false);
|
||||
|
||||
const loadState=useCallback(async()=>{
|
||||
try{
|
||||
const s=await API.getState();
|
||||
setState(s);
|
||||
if(s.input_level!=null)setVuLevel(s.input_level);
|
||||
// If API has preset info, use it
|
||||
if(s.current_preset?.name){
|
||||
if(s.current_preset?.name&&!userChangedPreset.current){
|
||||
setCurrentPreset(s.current_preset.program!=null?s.current_preset.program+1:currentPreset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If API has blocks, use them
|
||||
if(s.blocks&&s.blocks.length>0){setBlocks(s.blocks);}
|
||||
// Only update blocks from API if user didn't just toggle/change them
|
||||
if(s.blocks&&s.blocks.length>0&&!userChangedBlock.current){
|
||||
setBlocks(s.blocks);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}catch{}
|
||||
},[currentPreset]);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -391,14 +489,49 @@ export default function App(){
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Change preset ──
|
||||
const handleLoadPreset=useCallback(async(bank,program)=>{
|
||||
userChangedPreset.current = true;
|
||||
setLoadingPreset(true);
|
||||
try{
|
||||
const p=await API.loadPreset(bank,program);
|
||||
if(p?.chain)setBlocks(p.chain.map((b,i)=>({...b,id:b.id||(`block_${i}`),bypassed:!b.enabled,params:b.params||{}})));
|
||||
setCurrentPreset(program);
|
||||
// Activate on the backend first
|
||||
await API.activatePreset(bank,program);
|
||||
// Short delay for backend to apply
|
||||
await new Promise(r => setTimeout(r, 300));
|
||||
// Get updated state
|
||||
const s=await API.getState();
|
||||
setState(s);
|
||||
if(s.current_preset?.name){
|
||||
setCurrentPreset(s.current_preset.program!=null?s.current_preset.program+1:program+1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Get preset chain data and build blocks
|
||||
try{
|
||||
const p=await API.getPreset(bank,program);
|
||||
if(p?.chain&&p.chain.length>0){
|
||||
const newBlocks=p.chain.map((b,i)=>{
|
||||
const raw = { type: b.fx_type || "fx",
|
||||
enabled: b.enabled !== false, params: b.params || {},
|
||||
nam_model_path: b.nam_model_path, ir_file_path: b.ir_file_path,
|
||||
};
|
||||
return {
|
||||
id: b.id || `block_${b.fx_type || 'fx'}_${i}`,
|
||||
type: raw.type,
|
||||
name: getBlockDisplayName(raw),
|
||||
bypassed: !b.enabled,
|
||||
enabled: raw.enabled,
|
||||
params: raw.params,
|
||||
nam_model_path: raw.nam_model_path,
|
||||
ir_file_path: raw.ir_file_path,
|
||||
};
|
||||
});
|
||||
setBlocks(newBlocks);
|
||||
userChangedBlock.current = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}catch(e){console.warn("Could not fetch chain:",e);}
|
||||
setSelectedBlockId(null);
|
||||
}catch(e){console.warn("Preset load failed:",e);}
|
||||
}catch(e){console.warn("Preset activate failed:",e);}
|
||||
setLoadingPreset(false);
|
||||
// Re-enable polling sync after 5s
|
||||
setTimeout(() => { userChangedPreset.current = false; }, 5000);
|
||||
setTimeout(() => { userChangedBlock.current = false; }, 5000);
|
||||
},[]);
|
||||
|
||||
const handlePresetClick=useCallback(async(num)=>{
|
||||
@@ -421,12 +554,12 @@ export default function App(){
|
||||
},[selectedBlockId,selectedBlock,blockParams]);
|
||||
|
||||
const handleSelectBlock=useCallback((id)=>{setSelectedBlockId(prev=>prev===id?null:id);},[]);
|
||||
const handleToggleBlock=useCallback((id)=>{setBlocks(prev=>prev.map(b=>b.id===id?{...b,bypassed:!b.bypassed}:b));API.toggleBlock(id,false).catch(()=>{});},[]);
|
||||
const handleToggleBlock=useCallback((id)=>{userChangedBlock.current=true;setBlocks(prev=>prev.map(b=>b.id===id?{...b,bypassed:!b.bypassed}:b));API.toggleBlock(id,false).catch(()=>{});setTimeout(()=>{userChangedBlock.current=false;},3000);},[]);
|
||||
const handleParamChange=useCallback((id,key,value)=>{setBlockParams(prev=>({...prev,[id]:{...(prev[id]||{}),[key]:value}}));},[]);
|
||||
const handleParamChangeEnd=useCallback((id,key,value)=>{API.updateBlock(id,{[key]:value}).catch(()=>{});},[]);
|
||||
const handleReorder=useCallback((fromIdx,toIdx)=>{setBlocks(prev=>{const arr=[...prev];const[m]=arr.splice(fromIdx,1);arr.splice(toIdx,0,m);return arr;});},[]);
|
||||
const handleAddBlock=useCallback(()=>{const id="block_"+Date.now();setBlocks(prev=>[...prev,{id,type:"overdrive",name:"New Drive",bypassed:false,params:{drive:30,tone:50,level:70}}]);},[]);
|
||||
const handleRemoveBlock=useCallback((id)=>{setBlocks(prev=>prev.filter(b=>b.id!==id));if(selectedBlockId===id)setSelectedBlockId(null);},[selectedBlockId]);
|
||||
const handleAddBlock=useCallback(()=>{userChangedBlock.current=true;const id="block_"+Date.now();setBlocks(prev=>[...prev,{id,type:"overdrive",name:"New Drive",bypassed:false,params:{drive:30,tone:50,level:70}}]);setTimeout(()=>{userChangedBlock.current=false;},3000);},[]);
|
||||
const handleRemoveBlock=useCallback((id)=>{userChangedBlock.current=true;setBlocks(prev=>prev.filter(b=>b.id!==id));if(selectedBlockId===id)setSelectedBlockId(null);setTimeout(()=>{userChangedBlock.current=false;},3000);},[selectedBlockId]);
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Bank navigation ──
|
||||
const currentBankPresets=useMemo(()=>presets.filter(p=>p.bank===currentBank),[presets,currentBank]);
|
||||
@@ -435,23 +568,47 @@ export default function App(){
|
||||
const handleBankUp=useCallback(()=>{
|
||||
const next=Math.min(currentBank+1,8);
|
||||
setCurrentBank(next);
|
||||
// Load first preset of new bank
|
||||
const bp=presets.filter(p=>p.bank===next);
|
||||
if(bp.length>0)handlePresetClick(bp[0].num);
|
||||
},[currentBank,presets,handlePresetClick]);
|
||||
if(bp.length>0)handleLoadPreset(bp[0].bank,bp[0].num-1);
|
||||
},[currentBank,presets,handleLoadPreset]);
|
||||
|
||||
const handleBankDown=useCallback(()=>{
|
||||
const next=Math.max(currentBank-1,1);
|
||||
setCurrentBank(next);
|
||||
const bp=presets.filter(p=>p.bank===next);
|
||||
if(bp.length>0)handlePresetClick(bp[0].num);
|
||||
},[currentBank,presets,handlePresetClick]);
|
||||
if(bp.length>0)handleLoadPreset(bp[0].bank,bp[0].num-1);
|
||||
},[currentBank,presets,handleLoadPreset]);
|
||||
|
||||
const handleGlobalBypass=useCallback(()=>{
|
||||
setGlobalBypass(p=>!p);
|
||||
API.bypassToggle().catch(()=>{});
|
||||
},[]);
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Tuner toggle ──
|
||||
const handleTunerToggle=useCallback(()=>{
|
||||
const newState = !state.tuner_enabled;
|
||||
setState(prev=>({...prev, tuner_enabled: newState}));
|
||||
API.tunerToggle(newState).catch(()=>{});
|
||||
if (newState) {
|
||||
setView("main"); // Return to main view when enabling tuner (or keep current)
|
||||
}
|
||||
},[state.tuner_enabled]);
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Focus View handlers ──
|
||||
const handleFocusViewBypass=useCallback(()=>{
|
||||
userChangedBlock.current=true;
|
||||
const id=focusBlockId;
|
||||
if(!id)return;
|
||||
setBlocks(prev=>prev.map(b=>b.id===id?{...b,bypassed:!b.bypassed}:b));
|
||||
API.toggleBlock(id,false).catch(()=>{});
|
||||
setTimeout(()=>{userChangedBlock.current=false;},3000);
|
||||
},[focusBlockId]);
|
||||
|
||||
const handleOpenFocusModelBrowser=useCallback(()=>{
|
||||
setView("captures");
|
||||
setFocusBlockId(null);
|
||||
},[]);
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Render ──
|
||||
return(
|
||||
<><style>{css}</style>
|
||||
@@ -483,6 +640,21 @@ export default function App(){
|
||||
<div style={{width:1,height:12,background:T.border}}/>
|
||||
<button className="btn-icon" style={{width:24,height:24,fontSize:10}}onClick={()=>setView("captures")}title="Downloads">📁</button>
|
||||
<button className="btn-icon" style={{width:24,height:24,fontSize:10}}onClick={()=>setView("presets")}title="Presets">⭐</button>
|
||||
<div style={{display:"flex",gap:2,alignItems:"center",background:T.surface,borderRadius:4,border:`1px solid ${T.border}`,padding:2,height:24}}>
|
||||
{["stomp","preset"].map(m=>(<button key={m} onClick={()=>setFootswitchMode(m)} style={{
|
||||
padding:"1px 5px",borderRadius:3,border:"none",height:20,
|
||||
fontSize:8,fontWeight:700,letterSpacing:".04em",textTransform:"uppercase",
|
||||
background:footswitchMode===m?T.amber:"transparent",
|
||||
color:footswitchMode===m?"#000":T.textDim,
|
||||
cursor:"pointer",lineHeight:1.5,minWidth:34,display:"flex",alignItems:"center",justifyContent:"center",
|
||||
}}>{m==="stomp"?"SM":"PR"}</button>))}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<button className="btn-icon" style={{width:24,height:24,fontSize:10,
|
||||
background:state.tuner_enabled?'rgba(128,208,160,.15)':T.surface,
|
||||
borderColor:state.tuner_enabled?T.green:T.border,
|
||||
color:state.tuner_enabled?T.green:T.textPrimary}}
|
||||
onClick={handleTunerToggle} title={state.tuner_enabled?"Exit Tuner":"Tuner"}>♪</button>
|
||||
<button className="btn-icon" style={{width:24,height:24,fontSize:10,background:'rgba(232,160,48,.12)',borderColor:T.amber,color:T.amber}}onClick={()=>{if(!document.fullscreenElement){document.documentElement.requestFullscreen()}else{document.exitFullscreen()}}}title="Fullscreen">⛶</button>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -551,6 +723,7 @@ export default function App(){
|
||||
onToggleView={()=>setParamView(p=>p==='slider'?'knob':'slider')}
|
||||
onParamChange={(key,value)=>handleParamChange(selectedBlockId,key,value)}
|
||||
onParamChangeEnd={(key,value)=>handleParamChangeEnd(selectedBlockId,key,value)}
|
||||
onFocus={()=>setFocusBlockId(selectedBlockId)}
|
||||
/>
|
||||
):(
|
||||
<div style={{flex:1,display:"flex",alignItems:"center",justifyContent:"center",background:T.bg,color:T.textDim,fontSize:11}}>
|
||||
@@ -562,19 +735,37 @@ export default function App(){
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ══════ FOOTSWITCH BAR ══════ */}
|
||||
<FootswitchBar
|
||||
mode={footswitchMode}
|
||||
blocks={blocks}
|
||||
selectedBlockId={selectedBlockId}
|
||||
currentBank={bankLetter}
|
||||
currentPreset={currentPreset}
|
||||
presets={currentBankPresets}
|
||||
onSelectBlock={handleSelectBlock}
|
||||
onToggleBlock={handleToggleBlock}
|
||||
onBankUp={handleBankUp}
|
||||
onBankDown={handleBankDown}
|
||||
onGlobalBypass={handleGlobalBypass}
|
||||
globalBypass={globalBypass}
|
||||
onPresetClick={(idx)=>{const p=currentBankPresets[parseInt(idx)];if(p)handleLoadPreset(p.bank,p.num-1);}}
|
||||
/>
|
||||
</>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Focus View overlay ── */}
|
||||
{focusBlockId&&blocks.find(b=>b.id===focusBlockId)&&blockParams[focusBlockId]&&(
|
||||
<FocusView
|
||||
block={blocks.find(b=>b.id===focusBlockId)}
|
||||
params={blockParams[focusBlockId]||{}}
|
||||
viewMode={paramView}
|
||||
onClose={()=>setFocusBlockId(null)}
|
||||
onParamChange={(key,value)=>handleParamChange(focusBlockId,key,value)}
|
||||
onParamChangeEnd={(key,value)=>handleParamChangeEnd(focusBlockId,key,value)}
|
||||
onToggleView={()=>setParamView(p=>p==='slider'?'knob':'slider')}
|
||||
onToggleBypass={handleFocusViewBypass}
|
||||
onOpenModelBrowser={handleOpenFocusModelBrowser}
|
||||
/>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
{/* ── Overlays ── */}
|
||||
{view==="captures"&&<CapturesScreen onClose={()=>setView("main")}/>}
|
||||
{view==="presets"&&(
|
||||
@@ -594,6 +785,19 @@ export default function App(){
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Tuner overlay ── */}
|
||||
{state.tuner_enabled&&(
|
||||
<TunerScreen
|
||||
tunerData={state}
|
||||
connected={state.connected}
|
||||
onExit={()=>{
|
||||
setState(prev=>({...prev, tuner_enabled: false}));
|
||||
API.tunerToggle(false).catch(()=>{});
|
||||
}}
|
||||
/>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
|
||||
</div></>
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+601
-275
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
|
||||
import { useState, useRef, useCallback, useMemo } from "react";
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Design tokens ──
|
||||
const T = {
|
||||
bg: "#0A0A0C",
|
||||
panel: "#141418",
|
||||
surface: "#1C1C22",
|
||||
border: "#2A2A32",
|
||||
amber: "#E8A030",
|
||||
amberDim: "#7A5218",
|
||||
blue: "#3A7BA8",
|
||||
blueDim: "#1E4060",
|
||||
green: "#3AB87A",
|
||||
red: "#C84040",
|
||||
textPrimary: "#F0EDE6",
|
||||
textSec: "#8888A0",
|
||||
textDim: "#444458",
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Block param definitions (mirrored from App.jsx) ──
|
||||
const BLOCK_PARAMS = {
|
||||
overdrive: [{ key:'drive', label:'Drive', min:0, max:100, def:30 }, { key:'tone', label:'Tone', min:0, max:100, def:50 }, { key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:70 }],
|
||||
distortion: [{ key:'drive', label:'Drive', min:0, max:100, def:50 }, { key:'tone', label:'Tone', min:0, max:100, def:40 }, { key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:60 }],
|
||||
fuzz: [{ key:'fuzz', label:'Fuzz', min:0, max:100, def:60 }, { key:'tone', label:'Tone', min:0, max:100, def:30 }, { key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:60 }],
|
||||
delay: [{ key:'time', label:'Time', min:0, max:100, def:40 }, { key:'feedback', label:'Feedback', min:0, max:100, def:30 }, { key:'mix', label:'Mix', min:0, max:100, def:35 }],
|
||||
echo: [{ key:'time', label:'Time', min:0, max:100, def:40 }, { key:'feedback', label:'Feedback', min:0, max:100, def:30 }, { key:'mix', label:'Mix', min:0, max:100, def:35 }],
|
||||
reverb: [{ key:'decay', label:'Decay', min:0, max:100, def:50 }, { key:'mix', label:'Mix', min:0, max:100, def:30 }, { key:'tone', label:'Tone', min:0, max:100, def:50 }],
|
||||
chorus: [{ key:'rate', label:'Rate', min:0, max:100, def:40 }, { key:'depth', label:'Depth', min:0, max:100, def:40 }, { key:'mix', label:'Mix', min:0, max:100, def:30 }],
|
||||
flanger: [{ key:'rate', label:'Rate', min:0, max:100, def:30 }, { key:'depth', label:'Depth', min:0, max:100, def:50 }, { key:'feedback', label:'Feedback', min:0, max:100, def:40 }, { key:'mix', label:'Mix', min:0, max:100, def:30 }],
|
||||
phaser: [{ key:'rate', label:'Rate', min:0, max:100, def:30 }, { key:'depth', label:'Depth', min:0, max:100, def:50 }, { key:'feedback', label:'Feedback', min:0, max:100, def:40 }, { key:'mix', label:'Mix', min:0, max:100, def:30 }],
|
||||
compressor: [{ key:'threshold', label:'Thresh', min:0, max:100, def:50 }, { key:'ratio', label:'Ratio', min:1, max:20, def:4 }, { key:'gain', label:'Gain', min:0, max:100, def:50 }],
|
||||
gate: [{ key:'threshold', label:'Thresh', min:0, max:100, def:30 }, { key:'release', label:'Release', min:0, max:100, def:50 }],
|
||||
eq: [{ key:'low', label:'Low', min:-12, max:12, def:0 }, { key:'mid', label:'Mid', min:-12, max:12, def:0 }, { key:'high', label:'High', min:-12, max:12, def:0 }, { key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:70 }],
|
||||
cabinet: [{ key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:75 }],
|
||||
ir: [{ key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:75 }],
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const BLOCK_COLORS = {
|
||||
overdrive: T.amber, distortion: T.red, fuzz: '#C07030',
|
||||
delay: T.blue, echo: T.blue, reverb: '#60B0D0',
|
||||
chorus: T.green, flanger: '#50C080', phaser: '#80C050',
|
||||
tremolo: T.green, compressor: '#D09040', gate: T.textSec, eq: '#7080D0',
|
||||
cabinet: '#D07090', ir: '#D07090', nam: '#E0A040', boost: T.amber,
|
||||
wah: '#D0A060', volume: T.textSec, tuner: '#80D0A0',
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const BLOCK_DISPLAY_NAMES = {
|
||||
overdrive: "OD-808", distortion: "RAT", fuzz: "Big Muff",
|
||||
delay: "Digital Delay", echo: "Tape Echo", reverb: "Hall Reverb",
|
||||
chorus: "Chorus", flanger: "Flanger", phaser: "Phase 90",
|
||||
tremolo: "Tremolo", compressor: "Compressor", gate: "Noise Gate",
|
||||
eq: "EQ", cabinet: "Cabinet", ir: "IR Loader", nam: "NAM Model",
|
||||
boost: "Clean Boost", wah: "Wah", volume: "Volume", tuner: "Tuner",
|
||||
loop: "FX Loop",
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
function getBlockParams(type) {
|
||||
return BLOCK_PARAMS[(type || '').toLowerCase()] || [{ key:'level', label:'Level', min:0, max:100, def:50 }];
|
||||
}
|
||||
function getBlockColor(type) {
|
||||
return BLOCK_COLORS[(type || '').toLowerCase()] || T.amber;
|
||||
}
|
||||
function getBlockDisplayName(block) {
|
||||
const key = (block.type || '').toLowerCase();
|
||||
if (block.nam_model_path) {
|
||||
const parts = block.nam_model_path.split('/').pop()?.replace(/\.(nam|wav|aiff?)$/i, '') || '';
|
||||
return parts || 'NAM Model';
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (block.ir_file_path) {
|
||||
const parts = block.ir_file_path.split('/').pop()?.replace(/\.(wav|aiff?|ir)$/i, '') || '';
|
||||
return parts || 'IR Loader';
|
||||
}
|
||||
return BLOCK_DISPLAY_NAMES[key] || key.charAt(0).toUpperCase() + key.slice(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Large touch knob (bigger version for Focus View) ──
|
||||
function FocusKnob({ label, value = 50, onChange, size = 72, color = T.amber, min = 0, max = 100, compact = false }) {
|
||||
const startRef = useRef(null);
|
||||
const norm = (value - min) / (max - min);
|
||||
const angle = -140 + norm * 280;
|
||||
const dotH = size * 0.38;
|
||||
const dotTop = size * 0.5 - dotH;
|
||||
|
||||
const handleStart = (e) => {
|
||||
e.preventDefault();
|
||||
const clientY = e.touches ? e.touches[0].clientY : e.clientY;
|
||||
startRef.current = { y: clientY, val: value };
|
||||
const move = (ev) => {
|
||||
const cy = ev.touches ? ev.touches[0].clientY : ev.clientY;
|
||||
const delta = (startRef.current.y - cy) / 120;
|
||||
const next = Math.max(min, Math.min(max, startRef.current.val + delta * (max - min)));
|
||||
onChange?.(Math.round(next));
|
||||
};
|
||||
const up = () => { window.removeEventListener("mousemove",move);window.removeEventListener("mouseup",up);
|
||||
window.removeEventListener("touchmove",move);window.removeEventListener("touchend",up); };
|
||||
window.addEventListener("mousemove",move);window.addEventListener("mouseup",up);
|
||||
window.addEventListener("touchmove",move,{passive:false});window.addEventListener("touchend",up);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const svgSize = size + 16, cx = svgSize / 2, cy = svgSize / 2, r = size / 2 + 4;
|
||||
const lx = cx + r * Math.cos((-140 - 90) * (Math.PI / 180)), ly = cy + r * Math.sin((-140 - 90) * (Math.PI / 180));
|
||||
const ex = cx + r * Math.cos((angle - 90) * (Math.PI / 180)), ey = cy + r * Math.sin((angle - 90) * (Math.PI / 180));
|
||||
const large = norm * 280 > 180 ? 1 : 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
display: 'flex', flexDirection: 'column', alignItems: 'center', gap: compact ? 2 : 6,
|
||||
cursor: 'pointer',
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<div style={{ width: size, height: size, position: 'relative', touchAction: 'none' }}
|
||||
onMouseDown={handleStart} onTouchStart={handleStart}>
|
||||
<svg style={{ position: 'absolute', inset: -8, width: svgSize, height: svgSize, overflow: 'visible' }}>
|
||||
<circle cx={cx} cy={cy} r={r} fill="none" stroke={T.border} strokeWidth="3" strokeLinecap="round" opacity=".5" />
|
||||
{norm > 0 && <path d={`M ${lx} ${ly} A ${r} ${r} 0 ${large} 1 ${ex} ${ey}`} fill="none" stroke={color} strokeWidth="3" strokeLinecap="round" style={{ filter: `drop-shadow(0 0 4px ${color})` }} />}
|
||||
</svg>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
borderRadius: '50%', width: '100%', height: '100%', position: 'relative',
|
||||
background: 'radial-gradient(circle at 35% 30%, #3A3A48, #1A1A22)',
|
||||
boxShadow: '0 3px 12px rgba(0,0,0,.6), inset 0 1px 0 rgba(255,255,255,.07)',
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
position: 'absolute', width: 4, borderRadius: 2, background: color,
|
||||
left: '50%', transformOrigin: 'bottom center',
|
||||
height: dotH, top: dotTop,
|
||||
transform: `translateX(-50%) rotate(${angle}deg)`,
|
||||
transformOrigin: `50% ${dotH}px`,
|
||||
boxShadow: `0 0 6px ${color}`,
|
||||
}} />
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace", fontSize: compact ? 11 : 14,
|
||||
fontWeight: 700, color,
|
||||
}}>{value}</div>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
fontSize: compact ? 7 : 9, color: T.textSec,
|
||||
letterSpacing: '.06em', textTransform: 'uppercase', textAlign: 'center',
|
||||
whiteSpace: 'nowrap', overflow: 'hidden', textOverflow: 'ellipsis', maxWidth: size + 16,
|
||||
}}>{label}</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Large Param Slider (bigger for Focus View) ──
|
||||
function FocusSlider({ label, value = 50, onChange, onChangeEnd, min = 0, max = 100, color = T.amber }) {
|
||||
const trackRef = useRef(null);
|
||||
const dragRef = useRef(false);
|
||||
const lastValRef = useRef(value);
|
||||
const onChangeRef = useRef(onChange);
|
||||
const onChangeEndRef = useRef(onChangeEnd);
|
||||
const pct = ((value - min) / (max - min)) * 100;
|
||||
|
||||
const [touchVal, setTouchVal] = useState(null);
|
||||
|
||||
useMemo(() => { onChangeRef.current = onChange; }, [onChange]);
|
||||
useMemo(() => { onChangeEndRef.current = onChangeEnd; }, [onChangeEnd]);
|
||||
|
||||
const valFromEvent = useCallback((e) => {
|
||||
const t = trackRef.current; if (!t) return value;
|
||||
const r = t.getBoundingClientRect();
|
||||
const x = (e.touches ? e.touches[0].clientX : e.clientX) - r.left;
|
||||
return Math.round(min + Math.max(0, Math.min(1, x / r.width)) * (max - min));
|
||||
}, [min, max, value]);
|
||||
|
||||
useMemo(() => {
|
||||
const move = (e) => { if (!dragRef.current) return; e.preventDefault(); const v = valFromEvent(e); lastValRef.current = v; setTouchVal(v); onChangeRef.current?.(v); };
|
||||
const up = () => { if (dragRef.current) { onChangeEndRef.current?.(lastValRef.current); dragRef.current = false; setTouchVal(null); } };
|
||||
window.addEventListener('mousemove', move); window.addEventListener('mouseup', up);
|
||||
window.addEventListener('touchmove', move, { passive: false }); window.addEventListener('touchend', up);
|
||||
return () => { window.removeEventListener('mousemove', move); window.removeEventListener('mouseup', up);
|
||||
window.removeEventListener('touchmove', move); window.removeEventListener('touchend', up); };
|
||||
}, [valFromEvent]);
|
||||
|
||||
const handleStart = (e) => { e.preventDefault(); const v = valFromEvent(e); lastValRef.current = v; dragRef.current = true; setTouchVal(v); onChangeRef.current?.(v); };
|
||||
const quick = (delta) => (e) => { e.preventDefault(); e.stopPropagation(); const next = Math.max(min, Math.min(max, value + delta)); onChangeRef.current?.(next); onChangeEndRef.current?.(next); };
|
||||
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div style={{ marginBottom: 4 }}>
|
||||
<div style={{ display: 'flex', justifyContent: 'space-between', alignItems: 'center', marginBottom: 2 }}>
|
||||
<span style={{ fontSize: 11, fontWeight: 500, textTransform: 'uppercase', letterSpacing: '.06em', color }}>{label}</span>
|
||||
<div style={{ display: 'flex', gap: 8, alignItems: 'center' }}>
|
||||
<button style={{
|
||||
width: 34, height: 34, borderRadius: '50%', border: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
background: T.panel, color: T.textPrimary, fontSize: 16, fontWeight: 700,
|
||||
display: 'flex', alignItems: 'center', justifyContent: 'center', cursor: 'pointer',
|
||||
lineHeight: 1,
|
||||
}} onMouseDown={quick(-5)} onTouchStart={quick(-5)}>−</button>
|
||||
<span style={{
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace", fontSize: 16, fontWeight: 700, color,
|
||||
minWidth: 40, textAlign: 'center',
|
||||
}}>{touchVal ?? value}</span>
|
||||
<button style={{
|
||||
width: 34, height: 34, borderRadius: '50%', border: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
background: T.panel, color: T.textPrimary, fontSize: 16, fontWeight: 700,
|
||||
display: 'flex', alignItems: 'center', justifyContent: 'center', cursor: 'pointer',
|
||||
lineHeight: 1,
|
||||
}} onMouseDown={quick(5)} onTouchStart={quick(5)}>+</button>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div ref={trackRef}
|
||||
onMouseDown={handleStart} onTouchStart={handleStart}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
position: 'relative', height: 44, display: 'flex', alignItems: 'center',
|
||||
cursor: 'pointer', touchAction: 'none',
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
width: '100%', height: 10, background: T.border, borderRadius: 5,
|
||||
position: 'relative', overflow: 'hidden',
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
height: '100%', borderRadius: 5, position: 'absolute', top: 0, left: 0,
|
||||
width: `${pct}%`, background: color,
|
||||
boxShadow: `0 0 8px ${color}44`,
|
||||
transition: 'width .03s',
|
||||
}} />
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
width: 30, height: 30, borderRadius: '50%', position: 'absolute',
|
||||
top: '50%', left: `${pct}%`,
|
||||
transform: 'translate(-50%,-50%)',
|
||||
background: color,
|
||||
boxShadow: `0 2px 10px rgba(0,0,0,.6), 0 0 0 3px ${T.bg}`,
|
||||
pointerEvents: 'none',
|
||||
transition: 'left .03s',
|
||||
}} />
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Parameter page (single page of up to 8 params) ──
|
||||
function ParamPage({ defs, params, viewMode, color, onParamChange, onParamChangeEnd, compact }) {
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
display: 'flex', flexDirection: 'column', gap: viewMode === 'knob' ? 8 : 0,
|
||||
width: '100%', minWidth: 0, flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{viewMode === 'slider' ? (
|
||||
defs.map(p => (
|
||||
<FocusSlider key={p.key} label={p.label}
|
||||
value={params[p.key] != null ? params[p.key] : p.def}
|
||||
min={p.min} max={p.max} color={color}
|
||||
onChange={v => onParamChange(p.key, v)}
|
||||
onChangeEnd={v => onParamChangeEnd(p.key, v)} />
|
||||
))
|
||||
) : (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
display: 'grid',
|
||||
gridTemplateColumns: `repeat(${compact ? 4 : Math.min(4, defs.length)}, 1fr)`,
|
||||
gap: 12,
|
||||
padding: '8px 0',
|
||||
justifyItems: 'center',
|
||||
width: '100%',
|
||||
maxWidth: 480,
|
||||
margin: '0 auto',
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{defs.map(p => (
|
||||
<FocusKnob key={p.key} label={p.label} size={compact ? 60 : 72}
|
||||
value={params[p.key] != null ? params[p.key] : p.def}
|
||||
min={p.min} max={p.max} color={color}
|
||||
onChange={v => { onParamChange(p.key, v); onParamChangeEnd(p.key, v); }}
|
||||
compact={compact} />
|
||||
))}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Focus View (full-screen overlay) ──
|
||||
export default function FocusView({
|
||||
block,
|
||||
params,
|
||||
viewMode,
|
||||
onClose,
|
||||
onParamChange,
|
||||
onParamChangeEnd,
|
||||
onToggleView,
|
||||
onToggleBypass,
|
||||
onOpenModelBrowser,
|
||||
}) {
|
||||
const defs = getBlockParams(block.type);
|
||||
const color = getBlockColor(block.type);
|
||||
const displayName = getBlockDisplayName(block);
|
||||
|
||||
// Pagination — max 8 params per page
|
||||
const PER_PAGE = 8;
|
||||
const pages = useMemo(() => {
|
||||
const p = [];
|
||||
for (let i = 0; i < defs.length; i += PER_PAGE) {
|
||||
p.push(defs.slice(i, i + PER_PAGE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}, [defs]);
|
||||
|
||||
const [currentPage, setCurrentPage] = useState(0);
|
||||
const scrollRef = useRef(null);
|
||||
const touchStartX = useRef(null);
|
||||
const [isCompact, setIsCompact] = useState(window.innerWidth < 500);
|
||||
|
||||
// Track resize for compact layout
|
||||
useMemo(() => {
|
||||
const onResize = () => setIsCompact(window.innerWidth < 500);
|
||||
window.addEventListener('resize', onResize);
|
||||
return () => window.removeEventListener('resize', onResize);
|
||||
}, []);
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Swipe handling ──
|
||||
const handleTouchStart = useCallback((e) => {
|
||||
touchStartX.current = e.touches[0].clientX;
|
||||
}, []);
|
||||
|
||||
const handleTouchEnd = useCallback((e) => {
|
||||
if (touchStartX.current == null) return;
|
||||
const dx = e.changedTouches[0].clientX - touchStartX.current;
|
||||
touchStartX.current = null;
|
||||
if (Math.abs(dx) < 50) return; // threshold
|
||||
if (dx < 0 && currentPage < pages.length - 1) {
|
||||
setCurrentPage(p => Math.min(p + 1, pages.length - 1));
|
||||
} else if (dx > 0 && currentPage > 0) {
|
||||
setCurrentPage(p => Math.max(p - 1, 0));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}, [currentPage, pages.length]);
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Keyboard nav ──
|
||||
useMemo(() => {
|
||||
const handler = (e) => {
|
||||
if (e.key === 'ArrowLeft' && currentPage > 0) setCurrentPage(p => p - 1);
|
||||
if (e.key === 'ArrowRight' && currentPage < pages.length - 1) setCurrentPage(p => p + 1);
|
||||
if (e.key === 'Escape') onClose?.();
|
||||
};
|
||||
window.addEventListener('keydown', handler);
|
||||
return () => window.removeEventListener('keydown', handler);
|
||||
}, [currentPage, pages.length, onClose]);
|
||||
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
position: 'fixed', inset: 0, zIndex: 1000,
|
||||
display: 'flex', flexDirection: 'column',
|
||||
background: T.bg,
|
||||
fontFamily: "'Inter', sans-serif",
|
||||
color: T.textPrimary,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{/* ── Header ── */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
display: 'flex', alignItems: 'center', justifyContent: 'space-between',
|
||||
padding: '10px 14px',
|
||||
borderBottom: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
background: T.panel,
|
||||
flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<div style={{ display: 'flex', alignItems: 'center', gap: 10, minWidth: 0 }}>
|
||||
<button onClick={onClose}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
width: 34, height: 34, borderRadius: 8,
|
||||
display: 'flex', alignItems: 'center', justifyContent: 'center',
|
||||
background: T.surface, border: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
color: T.textPrimary, fontSize: 16, cursor: 'pointer',
|
||||
flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
✕
|
||||
</button>
|
||||
<div style={{ minWidth: 0 }}>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
fontSize: 15, fontWeight: 600, whiteSpace: 'nowrap',
|
||||
overflow: 'hidden', textOverflow: 'ellipsis',
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{displayName}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
display: 'flex', alignItems: 'center', gap: 6, marginTop: 2,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<span style={{
|
||||
display: 'inline-flex', padding: '1px 6px', borderRadius: 3,
|
||||
fontSize: 9, fontWeight: 700, letterSpacing: '.06em',
|
||||
textTransform: 'uppercase',
|
||||
background: `${color}22`, color,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{(block.type || 'fx').replace(/_/g, ' ').toUpperCase()}
|
||||
</span>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div style={{ display: 'flex', gap: 6, alignItems: 'center', flexShrink: 0 }}>
|
||||
{/* Slider/Knob toggle */}
|
||||
<button onClick={onToggleView}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
padding: '6px 10px', borderRadius: 6, fontSize: 10, fontWeight: 600,
|
||||
background: T.surface, border: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
color: T.textPrimary, cursor: 'pointer', letterSpacing: '.04em',
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{viewMode === 'slider' ? '◉ Knobs' : '▦ Sliders'}
|
||||
</button>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Bypass toggle (prominent) ── */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
padding: '6px 14px',
|
||||
borderBottom: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
background: T.surface,
|
||||
flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<button onClick={onToggleBypass}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
width: '100%',
|
||||
display: 'flex', alignItems: 'center', justifyContent: 'center', gap: 8,
|
||||
padding: '10px 14px',
|
||||
borderRadius: 8,
|
||||
border: `2px solid ${block.bypassed ? T.red + '66' : T.green + '66'}`,
|
||||
background: block.bypassed
|
||||
? `linear-gradient(180deg, ${T.red + '18'}, ${T.panel})`
|
||||
: `linear-gradient(180deg, ${T.green + '18'}, ${T.panel})`,
|
||||
cursor: 'pointer',
|
||||
transition: 'all .12s',
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
width: 12, height: 12, borderRadius: '50%',
|
||||
background: block.bypassed ? T.textDim : T.green,
|
||||
boxShadow: block.bypassed ? 'none' : `0 0 8px ${T.green}`,
|
||||
}} />
|
||||
<span style={{
|
||||
fontSize: 12, fontWeight: 700, letterSpacing: '.08em', textTransform: 'uppercase',
|
||||
color: block.bypassed ? T.red : T.green,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{block.bypassed ? 'Bypassed — Tap to Enable' : 'Active — Tap to Bypass'}
|
||||
</span>
|
||||
</button>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Parameter area (scrollable with pages) ── */}
|
||||
<div
|
||||
ref={scrollRef}
|
||||
onTouchStart={handleTouchStart}
|
||||
onTouchEnd={handleTouchEnd}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
flex: 1, overflowY: 'auto', overflowX: 'hidden',
|
||||
padding: '12px 16px',
|
||||
display: 'flex', flexDirection: 'column',
|
||||
gap: 6,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
|
||||
{pages.length === 0 ? (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
flex: 1, display: 'flex', alignItems: 'center', justifyContent: 'center',
|
||||
color: T.textDim, fontSize: 12,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
No parameters for this block type
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
) : (
|
||||
<>
|
||||
{/* Page content */}
|
||||
<ParamPage
|
||||
defs={pages[currentPage]}
|
||||
params={params}
|
||||
viewMode={viewMode}
|
||||
color={color}
|
||||
onParamChange={onParamChange}
|
||||
onParamChangeEnd={onParamChangeEnd}
|
||||
compact={isCompact}
|
||||
/>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* Spacer so page dots don't crowd content */}
|
||||
<div style={{ flex: 1, minHeight: 8 }} />
|
||||
</>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Bottom bar: Model browser + page indicators ── */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
padding: '8px 14px 12px',
|
||||
borderTop: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
background: T.panel,
|
||||
flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
display: 'flex', flexDirection: 'column', gap: 6,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{/* Page dots */}
|
||||
{pages.length > 1 && (
|
||||
<div style={{ display: 'flex', justifyContent: 'center', gap: 5 }}>
|
||||
{pages.map((_, i) => (
|
||||
<button key={i} onClick={() => setCurrentPage(i)}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
width: 8, height: 8, borderRadius: '50%', border: 'none',
|
||||
padding: 0, cursor: 'pointer',
|
||||
background: i === currentPage ? color : T.border,
|
||||
opacity: i === currentPage ? 1 : 0.4,
|
||||
transition: 'all .12s',
|
||||
}} />
|
||||
))}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
|
||||
{/* Page indicator text */}
|
||||
{pages.length > 1 && (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
textAlign: 'center', fontSize: 9, color: T.textDim,
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace", letterSpacing: '.04em',
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
Page {currentPage + 1} / {pages.length}
|
||||
<span style={{ marginLeft: 8, opacity: 0.6 }}>
|
||||
← swipe to navigate →
|
||||
</span>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
|
||||
{/* Model browser button / swap block */}
|
||||
{onOpenModelBrowser && (
|
||||
<button onClick={onOpenModelBrowser}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
width: '100%',
|
||||
padding: '8px 14px', borderRadius: 7,
|
||||
background: T.surface, border: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
color: T.textPrimary, fontSize: 11, fontWeight: 600,
|
||||
cursor: 'pointer', letterSpacing: '.04em',
|
||||
display: 'flex', alignItems: 'center', justifyContent: 'center', gap: 6,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<span>🎛</span> Swap Model / Block Type
|
||||
</button>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
+104
-146
@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
|
||||
import { useRef, useEffect } from "react";
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Design tokens ──
|
||||
const T = {
|
||||
bg: "#0A0A0C", panel: "#141418", surface: "#1C1C22", border: "#2A2A32",
|
||||
amber: "#E8A030", amberDim: "#7A5218", blue: "#3A7BA8", blueDim: "#1E4060",
|
||||
@@ -19,9 +18,17 @@ function getBlockColor(type) {
|
||||
return TYPE_COLORS[(type || "").toLowerCase()] || T.amber;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getShortLabel(type) {
|
||||
return {
|
||||
gate: "GATE", overdrive: "OD", distortion: "DST", fuzz: "FUZZ",
|
||||
chorus: "CHO", flanger: "FLN", phaser: "PHA", tremolo: "TRE",
|
||||
delay: "DLY", echo: "ECH", reverb: "REV",
|
||||
compressor: "CMP", eq: "EQ", cabinet: "CAB", ir: "IR", nam: "NAM",
|
||||
}[(type || "").toLowerCase()] || (type || "FX").toUpperCase().slice(0, 4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Single Footswitch with Scribble Strip ──
|
||||
function Footswitch({ id, label, mainLabel, type, sub, active, enabled, onClick, onDoubleClick, isBank, bankDir }) {
|
||||
const color = getBlockColor(type);
|
||||
const tapRef = useRef(null);
|
||||
|
||||
useEffect(() => {
|
||||
@@ -30,12 +37,8 @@ function Footswitch({ id, label, mainLabel, type, sub, active, enabled, onClick,
|
||||
let lastTap = 0;
|
||||
const handler = () => {
|
||||
const now = Date.now();
|
||||
if (now - lastTap < 300) {
|
||||
onDoubleClick(id);
|
||||
lastTap = 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
lastTap = now;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (now - lastTap < 300) { onDoubleClick(id); lastTap = 0; }
|
||||
else { lastTap = now; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
el.addEventListener("click", handler);
|
||||
return () => el.removeEventListener("click", handler);
|
||||
@@ -44,107 +47,67 @@ function Footswitch({ id, label, mainLabel, type, sub, active, enabled, onClick,
|
||||
const isBypassSwitch = type === "bypass";
|
||||
const isBankSwitch = type === "bank";
|
||||
const isActive = active || (isBypassSwitch && !enabled);
|
||||
const borderClr = isActive ? T.amber : isBankSwitch ? T.blueDim : T.border;
|
||||
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div
|
||||
ref={tapRef}
|
||||
onClick={() => onClick?.(id)}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
flex: 1,
|
||||
minWidth: 0,
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
flexDirection: "column",
|
||||
alignItems: "center",
|
||||
gap: 2,
|
||||
padding: "6px 3px 8px",
|
||||
borderRadius: 8,
|
||||
border: `1px solid ${isActive ? T.amber : isBankSwitch ? T.blueDim : T.border}`,
|
||||
flex: 1, minWidth: 0, display: "flex", flexDirection: "column",
|
||||
alignItems: "center", gap: 2, padding: "6px 3px 8px",
|
||||
borderRadius: 8, border: `1px solid ${borderClr}`,
|
||||
background: isActive && !isBypassSwitch
|
||||
? `linear-gradient(180deg, ${T.amber + "15"} 0%, ${T.panel} 100%)`
|
||||
? `linear-gradient(180deg, ${T.amber}15 0%, ${T.panel} 100%)`
|
||||
: isBypassSwitch && !enabled
|
||||
? `linear-gradient(180deg, ${T.red + "15"} 0%, ${T.panel} 100%)`
|
||||
? `linear-gradient(180deg, ${T.red}15 0%, ${T.panel} 100%)`
|
||||
: T.surface,
|
||||
cursor: "pointer",
|
||||
minHeight: 58,
|
||||
position: "relative",
|
||||
transition: "all .1s",
|
||||
WebkitTapHighlightColor: "transparent",
|
||||
cursor: "pointer", minHeight: 58, position: "relative",
|
||||
transition: "all .1s", WebkitTapHighlightColor: "transparent",
|
||||
boxShadow: isActive && !isBypassSwitch
|
||||
? `0 0 8px ${T.amber}33, inset 0 0 0 1px ${T.amber}22`
|
||||
: isBypassSwitch && !enabled
|
||||
? `0 0 8px ${T.red}33`
|
||||
: "none",
|
||||
: isBypassSwitch && !enabled ? `0 0 8px ${T.red}33` : "none",
|
||||
}}
|
||||
>
|
||||
{/* ── Scribble strip — LCD-like display ── */}
|
||||
{/* Scribble strip */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
width: "100%",
|
||||
background: "#0A0A10",
|
||||
width: "100%", background: "#0A0A10",
|
||||
border: `1px solid ${isActive ? T.amber + "66" : T.border}`,
|
||||
borderRadius: 3,
|
||||
padding: "2px 2px",
|
||||
textAlign: "center",
|
||||
minHeight: 18,
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
alignItems: "center",
|
||||
justifyContent: "center",
|
||||
borderRadius: 3, padding: "2px 2px", textAlign: "center",
|
||||
minHeight: 18, display: "flex", alignItems: "center", justifyContent: "center",
|
||||
boxShadow: isActive ? `inset 0 0 4px ${T.amber}22` : "none",
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<span style={{
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace",
|
||||
fontSize: 7,
|
||||
fontWeight: 700,
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace", fontSize: 7, fontWeight: 700,
|
||||
letterSpacing: ".02em",
|
||||
color: isActive ? T.amber : (isBypassSwitch && !enabled ? T.red : T.textPrimary),
|
||||
whiteSpace: "nowrap",
|
||||
overflow: "hidden",
|
||||
textOverflow: "ellipsis",
|
||||
maxWidth: "100%",
|
||||
lineHeight: 1.1,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{label}
|
||||
</span>
|
||||
whiteSpace: "nowrap", overflow: "hidden", textOverflow: "ellipsis",
|
||||
maxWidth: "100%", lineHeight: 1.1,
|
||||
}}>{label}</span>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Main label ── */}
|
||||
{/* Main label */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace",
|
||||
fontSize: isBankSwitch ? 10 : 9,
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace", fontSize: isBankSwitch ? 10 : 9,
|
||||
fontWeight: 700,
|
||||
color: enabled !== false ? T.textPrimary : T.textDim,
|
||||
whiteSpace: "nowrap",
|
||||
overflow: "hidden",
|
||||
textOverflow: "ellipsis",
|
||||
maxWidth: "100%",
|
||||
lineHeight: 1.2,
|
||||
marginTop: 1,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{mainLabel || label || type || id || "FX"}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
whiteSpace: "nowrap", overflow: "hidden", textOverflow: "ellipsis",
|
||||
maxWidth: "100%", lineHeight: 1.2, marginTop: 1,
|
||||
}}>{mainLabel || label || type || id || "FX"}</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Sub label (bypassed state / param value) ── */}
|
||||
{/* Sub label */}
|
||||
{sub && (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
fontSize: 7,
|
||||
color: T.textDim,
|
||||
whiteSpace: "nowrap",
|
||||
overflow: "hidden",
|
||||
textOverflow: "ellipsis",
|
||||
maxWidth: "100%",
|
||||
lineHeight: 1,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{sub}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
fontSize: 7, color: T.textDim,
|
||||
whiteSpace: "nowrap", overflow: "hidden", textOverflow: "ellipsis",
|
||||
maxWidth: "100%", lineHeight: 1,
|
||||
}}>{sub}</div>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Status LED ── */}
|
||||
{/* LED */}
|
||||
{!isBankSwitch && (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
position: "absolute",
|
||||
top: 3,
|
||||
right: 3,
|
||||
width: 4,
|
||||
height: 4,
|
||||
position: "absolute", top: 3, right: 3, width: 4, height: 4,
|
||||
borderRadius: "50%",
|
||||
background: enabled !== false ? T.green : T.textDim,
|
||||
boxShadow: enabled !== false ? `0 0 5px ${T.green}` : "none",
|
||||
@@ -152,22 +115,13 @@ function Footswitch({ id, label, mainLabel, type, sub, active, enabled, onClick,
|
||||
}} />
|
||||
)}
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Bank direction indicator ── */}
|
||||
{/* Bank indicator */}
|
||||
{isBankSwitch && (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
position: "absolute",
|
||||
top: 3,
|
||||
right: 3,
|
||||
fontSize: 6,
|
||||
padding: "1px 3px",
|
||||
borderRadius: 2,
|
||||
background: `${T.blueDim}88`,
|
||||
color: T.blue,
|
||||
fontWeight: 700,
|
||||
lineHeight: 1,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{bankDir === "up" ? "▲" : "▼"}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
position: "absolute", top: 3, right: 3, fontSize: 6,
|
||||
padding: "1px 3px", borderRadius: 2,
|
||||
background: `${T.blueDim}88`, color: T.blue, fontWeight: 700, lineHeight: 1,
|
||||
}}>{bankDir === "up" ? "▲" : "▼"}</div>
|
||||
)}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
);
|
||||
@@ -175,74 +129,76 @@ function Footswitch({ id, label, mainLabel, type, sub, active, enabled, onClick,
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Footswitch Bar ──
|
||||
export default function FootswitchBar({
|
||||
blocks,
|
||||
mode = "stomp",
|
||||
blocks = [],
|
||||
selectedBlockId,
|
||||
currentBank = "A",
|
||||
presets = [],
|
||||
currentPreset,
|
||||
snapshots = [],
|
||||
currentSnapshot,
|
||||
onSelectBlock,
|
||||
onToggleBlock,
|
||||
onBankUp,
|
||||
onBankDown,
|
||||
onGlobalBypass,
|
||||
globalBypass,
|
||||
onPresetClick,
|
||||
onSnapshotClick,
|
||||
}) {
|
||||
// Build items: [bank_up, up_to_4_blocks, BYPASS, bank_down]
|
||||
// Always reserve slots for BYPASS and bank controls by capping block count
|
||||
const MAX_BLOCK_SWITCHES = 4;
|
||||
let items = [];
|
||||
|
||||
const blockSwitches = (blocks || []).slice(0, MAX_BLOCK_SWITCHES).map(b => {
|
||||
// Short scribble strip label — abbreviated type like real pedals
|
||||
const shortLabel = {
|
||||
gate: "GATE", overdrive: "OD", distortion: "DST", fuzz: "FUZZ",
|
||||
chorus: "CHO", flanger: "FLN", phaser: "PHA", tremolo: "TRE",
|
||||
delay: "DLY", echo: "ECH", reverb: "REV",
|
||||
compressor: "CMP", eq: "EQ", cabinet: "CAB", ir: "IR", nam: "NAM",
|
||||
}[(b.type || "").toLowerCase()] || (b.type || "FX").toUpperCase();
|
||||
return {
|
||||
id: b.id,
|
||||
label: shortLabel,
|
||||
if (mode === "stomp" || mode === "stomp-b") {
|
||||
// Stomp mode: up to 6 block footswitches + global bypass
|
||||
const maxBlocks = blocks.length > 5 ? 6 : Math.max(4, blocks.length);
|
||||
const blockSwitches = blocks.slice(0, maxBlocks).map(b => ({
|
||||
id: b.id, type: "block",
|
||||
label: getShortLabel(b.type),
|
||||
mainLabel: b.name || b.type || "FX",
|
||||
type: b.type,
|
||||
sub: b.bypassed ? "BYPASSED" : "",
|
||||
enabled: !b.bypassed,
|
||||
};
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
const items = [
|
||||
{
|
||||
id: "bank_up",
|
||||
type: "bank",
|
||||
label: "BANK ▲",
|
||||
mainLabel: `${currentBank} · 01`,
|
||||
bankDir: "up",
|
||||
enabled: true,
|
||||
},
|
||||
...blockSwitches,
|
||||
{
|
||||
id: "bypass",
|
||||
type: "bypass",
|
||||
label: globalBypass ? "MUTED" : "BYPASS",
|
||||
mainLabel: "GLOBAL",
|
||||
sub: globalBypass ? "" : "tap to mute",
|
||||
enabled: !globalBypass,
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
id: "bank_down",
|
||||
type: "bank",
|
||||
label: "BANK ▼",
|
||||
mainLabel: `${currentBank} · 01`,
|
||||
bankDir: "down",
|
||||
enabled: true,
|
||||
},
|
||||
];
|
||||
}));
|
||||
// Fill remaining with empty slots
|
||||
while (blockSwitches.length < 5) {
|
||||
blockSwitches.push({ id: "empty_" + blockSwitches.length, type: "empty", label: "—", mainLabel: "Empty", enabled: false });
|
||||
}
|
||||
items = [
|
||||
...blockSwitches.slice(0, 5),
|
||||
{ id: "bypass", type: "bypass", label: globalBypass ? "MUTED" : "BYPASS", mainLabel: "GLOBAL", sub: globalBypass ? "" : "tap to mute", enabled: !globalBypass },
|
||||
];
|
||||
} else if (mode === "preset") {
|
||||
// Preset mode: bank up/down + 4 presets
|
||||
items = [
|
||||
{ id: "bank_up", type: "bank", label: "BANK ▲", mainLabel: `${currentBank} · ${currentPreset}`, bankDir: "up", enabled: true },
|
||||
...presets.slice(0, 4).map((p, i) => ({
|
||||
id: "preset_" + i, type: "preset",
|
||||
label: `0${p.num || (i+1)}`,
|
||||
mainLabel: p.name || `P${i+1}`,
|
||||
sub: p.num === currentPreset ? "ACTIVE" : "",
|
||||
enabled: true,
|
||||
})),
|
||||
{ id: "bank_down", type: "bank", label: "BANK ▼", mainLabel: `${currentBank} · ${currentPreset}`, bankDir: "down", enabled: true },
|
||||
];
|
||||
} else if (mode === "snapshot") {
|
||||
// Snapshot mode (placeholder for future snapshot feature)
|
||||
items = [
|
||||
...snapshots.slice(0, 6).map((s, i) => ({
|
||||
id: "snap_" + (s.num || i), type: "snapshot",
|
||||
label: `SNAP ${s.num || (i+1)}`,
|
||||
mainLabel: s.name || `Snapshot ${s.num || (i+1)}`,
|
||||
sub: (s.num || i+1) === currentSnapshot ? "ACTIVE" : "",
|
||||
enabled: true,
|
||||
})),
|
||||
];
|
||||
while (items.length < 6) {
|
||||
items.push({ id: "snap_empty_" + items.length, type: "empty", label: "—", mainLabel: "Empty", enabled: false });
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
gap: 4,
|
||||
padding: "6px 8px 10px",
|
||||
background: T.bg,
|
||||
borderTop: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
display: "flex", gap: 4, padding: "6px 8px 10px",
|
||||
background: T.bg, borderTop: `1px solid ${T.border}`, flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{items.map(item => (
|
||||
<Footswitch
|
||||
@@ -252,7 +208,7 @@ export default function FootswitchBar({
|
||||
mainLabel={item.mainLabel}
|
||||
type={item.type}
|
||||
sub={item.sub}
|
||||
active={item.id === selectedBlockId || (item.type === "bypass" && globalBypass)}
|
||||
active={item.id === selectedBlockId || (item.type === "preset" && item.sub === "ACTIVE") || (item.type === "snapshot" && item.sub === "ACTIVE")}
|
||||
enabled={item.enabled}
|
||||
isBank={item.type === "bank"}
|
||||
bankDir={item.bankDir}
|
||||
@@ -260,10 +216,12 @@ export default function FootswitchBar({
|
||||
if (id === "bank_up") onBankUp?.();
|
||||
else if (id === "bank_down") onBankDown?.();
|
||||
else if (id === "bypass") onGlobalBypass?.();
|
||||
else onSelectBlock?.(id);
|
||||
else if (id?.startsWith("preset_")) onPresetClick?.(id.replace("preset_", ""));
|
||||
else if (id?.startsWith("snap_")) onSnapshotClick?.(id.replace("snap_", ""));
|
||||
else if (mode === "stomp" || mode === "stomp-b") onSelectBlock?.(id);
|
||||
}}
|
||||
onDoubleClick={(id) => {
|
||||
if (id !== "bank_up" && id !== "bank_down" && id !== "bypass") {
|
||||
if (id !== "bank_up" && id !== "bank_down" && id !== "bypass" && (mode === "stomp" || mode === "stomp-b")) {
|
||||
onToggleBlock?.(id);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}}
|
||||
|
||||
+407
@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
|
||||
import { useState, useEffect, useRef, useCallback } from "react";
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Design tokens (mirrored) ──────────────────────────────────
|
||||
const T = {
|
||||
bg: "#0A0A0C", panel: "#141418", surface: "#1C1C22", border: "#2A2A32",
|
||||
amber: "#E8A030", amberDim: "#7A5218", blue: "#3A7BA8",
|
||||
green: "#3AB87A", red: "#C84040", textPrimary: "#F0EDE6",
|
||||
textSec: "#8888A0", textDim: "#444458",
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ── String labels matching _STRING_NAMES ──────────────────────
|
||||
const STRING_LABELS = [
|
||||
{ num: 6, name: "E", freq: 82.41, color: "#C84040" }, // Low E
|
||||
{ num: 5, name: "A", freq: 110.0, color: "#D07030" }, // A
|
||||
{ num: 4, name: "D", freq: 146.83, color: "#E8A030" }, // D
|
||||
{ num: 3, name: "G", freq: 196.0, color: "#60A0E0" }, // G
|
||||
{ num: 2, name: "B", freq: 246.94, color: "#3A7BA8" }, // B
|
||||
{ num: 1, name: "e", freq: 329.63, color: "#50C080" }, // High e
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Note names for reference ─────────────────────────────────
|
||||
const NOTE_FLAT = ["C","Db","D","Eb","E","F","Gb","G","Ab","A","Bb","B"];
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Mock tuner data generator (when pedal offline) ───────────
|
||||
const MOCK_NOTES = [
|
||||
{ note: "E2", freq: 82.41 }, { note: "F2", freq: 87.31 },
|
||||
{ note: "G2", freq: 98.0 }, { note: "A2", freq: 110.0 },
|
||||
{ note: "B2", freq: 123.47 }, { note: "C3", freq: 130.81 },
|
||||
{ note: "D3", freq: 146.83 }, { note: "E3", freq: 164.81 },
|
||||
{ note: "F3", freq: 174.61 }, { note: "G3", freq: 196.0 },
|
||||
{ note: "A3", freq: 220.0 }, { note: "B3", freq: 246.94 },
|
||||
{ note: "C4", freq: 261.63 }, { note: "D4", freq: 293.66 },
|
||||
{ note: "E4", freq: 329.63 },
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
function getMockTunerData() {
|
||||
// Simulate a slowly wandering note
|
||||
const t = Date.now() / 1000;
|
||||
const idx = Math.floor((t * 0.3) % MOCK_NOTES.length);
|
||||
const n = MOCK_NOTES[idx];
|
||||
const wobble = Math.sin(t * 2.5) * 15; // cent wobble
|
||||
const confidence = 0.6 + Math.sin(t * 0.7) * 0.25;
|
||||
// Guess string
|
||||
let string = -1;
|
||||
for (let si = 0; si < STRING_LABELS.length; si++) {
|
||||
if (Math.abs(n.freq - STRING_LABELS[si].freq) / STRING_LABELS[si].freq < 0.2) {
|
||||
string = STRING_LABELS[si].num;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return {
|
||||
note: n.note,
|
||||
cents: Math.round(wobble),
|
||||
string,
|
||||
confidence: Math.max(0, Math.min(1, confidence)),
|
||||
frequency: n.freq + wobble / 10,
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Tuner Screen ──────────────────────────────────────────────
|
||||
export default function TunerScreen({ tunerData, connected, onExit }) {
|
||||
const [data, setData] = useState(() => ({
|
||||
note: "--",
|
||||
cents: 0,
|
||||
string: -1,
|
||||
confidence: 0,
|
||||
frequency: 0,
|
||||
}));
|
||||
|
||||
// Fast update from external data or mock
|
||||
useEffect(() => {
|
||||
if (connected && tunerData) {
|
||||
setData({
|
||||
note: tunerData.tuner_note || "--",
|
||||
cents: tunerData.tuner_cents ?? 0,
|
||||
string: tunerData.tuner_string ?? -1,
|
||||
confidence: tunerData.tuner_confidence ?? 0,
|
||||
frequency: tunerData.tuner_frequency ?? 0,
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
}, [connected, tunerData]);
|
||||
|
||||
// Mock animation when offline or no data
|
||||
useEffect(() => {
|
||||
if (connected && tunerData?.tuner_enabled) return;
|
||||
const id = setInterval(() => {
|
||||
setData(getMockTunerData());
|
||||
}, 200);
|
||||
return () => clearInterval(id);
|
||||
}, [connected, tunerData]);
|
||||
|
||||
// Fast polling for tuner pitch data when enabled
|
||||
useEffect(() => {
|
||||
if (!connected) return;
|
||||
if (!tunerData?.tuner_enabled) return;
|
||||
let cancelled = false;
|
||||
const poll = async () => {
|
||||
try {
|
||||
const res = await fetch("/api/tuner/pitch");
|
||||
if (!cancelled && res.ok) {
|
||||
const d = await res.json();
|
||||
setData({
|
||||
note: d.note || "--",
|
||||
cents: d.cents ?? 0,
|
||||
string: d.string ?? -1,
|
||||
confidence: d.confidence ?? 0,
|
||||
frequency: d.frequency ?? 0,
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
} catch {}
|
||||
};
|
||||
poll(); // Initial fetch
|
||||
const id = setInterval(poll, 80); // ~12.5 Hz for smooth needle
|
||||
return () => { cancelled = true; clearInterval(id); };
|
||||
}, [connected, tunerData?.tuner_enabled]);
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Calculate needle angle from cents ──
|
||||
const cents = data.cents;
|
||||
const confidence = data.confidence;
|
||||
// Needle angle: -50 to +50 degrees for -50 to +50 cents
|
||||
const needleAngle = Math.max(-50, Math.min(50, cents));
|
||||
const needlePct = (needleAngle + 50) / 100; // 0.0 to 1.0
|
||||
const isInTune = Math.abs(cents) <= 3;
|
||||
const isClose = Math.abs(cents) <= 10;
|
||||
|
||||
// ── String indicators ──
|
||||
const stringMatch = data.string;
|
||||
|
||||
// ── Cent display segments ──
|
||||
const centSegments = [];
|
||||
for (let i = -50; i <= 50; i += 5) {
|
||||
centSegments.push(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Determine note color (green = in tune, amber = close, red = far)
|
||||
const noteColor = isInTune
|
||||
? T.green
|
||||
: isClose
|
||||
? T.amber
|
||||
: T.textPrimary;
|
||||
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
flexDirection: "column",
|
||||
height: "100%",
|
||||
background: T.bg,
|
||||
overflow: "hidden",
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{/* ── Header ── */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
justifyContent: "space-between",
|
||||
alignItems: "center",
|
||||
padding: "6px 12px",
|
||||
background: T.panel,
|
||||
borderBottom: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
fontSize: 10,
|
||||
fontWeight: 700,
|
||||
letterSpacing: ".12em",
|
||||
textTransform: "uppercase",
|
||||
color: isInTune ? T.green : T.amber,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{isInTune ? "● In Tune" : "◌ Tuner"}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<button
|
||||
onClick={onExit}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
padding: "6px 14px",
|
||||
borderRadius: 6,
|
||||
background: T.surface,
|
||||
border: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
color: T.textPrimary,
|
||||
fontSize: 11,
|
||||
fontWeight: 600,
|
||||
cursor: "pointer",
|
||||
}}
|
||||
>
|
||||
✕ Exit Tuner
|
||||
</button>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Main tuner area ── */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
flex: 1,
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
flexDirection: "column",
|
||||
alignItems: "center",
|
||||
justifyContent: "center",
|
||||
gap: 6,
|
||||
padding: "8px 16px",
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{/* Note name — very large */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace",
|
||||
fontSize: 72,
|
||||
fontWeight: 700,
|
||||
color: noteColor,
|
||||
textShadow: isInTune
|
||||
? `0 0 30px ${T.green}44`
|
||||
: isClose
|
||||
? `0 0 20px ${T.amber}33`
|
||||
: "none",
|
||||
lineHeight: 1,
|
||||
letterSpacing: ".02em",
|
||||
transition: "color .08s, text-shadow .08s",
|
||||
minHeight: 76,
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
alignItems: "center",
|
||||
justifyContent: "center",
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{data.note}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* Cent deviation — needle display */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
width: "100%",
|
||||
maxWidth: 320,
|
||||
height: 60,
|
||||
position: "relative",
|
||||
marginTop: 4,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{/* Cent tick marks */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
position: "absolute",
|
||||
bottom: 16,
|
||||
left: 0,
|
||||
right: 0,
|
||||
height: 16,
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
alignItems: "flex-end",
|
||||
justifyContent: "space-between",
|
||||
padding: "0 10px",
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{centSegments.map((c, i) => {
|
||||
const isMid = c === 0;
|
||||
const isMajor = c % 10 === 0;
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div key={i} style={{
|
||||
width: isMid ? 3 : (isMajor ? 2 : 1),
|
||||
height: isMid ? 16 : (isMajor ? 10 : 5),
|
||||
background: isMid ? T.amber : T.border,
|
||||
borderRadius: 1,
|
||||
flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
}} />
|
||||
);
|
||||
})}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* Cent labels */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
position: "absolute",
|
||||
bottom: 2,
|
||||
left: 0,
|
||||
right: 0,
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
justifyContent: "space-between",
|
||||
padding: "0 6px",
|
||||
fontSize: 7,
|
||||
color: T.textDim,
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace",
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<span>-50¢</span>
|
||||
<span>-25¢</span>
|
||||
<span>0¢</span>
|
||||
<span>+25¢</span>
|
||||
<span>+50¢</span>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* Needle */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
position: "absolute",
|
||||
bottom: 16,
|
||||
left: `calc(10px + ${needlePct} * (100% - 20px))`,
|
||||
transform: "translateX(-50%)",
|
||||
transition: "left .04s ease-out",
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{/* Needle line */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
width: 2,
|
||||
height: 44,
|
||||
background: isInTune ? T.green : (isClose ? T.amber : T.textPrimary),
|
||||
borderRadius: 1,
|
||||
margin: "0 auto",
|
||||
boxShadow: isInTune
|
||||
? `0 0 8px ${T.green}`
|
||||
: `0 0 4px ${isClose ? T.amber : "transparent"}`,
|
||||
}} />
|
||||
{/* Needle dot */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
width: 8,
|
||||
height: 8,
|
||||
borderRadius: "50%",
|
||||
background: isInTune ? T.green : (isClose ? T.amber : T.textPrimary),
|
||||
margin: "-1px auto 0",
|
||||
boxShadow: isInTune
|
||||
? `0 0 12px ${T.green}`
|
||||
: `0 0 6px ${isClose ? T.amber : "transparent"}`,
|
||||
}} />
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Cent readout ── */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
fontSize: 13,
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace",
|
||||
color: noteColor,
|
||||
letterSpacing: ".04em",
|
||||
minHeight: 18,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{cents > 0 ? `+${cents}¢` : `${cents}¢`}
|
||||
{isInTune && <span style={{color: T.green}}> ✓</span>}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── String indicator bar ── */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
gap: 6,
|
||||
padding: "8px 16px 12px",
|
||||
justifyContent: "center",
|
||||
borderTop: `1px solid ${T.border}`,
|
||||
flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{STRING_LABELS.map(s => {
|
||||
const isActive = s.num === stringMatch;
|
||||
return (
|
||||
<div
|
||||
key={s.num}
|
||||
style={{
|
||||
width: 40,
|
||||
height: 40,
|
||||
borderRadius: 8,
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
flexDirection: "column",
|
||||
alignItems: "center",
|
||||
justifyContent: "center",
|
||||
background: isActive ? `${s.color}22` : T.surface,
|
||||
border: `2px solid ${isActive ? s.color : T.border}`,
|
||||
transition: "all .1s",
|
||||
boxShadow: isActive ? `0 0 12px ${s.color}44` : "none",
|
||||
}}
|
||||
>
|
||||
<span style={{
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace",
|
||||
fontSize: 16,
|
||||
fontWeight: 700,
|
||||
color: isActive ? s.color : T.textDim,
|
||||
lineHeight: 1,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{s.name}
|
||||
</span>
|
||||
<span style={{
|
||||
fontSize: 8,
|
||||
color: isActive ? s.color : T.textDim,
|
||||
opacity: 0.7,
|
||||
lineHeight: 1,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{s.num}
|
||||
</span>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
);
|
||||
})}
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
{/* ── Confidence bar ── */}
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
padding: "0 16px 8px",
|
||||
display: "flex",
|
||||
alignItems: "center",
|
||||
gap: 8,
|
||||
flexShrink: 0,
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<span style={{ fontSize: 8, color: T.textDim, fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace" }}>
|
||||
SIG
|
||||
</span>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
flex: 1,
|
||||
height: 3,
|
||||
borderRadius: 2,
|
||||
background: T.border,
|
||||
overflow: "hidden",
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
<div style={{
|
||||
height: "100%",
|
||||
width: `${Math.max(0, Math.min(100, confidence * 100))}%`,
|
||||
background: confidence > 0.7 ? T.green : (confidence > 0.3 ? T.amber : T.red),
|
||||
borderRadius: 2,
|
||||
transition: "width .08s",
|
||||
}} />
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<span style={{
|
||||
fontSize: 8,
|
||||
color: T.textDim,
|
||||
fontFamily: "'JetBrains Mono', monospace",
|
||||
minWidth: 20,
|
||||
textAlign: "right",
|
||||
}}>
|
||||
{Math.round(confidence * 100)}%
|
||||
</span>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user